2003-2005 - Special Collections - University of Baltimore

GRADUATE CATALOG
2003-2005

I
UNIVERSITY OF
BALTIMORE
GRADUATE CATALOG
2003-2005
M.S. in Human Services
Administration . . .
Criminology, CriminalJustice and
Social Policy .... .. .
M.S. in Criminal Justice
J.D.lM.S. in Criminal Justice
Certificate in Correctional
79
84
84
87
Administration . . . . . . 90
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Certificate in Police Administration
School ofCommunications Design
92
95
About the University . . . . . . . . . 2
M.A. in Publications Design
Advanced Design, Graduate
95
Admissions 14 Certificate .. . ... . 101
Academic Advising 20
Communications and Design Theory,
Graduate Certificate . . ..... 102
Registration .. .
Academic Policies
21
22
Information Design, Graduate
Certificate ....... . ......103
Literary Publishing, Graduate
Tuition and Fees .
Financial Assistance
30
33
Certificate ... .......
New Media Publishing, Graduate
Certificate .... . .....
103
104
Robert G. Merrick School ofBusiness
Gmeral Information . . . . . . .
Master ofBusiness Administration
M.5. Programs . . . . . . . . .
M.S. in Business/Finance . . .
M.S. in Business/Management
Information Systems . . .
M.S. in Business/Marketing
and Venturing ..... .
41
41
48
54
54
55
56
DoctOr of Communications Design
School ofInformation Arts and
Technologies . . . . . . . . .
M.S. in Interaction Design and
Information Architecture . .
Information Design, Graduate
Certificate . .. ......
New Media Publishing, Graduate
Certificate .... . .. .. .
DoctOr of Communications Design
105
.108
.108
.111
.111
.112
M.S. in Accounting and Business LegaL, Ethical and Historical Studies 113
Advisory Services 57 MA in Legal and Ethical Studies 113
M.S. in Taxation ... .... . 59 M.S. in Negotiations and Conflict
Combined Programs . . . . . . . 60 Management ......... 115
M.BA/M.S. in Nursing Administration 60 J.D.lM.S. in Negotiations and
M.BA/Ph.D. in Nursing Administration . 61 Conflict Management .. . . .. .. I 18
M.B.A.lPharm.D.
M.B.A.lJ.D. .... .. ..
Certificate Programs . . . . .
Graduate Business Certificate
Certificate in Technology
62
63
64
64
School ofPublic Affairr . . . . . . .. 119
Master of Public Administration . .. 119
J.D.lM.P.A. in Public Administration 124
Doctor of Public Administration 126
M.S. in Health Systems Management .130
Commercialization . . . . 65 School of Law 133
Doctor ofManagemmt Information
Systems . ...... .... . .. . . .65
Course Descriptions 135
Directories 187
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts
Gmeral Information . .
66
66
Policies .. 215
Applied Psychology and Academic Calendar 221
Quantitative Methods
M.S. in Applied Psychology
73
73 Index . ... 222
Professional Counselor Pre-Licensure
Program .... ... . .
Psy.D. in Applied Assessment
77
Campus Map
Contact Information
226
228
and Consulting 77

ABOUT THE UNIVERSITY
Leadership in Professional Education
The University of Baltimore has a unique
role in the Maryland higher education system.
It is the state's only upper-division
(transfer) and graduate institution, offering a
diversity of bachelor's, master's and first professional
applied doctorates in liberal arts and
business. A limited number ofsophomores
are enrolled each year. UB also operates a law
school, and offers a number of professionally
oriented, combined-degree programs with
other colleges and universities.
Founded in 1925 as a private coeducational
institution, the University of
Baltimore affiliated with the University
System of Maryland (USM) on UB's 50th
anniversary. UB has a very clear mission to
provide outstanding educational programs
for professionally oriented students. The
University's three schools - the Yale
Gordon College of Liberal Arts, the Robert
G. Merrick School of Business, and the
School of Law - attract students with
strong career ambitions and provide them
with the latest skills and techn iques in their
chosen fields. UB students graduate with a
broad foundation of knowledge and are
prepared to meet the rapidly changing conditions
of today's work environment.
More than 50,000 alumni serve as testimony
to the University's success in its educational
endeavors. UB graduates are highly
visible throughout the legal, industrial, corporate
and civic communities of Maryland.
Their achievements have helped to build
the University's outstanding reputation
among employers.
The University of Baltimore ranks high
among Maryland's many colleges and universities
in the quality of its faculty and
library resources. With a student-faculty
ratio of 15: 1 and a personalized system of
student advising, UB programs emphasize
one-on-one interaction and individual
attention for both graduate and undergraduate
students. Approximately 92 percent of
2
the full-time faculty hold terminal degrees
(Ph.D ., ].0., L.L.B., D.B.A., D .P.A., and
D.Ed.) and most full-time and adjunct faculty
members are acrively engaged in
research, civic and professional activiries
related to their fields. The University's reputation
is enhanced by growing numbers of
its faculty who supplement their teaching
with research, consulting and service activities
in the public and private sectors.
UB's Langsdale Library compares favorably
with those of its peer institutions in
Maryland, both in the breadth and quantity
of holdings. The facility also offers several
special collections and provides the
convenience of inter-library loan programs
with many other institurions.
AStrategic Location
The University is situated in Baltimore's
Mr. Royal Center, in the revitalized Charles
Street corridor. UB is surrounded by neighbors
of quality, including the Maryland
Institute College of Art, the Lyric Opera
House and the Meyerhoff Sym phony Hall.
Together, these cultural and educational
institutions attract thousands of people to
the neighborhood every week for concerts,
plays, films, exhibits, lectures, seminars,
social events and civic and professional
meetings.
Artscape, Baltimore's annual festival of
the visual and performing arts, is held each
summer in Mr. Royal Center with some
events featured at UB. The University's
Gordon Plaza, a park-like setting on the
corner of Mr. Royal and Maryland avenues,
is the center for numerous University-sponsored
outdoor events and activities. Poe's
Publick House, the University's dining and
conference center, hosts a wide variety of
meetings and events for business, government
and nonprofit groups from around
the city. Also convenient to the University
are the Walters Art Museum, the Baltimore
Museum of Art, and an array of other cultural
and hisrorical attractions.
The University's urban location
enhances cultural and educational opportunities
and offers students a learning and

experiential laboratory that is born accessible
and challenging. Through a long-established
affiliation with the corporate,
government and professional communities
ofBaltimore , UB brings the region into the
classroom and into the leadership of the
university. Leaders in both the public and
private sectors serve on the advisory boards
of me Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts,
the Merrick School of Business, and the
School of Law, advising the faculty and
administration on curricular and related
matters. The involvement of these outstanding
men and women, along with the
University's strong traditions and connections
as a professionally-oriented institution,
offers UB students a wide array of
opportunities to work and study within me
context of local business, government and
nonprofit agencies.
Directions
The University of Baltimore is located in
the midtown area of Baltimore at the corner
of North Charles Street and Mt. Royal
Avenue. It may be reached via I-83-the
Jones Falls Expressway (Maryland Avenue
and St. Paul Street exits), and from 1-95 via
the Martin Luther King Jr. Boulevard.
University parking lots located within a
four-block radius of me campus accommodate
more than 1,000 cars.
Rail transportation is available via me
metro light rail (University of
Baltimore/Mt. Royal Station), and MARC
and Amtrak (Penn Station). Major bus
routes pass by and through the UB campus.
Accreditation
The University of Baltimore is accredited
by the Middle States Association of
Colleges and Secondary Schools, and by
the Maryland Higher Education
Commission.
The University is also recognized by the
Maryland State Board of Law Examiners;
the Maryland State Board of Examiners of
Public Accountants; many city, federal and
state agencies for civil service appoint­
ments; the Veterans Administration for
training of veterans; the Armed Forces for
officer appointments; and me Office of the
Attorney General of the United States of
America for acceptance of international
students.
The undergraduate and graduate programs
of the Roben G. Merrick School of
Business are accredited by the International
Association for Management Education
(AACSB).
UB's Master of Public Administration
(M.P.A.), which is housed within me Yale
Gordon College of Liberal Arts, is accredited
by me National Association of Schools
of Public Affairs and Administration (NAS­
PAA). The Master of Public Administration
program is the only M.P.A. program in me
state that has received me recognition of
NASPAA accreditation.
The University of Baltimore School of
Law is accredited by the American Bar
Association and holds membership in the
Association of American Law Schools.
The Alumni Association
The University of Baltimore Alumni
Association assists, strengthens and supports
the interests of me University, and
works to establish a mutually beneficial
relationship between alumni and their
alma mater.
The Alumni Association is non-dues
based and all graduates become members
of me Association upon graduation. The
Alumni Association offers a wide variety
of programs and services to its members
including career development and networking
programs, educational seminars, and
access to various University facilities and
resources. Alumni may also take advantage
of benefits provided by the Association's
affinity partners, including discounted auto
insurance and a credit card program.
During the year, the Association provides
numerous programs that bring
alumni and students together, including
networking events, mentor programs and
visits to corporate sites. Among me most
3

popular programs are alumni and stu?ent
mentoring programs and Career Preview.
Students also receive special invitations to
alumni events such as the Annual Alumni
of the Year Awards Luncheon.
Students are encouraged to visit the
Alumni Relations Office and attend
Association events and activities.
Centers and Institutes
The University of Baltimore supports and
administers several centers and institutes
that forge connections with the surrounding
communities and provide special
research and study opportunities for students
and faculty in a wide range of bus iness,
law and liberal arts programs.
The Hoffberger Center for Professional
Ethics was established in 1987 with a grant
from the Hoffberger Foundation, and
received additional support from the
Foundation in 1996 to expand its activities.
The Center is dedicated to promoting the
discussion and analysis of ethical issues
within the University and the local business
and professional communities. The Center
promotes the study of ethics throughout
the University's curricula, provides monthly
ethics seminars in the humanities and the
professions, sponsors visiting fellows and
lectures on campus, and presents an annual
Ethics Week. It offers workshops on ethics
on-site for businesses within the region,
and presents conferences on business and
professional ethics every year.
Centers within the Yale Gordon
College of Liberal Arts
The Center for Baltimore Studies, established
in 2000, focuses its efforts in archives and
community documentation and public programs.
The Center is designed to formalize
the University's role as custodian of
Baltimore's history and culture, especially as
it relates to community making and civic
activity. Through the Center's activities,
4
UB's faculty and students are involved in
both theoretical and applied research that
uses Baltimore as a laboratory to focus on
urban and regional issues.
The Imtitute for Language, Technology
and Publicatiom Design, a component of
the School ofCommunications Design,
was established in 1989 to create links
between the study and practice ofwriting
and graphic design with an emphasis on
new technologies. The Institute promotes
research, undertakes contractual and consulting
projects, and offers seminars, lectures,
workshops, and other programs.
Committed to developing a creative and
professional community, the Institute
works with regional groups, public agencies,
and professional associations to bring
toaether a ranae of professionals and stub
b
dents working in the fields of communications
design. In cooperation with other
universities, the Institute co-sponsors the
International Lawrence Durrell Conference
and Deus Loci: The Lawrence Durrell
Journal, and supports several other traditional
and online publications. The
Institute has established partnerships with
local businesses, created forums that bring
entrepreneurs and venture capitalists to
campus, received funding support from
nonprofit foundations and area businesses,
and collaborated with the Entrepreneurship
Program in the University's Merrick School
of Business.
The Center for Negotiatiom and Conflict
Management was established in 1997 as a
component of the Yale Gordon College of
Liberal Arts. Its mission is to broaden the
understanding of conflict, to provide training
and techniques in the field of conflict
resolution, and to expand the application of
techniques and approaches for dispute resolution
in a wide variety of contexts.
Combining the expertise and intellectual
resources of the University's law, business,

and liberaJ arts disciplines, me Center
offers aJternative dispute resolution (ADR)
services directly to businesses, government
agencies, unions, and various interest
groups and communities, as well as cutting-edge
opportunities for UB students.
The Schaefer Center for Public Policy,
founded in 1985, is an applied research
institute within the School of Public
Affairs. The mission of me Center is to
serve the public and not-for-profit sectors
of Maryland by conducting program evaluations,
performing policy anaJysis, engaging
in survey research, and conducting
managemen t training programs. In aJI of its
endeavors, me emphasis of the Center is on
applying the knowledge and skills of the
University community to reaJ-world issues
and on producing tangible, objective and
useful results.
The Schaefer Center aJso sponsors conferences,
lectures, and omer educationaJ
programs in the field of public policy.
Students in both business and liberaJ arts
participate in Schaefer Center projects,
which provide internships and graduate
fellowships.
Centers within the
Merrick School of Business
The Jacob France Institute for Global
Business was established in 1989 within the
Merrick School of Business. Three research
programs-The Maryland Business
Research Partnership, the Employment
Dynamics and Performance Accountabili ty
Program, and the Affiliated Faculty Sponsored
Research Program-fulfill the Institute's
responsibility to conduct research
that meets the needs of the Merrick
School's regional business and government
constituents. Research opportunities for
full-time graduate students are available
through each of mese programs on a competitive
basis. The Affiliated Faculty
Sponsored Research Program provides
administrative support for faculty members
whose interests cannot be accommodated
under the other two program themes.
The MBNA Information Institute, established
in 2001 with a grant from me
MBNA Foundation of MBNA America
Bank, includes UB's internationaJly recognized
Information Systems Research
Center (ISRC) , and the e-Learning Center.
The Institute seeks to engage in research in
various areas of the information systems
and technology field and to provide stateof-the-art
seminars and forums for academics
and practitioners of management
information systems in organizations.
The Information Systems Research Center
(ISRC), inaugurated in 1990 wimin the
Merrick School of Business, is a component
of the MBNA Information Institute.
The Center supports faculty and student
research in the broad area of management
information systems, and aJso serves as a
link to information systems professionaJs
in the BaJtimore business community. A
group support laboratory, multimedia facility,
globaJ electronic commerce laboratory,
and many other facilities to support
research in the information systems field
are available to UB faculty and students on
a regular basis. Cooperative research programs
with area business and government
organizations are ongoing. The ISRC aJso
conducts research to improve the quaJity
and effectiveness of computer resources
available to faculty.
The e-Learning Center, established in
2001, is a division of the MBNA Information
Institute. The Center supports current
e-learning activities at me University and
uses its private resources and grant funds to
stimulate the further development of elearning
at UB through activities directed
at faculty, staff, and students. The Center's
activities include: coordinating me e-learning
environment at UB, providing one-onone
and smaJI group training in me use of
5

e-Iearning tools, offering grants to faculty
and students to experiment with e-Iearning
tools and strategies, and sponsoring workshops
and conferences to bring leading
thinkers and practitioners in the e-learning
field to UB.
The Centerfor Technology Commercialization
(UB-CTC) was founded in 1996
within the Merrick School of Business. Irs
primary mission is to advance the commercialization
of technology in Maryland by
training students and professionals in the
arts ofentrepreneurship, technology transfer,
and high-tech commercialization. UBerc
works with actual technologies,
researchers, inventors, and businesses and
uses them as live, hands-on course work
opportunities not only for UB students but
for those anending other University System
of Maryland colleges and universities. Ir
also conducts commercialization projects as
well as research and studies in commercialization
and technology transfer.
Centers within the School of Law
The Centerfor Families, Children and the
Courts, established in 2000, is the focal
point for the School of Law's work on
reforming state courts into more appropriate
forums for the resolution of family legal
crises. The Center grew out of the recognition
within the legal profession of an urgent
need for a high profile, specifically-identified
entity to expand and broaden family
court reform work nationwide. Serving as a
vehicle for changing the paradigm of judicial
and legal thinking about family law, the
Center conducts the following activities:
advocating for the unified family court concept
in jurisdictions throughout the country;
providing technical assistance necessary
to support such pervasive change; and
training lawyers, judges, court personnel,
and other professionals to collaborate to
resolve family conflicts in a therapeutic,
ecological, and service-based manner.
6
The Center also undertakes research on
various family law issues and brings the
results of this research to the anention of
professionals through publications and conferences.
It seeks to establish other partnerships
and alliances, as well as to pursue
significant funding from foundations and
state courts for projects within its mission .
The Centerfor International and Comparative
Law, established in 1994, is a
center for research and programs in international
and comparative law at the University
of Baltimore. Housed in the School
of Law, the Center sponsors research, publications.
teaching and the dissemination
of knowledge about international legal
issues, with special emphasis on human
rights, environmental law, intellectual
property, and international business transactions.
The Stephen L. Snyder Centerfor
Litigation Skills, established in 2000
through a generous gift from nationally recognized
litigation expert Stephen L. Snyder,
a 1970 graduate of the School of Law, has
provided an endowment that supports the
school's well recognized litigation training
programs. The Center's activities include
lectures by prominent lawyers and judges
and scholars, special conferences. and litigation
research. Among the Center's goals is
to offer first rate practical and theoretical
training on a wide range oflitigation techniques
and to promote discussion about
important litigation issues. The Center provides
a resource for identifYing and analyzing
national litigation activities and trends.
BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
The Academic Center
The Academic Center at 1420 North
Charles Street is the main building of the
University of Balrimore. On the ground
floor are the University Bookstore, the
Academic Resource Center, The Career
Center, the Center for Student Involve­

ment, Human Resources, and Public
Safery. On rhe second floor are rhe offices
of rhe Provosr and orher adminisrrarive
funcrions, some classrooms, faculry offices
and deans' offices of rhe Yale Gordon
College of Liberal Arrs, rhe Hoffberger
Center for Professional Erhics, and rhe
Academic Compuring Center. Faciliries for
leisure and physical educarion acriviries are
found on rhe rhird floor, including a gymnasium,
a Naurilus Center, an exercise
room, a sauna, a sream room, and locker
faciliries. For rhe convenience of srudents,
an automaric reller machine (ATM) is
locared in rhe Academic Center.
Housed in the Academic Center are classrooms
as well as many srudent services and
administrarive offices. The lauer include: the
President's Office, Universiry Relarions,
Srudent Affairs and Enrollment Management,
Records and Registrarion, Financial
Aid, and Business and Financial Affairs.
Thomel Business Center
The Merrick School of Business occupies
rhe William H. Thumel Sr. Business
Center ar rhe southwesr corner of Mt.
Royal Avenue and Charles Srreet. This sixstory
building contains classrooms, faculry
offices, a srudent lounge, audirorium, and
computer/srudy faciliries. The Business
Informarion Center, dedicared to the use
and study of informarion rechnology, occupies
the entire firsr floor and provides srareof-the-art
communicarion and computer
capabiliry for rhe school. The building's
archirecrural focal point is a five-srory central
atrium [har provides a sense of openness
and space.
The Langsdale Library
The Universiry's Langsdale Library is
locared ar rhe southwesr corner of Maryland
Avenue and Oliver Street. Ir provides a
full range of library services, including reference,
library insrrucrion classes, phorocopying
equipment, and group srudy
rooms. Irs collecrion of more rhan 300,000
volumes consisrs ofbooks, periodicals,
CD-ROM indexes, government documents,
and audiovisual marerials as well as
manuscripr and archival collecrions containing
primary research sources. The library
building also includes a 396-sear audirorium
on the firsr floor. This faciliry accommodares
a variery of lectures, films and
special presentarions rhroughour the year.
Langsdale's Cooperarive Services include
reciprocal borrowing privileges wirh orher
libraries, an interlibrary loan program, lists
of book and periodical holdings in orher
Maryland libraries, and on-line darabase
searching. The Library also has implemented
an auromared sysrem in conjuncrion
with orher auromared resources.
UB is linked wirh other Universiry
Sysrem of Maryland insrirurions rhrough
rhe interacrive video network (IVN) faciliry
locared in Langsdale.
Charles Royal Building
The Charles Royal Building, locared ar
1319 North Charles Streer, houses rhe
administrarive and faculry offices of rhe
School of Communicarions Design, which
includes rhe Gordon College's Division of
English and Communicarions Design as
well as irs Insrirute for Language, Technology,
and Publicarions Design. The
graphics and media laborarories are locared
on rhe second floor.
The John and Frances
Angelos Law Center
The Angelos Law Center ar Maryland
Avenue and Oliver Streer houses the library,
classrooms, administrarive and faculry
offices of the School ofLaw, as well as Poe's
Publick House (the Universiry's dining complex).
The Law Library occupies the third
and fourth floors of the building and
includes nearly 329,000 volumes of books
and microforms. Individual searing for more
than 400 srudents, numerous srudy rooms,
technical research areas, and a Rare Book
Room are included in the library faciliries,
which provide an armosphere conducive ro
comprehensive legal research and learning.
7

The Law Clinics are housed in separate
facilities at 5 W. Chase Street and 40 W.
Chase Street, and the law school's student
organizations occupy an office area on the
third floor of the Academic Center.
Schaefer Center Building
Located at 1304 St. Paul Street, the
Schaefer Center Building houses the faculry
and administrative offices of the School of
Public Affairs, which includes the Schaefer
Center for Public Policy and the Division
of Government and Public Administration.
The Academic Computing Center
The Universiry's Academic Computing
Center (UB-ACC) provides compurer
services to the academic communiry.
Students, faculry and staff may use its
facilities, which include several minicomputers
and numerous microcomputers in
various labs located throughout the
Universiry. All labs are connected by a stateof-the-art
ethernet nerwork.
On the first floor of the Academic
Center, Room 101, Academic Computing
operates a DEC VAX. 4300 running under
VMS and a DEC MicroVAX. II running
under ULTRlX-32. Students and faculry
may access the VAXs by way of a number of
DEC terminals (located in the adjoining
User's Room) that have dial-up modems
and microcomputers linked along with the
V AXs to a local area nerwork.
In addition to a collection oflanguage
compilers that permit users to write their
own sofrware for the microcomputers,
Academic Compuring offers a library of
packaged sofrware. Included in this library
are several statistical analysis packages, software
for simulation and modeling, a database
management sysrem, graphics, and a
spreadsheet package.
Microcomputing labs, offering varying
levels of support, are located at several sites
around the Universiry. General-purpose
labs are always attended by a staff member
and are located on the second floor of the
8
Academic Center, the fourth floor of
Charles Hall, and the lower level ofThumel
Business Center. A small lab for users
engaged in library research is located on the
second floor of Langsdale Library. All of the
labs are equipped for IBM-standard microcomputing
and offer a selection of the most
popular micro-computing software.
The Education Foundation Building
The Educarion Foundation Building,
located ar 1130 Norrh Charles Street,
houses the offices of the Institutional
Advancement Division, including Alumni
Relations, Development, and the
Universiry of Baltimore Educational
Foundation.
The Mount Washington Campus
Outdoor athletic activities take place at the
Universiry of Baltimore's Mount Washington
campus. The faciliry includes three
100-yard playing fields, a golf driving range
and a baseball diamond.
COMMUTER SERVICES
From its founding, UB has served the special
needs of students who live and work
within the region. The Universiry has continuously
developed and strengthened services
to meer the commuting student's need
for flexibiliry and convenience.
Many student and academic services
offices are open 8:30 a.m.-7 p.m., Monday­
Thursday, and 8:30 a.m.-4:30 p.m on
Friday. These offices include admissions,
financial aid, student involvement, records,
the business office and student advising.
In addition, the bookstore, the library
and the student lounges have scheduled
their hours according to the needs of commuter
students. Check these services for
extended hours during exam weeks.

Off-Campus Housing
Center for Student Involvement
Room 114, Charles Hal!
Tel: 410.837.5417
Although there is no housing on campus at
the University of Baltimore, information
regarding off-campus housing in the area is
available from the Center for Student
Involvement. The staff maintains listings
more than 600 houses, apartments, and
rooms ro rent or share, as well as names of
other students looking for housing.
Students may find a variety of accommodations,
both within walking distance of
the University and in the surrounding suburban
areas. Rental rates in the Baltimore
City area are moderate, ranging berween
$150-$250 per month for a room in a private
home; $250-$400 per month for an
unfurnished efficiency; $350-$600 for an
unfurnished, one-bedroom apartment; and
$400 and up for an unfurnished rwo-bedroom
apartment. Renting a house can be
very cost-effective if shared with one or
more housemates.
The Center for Student Involvement
also helps students learn about the city by
providing information on transportation,
bus routes, and sights, activities and events.
Food Service
Lower Level, Angelos Law Center
Tel: 410.837.4390 or 410.837.4384
Fax: 410.837.4024
UB offers a unique and versatile food service
program though our food service partner,
Whitsons. Retail operations include a
food court cafeteria and kiosk carts. A cart
is located on the 1 St floor of the Academic
and Business Centers. Srop by the carts ro
sample gourmet coffees, smoothies, homemade
bagels, pas tries and desserts. Berween
classes, petuse the extensive "grab & go"
menu featuring sandwiches, salads and
snacks. The cafeteria can be found on the
lower level of the law center offering the
daytime community a variety oflunchtime
options. "Grab & go" salads and wraps,
grilled-to-order meals, gourmet pizza,
homemade soups and made-to-order gourmet
sandwiches are JUSt a few of the offerings
available. Call 410.837.4390 for hours
ofoperation.
Whitsons is the official caterer for
University meetings, conferences and special
events. They are experienced in providing
professional catering services for
functions of all types and sizes. The oncampus
Staff is available ro handle the daily
catering needs producing efficient, high
quality events.
Parking
Auxiliary Services
Tel: 410.837.5520
The University maintains several parking
facilities, and limited on-street parking is
available around the main campus during
non-peak traffic hours. Locations for parking
facilities include:
General Parking: There are four lots
available ro registered students, faculty, and
staff:
1) Bolton Yard Lot, West Oliver Street
(north side) berween Maryland and Mt.
Royal avenues: 600 spaces
2) Biddle Street Garage, Maryland Avenue
berween Presron and Chase streets: 500
spaces
3) Langsdale Library Lot, West Oliver
Street (south side), berween Maryland
and West Mr. Royal avenues: 40 spaces
4) Triangle Lot, Cathedral Street behind
Biddle Street Garage: 27 spaces
Addi tionally, after 6: 15 p.m. Mondays­
Thursdays and on weekends, students with
a valid UB permit may park on the Northeast
Faculty/Staff Reserved Lot, located at
the corner of North Charles Street and East
Mr. Royal Avenue (75 spaces) .
9

workshops (resume writing, interviewing
skiJis, job search) are on videotape and may
be borrowed.
Career Resource Center: A wealth ofcareer
information is maintained in the career
library. Printed information on many ropies,
including employment trends, furure outlooks,
and company literature, is available for
students and alumni ro peruse during TeC's
office hours. Books and videos may be borrowed
for up ro one week.
Intermhips: Paid and non-paid internships
are offered [Q all majors. An internship
provides a unique opponunity [Q gain
valuable, practicaJ experience in a student's
chosen field prior ro graduation.
Tee helps students find pre-professional
paid internships complementaty ro
their studies at the University. Participation
is optional and competitive, and is open ro
all degree-seeking graduate and undergraduate,
business and liberal arts students cartying
at least three credits per semester.
Paid internships are available on parrtime,
full-time and summer schedules, at
various firms and organizations in the community.
Academic credit may be awarded
contingent on the approval of the academic
deparrment.
The primaty benefits ofa paid internship
are: 1) helping the student to clarifY career
goals and finance educational expenses;
2) building a student's self-confidence in a
professional environment; 3) enabling the
student ro apply classroom knowledge in a
real-world setting; and 4) exposing the student
ro contacts who may be helpful in his/
her search for professional employment as
graduation nears. Additionally, all internship
participants are guided through the processes
of resume writing and developing interviewing
skills.
Student Health Insurance
Office ofStudent Affairs
Room 231, Charles Hall
Tel: 410.837.5429
The costs for emergency hospitalization,
specialist care, diagnostic work-ups and
12
other care can be catasrrophic. The University
of Baltimore Student Health and Accident
Insurance Plan is designed ro help
students meet sLlch costs whether in Balrimore
or outside the area.
All parr-time and full-time students are
eligible ro enroll in the insurance program.
The individual premium covers only the
student; however, eligible students may also
enroll their dependents. Eligible dependents
are the spouse and unmarried children
19 years ofage or younger who are not selfsupponing.
The premium may be paid
with the tuition payment in the Business
Office. Students receiving financial aid may
have the cost of insurance deducted from
their award; interested students must contact
the Financial Aid Office prior ro
enrollment.
Information about the UB Student
Health Insurance Plan may be obtained by
contacting the Office of Student Affairs or
the Business OfEce.
International Services Office
Room 104, Thumel Business Center
Tel 410.837,4756, 1.877.AppfyUB (tolf-Jree),
Fax: 410.837.4793
E-mail: intladms@ubalt.edu
The University of Baltimore's international
population has expanded rapidly in recent
years. Recognizing the value of international
exchange, the International Services
Office (ISO) offers a variety ofservices to
the students, facul ty, staff, and researchers
from more than 70 countries who now
study or work at UB. ISO coordinates the
recruitment, admission, enrollment, orientation
and personal advising of international
students. Among the services
provided by the office are:
• visa and immigration assistance to the
University community to ensure individual
and institutional compliance with
federal regulations governing the
employment and enrollment of foreign
nationals
• study, travel and work abroad information
for those interested in an overseas
expenence

• an emergency loan program
• information on local ethnic resources,
tax compliance, English language programs
and legal assistance, as well as an
intercultural video library
• an annual academic award
More information may be obtained by
contacting the office as above, or by consulting
the website (www.ubalr.edu/international).
Services for Students With
Disabilities
Office ofDisability Support Services
Room 139, Charles HaLf
TeL: 410.8374115
Tn: 410.8375151
Fax: 410.8374932
Services for students with disabilities are
coordinated through the Office of Disability
Support Services. Both full- and
part-time students are eligible ro benefit
from these services, which include: arrangements
for sign language interpreters, alternative
testing, note-takers, and texts on
tape. Medical documentation must be
received before services can be provided.
A detailed policy, "Disabilities Documentation,"
outlines the rights and responsibilities
of both students and the University of
Baltimore in the delivery ofservices for students
with disabilities. That policy is
included in the "Policies" section of this
caraJog.
Diversity Education and Programs
Charles HaLf
Tel: 410.831.4160
Fax: 410.8374169
The Office of Diversity Educarion and
Programs is responsible for the development
of co-curricular programs and services
that enhance sensitivity ro and
acceptance of the diversity within the
University of Baltimore community and
beyond. In addition, this office works with
other University offices, services, and personnel
to coordinate programs that support
access, retention, academic success, per­
sonal growth, and leadership development
for students of difference. The office also
coordinates a bi-annual supplemental orientation
program for African-American
students, and serves as a resource for all students,
student organizations, faculty, and
staff on issues of diversity.
For more information, contact the office
by telephone or fax, as above; or via e-mail,
diversity@ubalt.edu
Honor Societies
The University of Baltimore maintains
affiliations with many national honor societies.
Membership criteria vary for each
society; however, members are usually
admitted based on their superior academic
achievements. Some of these societies are
restricted to students pursuing certain academic
disciplines.
The following is a list of the current
honor societies and their respective academic
disciplines:
Alpha Chi - any discipline
Alpha Epsilon Lambda - graduate
liberal arts students
Beta Gamma Sigma - management
Mu Kappa Tau - marketing
Phi Alpha Theta - history
Phi Theta Kappa Alumni Chapter
Pi Alpha Alpha - public
administration
Pi Sigma Alpha - government and
public policy
Psi Chi - psychology
Sigma Iota Epsilon -management
Sigma Tau Delta - English
Center for Student Involvement
Room 114, Academic Center
Tel: 410.8375411
Leadership development, community outreach,
student activities and events are
coordinated by the Center for Student
Involvement, which oversees the Student
Government Association and the Student
Events Board.
Student activity fees fund a variety of
activities, such as: the student newspaper,
student clubs and organizations, the leader­
13

ship program, the UB President's Ambassadots,
and programs planned by the Student
Events Board. In addition, activity fees are
used to purchase tickets to a variety of theater
and symphony performances, sports events
and other activities in the Baltimore metropolitan
area for the benefit ofstudents.
Student Government Association (SGA):
The SGA includes members from the
undergraduate Student Senate, the Graduate
Senate and the Student Bar Association.
SGA members represent students on all
standing University comminees and work
with the Center for Student Involvement ro
administer student activity fees .
Clubs: There are more than 50 active
clubs and organizations at UB. Many clubs
on campus are closely related to an academic
department. Examples include the
English Club, the Marketing Club, and the
Human Resources Management Association.
Other special-interest organizations,
such as the Black Student Union, the
International Students Association, the Gay
and Lesbian Student Association, and the
Outdoors Club are open to all students.
Student Events Board: Activities and
events for the entire student body are
planned and implemented by the Student
Events Board. The board structure includes
committees for speakers, major performances,
and special activities. Membership is
open to all UB students: graduate, undergraduate,
and law; full-time and part-time.
Athletic Club
Room 311, Academic Center
Tel: 410.837.5591
The UB Athletic Club offers instructional
and activity programs in aerobics, golf,
Nautilus weight training, and cardiovascular
fitness training. Intramurals are offered
in volleyball and basketball. The Nautilus
Center, Cardiovascular Fitness Center, racquerball
courts, gymnasium and sauna/
steam room are open to students, faculty
and staff with proper UB J.D.
14
Judicial Issues
Student violation of University regulations,
either academic or non-academic, are
referred to the Associate Vice President for
Student Affairs, who coordinates the judicial
hearing process. Detailed descriptions
of University regulations as well as judicial
proceedings are available in the UB Student
Policies and Procedures Handbook.
Violations of academic regulations
include the following: cheating, plagiarism,
falsification of data, and attempts of the
aforementioned.
While allegations of the University's
Code of Conduct are being investigated
and adjudicated, privileges such as the
withdrawal from class without academic
penalty and the refund of tuition and fees
will be suspended for parties involved in
the investigation.
ADMISSIONS
Tel: Admissiom Office 410.837. 4777;
Toll-free: 1.877.ApplyUB
e-mail: admissiom@Ubalt.edu
www. ubalt. edu
GENERAL POLICY
Admission to graduate study at the
University of Baltimore is granted to any
applicant with a baccalaureate degree from
a regionally accredited institution whose
academic qualifications indicate promise
ofsuccess in graduate study. Admission to
the University of Baltimore is determined
without regard to race, color, religion,
national origin, sex, age, handicap, or
sexual orientation.
THE APPLICATION PROCESS
To be considered for admission to a graduate
program at the University of Baltimore,
a new (first-time) applicant must submit
application materials to:
Office ofGraduate Admissions
University ofBaltimore
1420 N Charles Street
Baltimore, Maryland 21201-5779

The following items must be included:
1) Graduate application form.
2) Application Fee: a non-refundable application
fee must accompany each application.
The fee is $30 if the application is
submitted on-line, $45 if submitted on
paper and $60 if submitted after the
deadline for your program. Applications
received without an applicacion fee will
be returned to the student.
3) Two official copies of his/her transcript
sent directly from all colleges or universities
attended. The transcripts are
required for all undergraduate or graduate
work attempted and whether or not
a degree was earned from an institution.
(For students who attended the
University of Baltimore, the Office of
Graduate Admissions will obtain previous
records.) Supplementary transcripts
for coursework that is in progress at the
time of application should be submitted
as soon as possible.
4) Test Scores: Students applying for a graduate
program in business (M.B.A., M.S.,
or doctoral degrees) must submit official
scores from the Graduate Management
Admissions Test (GMAT). GMAT informacion
may be obtained from the
Educational Testing Service, Box 6103,
Princeton, N] 08541-6103, USA. The
University of Baltimore reporting code is
5810. (Please note: Graduate Record
Examinacion (GRE) general test scores
must be submitted by applicants to the
Applied Psychology, D.P.A. and Psy.D.
programs, and addicionally, some graduate
programs may request other test
scores from individual applicants in order
to better assess their potential for successful
graduate study. GRE information
may be obtained from the Educational
Tescing Service, Box 6014, Princeton, N]
08541-6014. The University of
Baltimore's reporting code is 5810.)
5) Letters of Recommendation: Letters of
recommendation are required for all
programs, except the graduate program
in publications design, which requires a
portfolio. Forms are provided in the
application packet. Generally, letters
should be obtained from former professors
or employers.
6) Letter of Intent: The letter of intent
should be submitted for all programs. A
form is provided in the application
packet.
7) Departmental Requirements: Additional
departmental admission requirements
(such as interviews) are described in the
individual program descriptions in this
catalog.
8) Requirements for International
Applicants (non-U.S. citizens):
Additional admissions requirements for
international applicants are described
under International Students.
9) Requirements for Applicants for Readmission:
Only the application form,
residency form, and application fee are
required. See the policy, "Readmission"
in this section of the catalog for additional
information.
AppLication review wilL begin when aIL
required forms and supporting materials are
received Delays in receiving the necessary
credentials will cause delays in making a
decision on the application.
Applicants who do not register for the
semester for which they have been accepted
must file another application for admission
for any future semester. An applicant is
considered officially enrolled at the University
on the date registered for class. Degree
requirements for a particular student are
determined by the catalog in effect on that
date of registration.
Additional information may be
obtained by calling the Office of Graduate
Admissions.
DEADLINES
For applications to the Merrick School of
Business and the Gordon College of Liberal
Arts, recommended deadlines for applications
and all supporting credentials are
August 1 for the fall semester Uune 1 for
webMBA, Saturday M.B.A. and M.S. in
Health Systems Management); December 1
for the spring; and May 1 for the summer.
15

Applications with supporting credentials
will be considered after due dates depending
upon space availabiliry, strength of credentials,
and sufficient processing time.
School 0/Business applicants: Only nondegree
applications will be accepted two
weeks prior to the first day of classes for a
given semester. Non-degree status does not
preclude application for degree status in a
later semester. (Students applying for the
Advantage M.B.A. and Saturday M.B.A.
programs should contact the Admissions
Office for the appropriate deadline.)
For students applying for a scholarship,
the application for admission and all credentials
must be received by March 1 for
the fall semester, and by November 1 for
the spring semester. (For fall semester
awards, completed applications received by
March 1 will be considered for early
awards.)
For students applying for an assistantship,
preference is given to those applying
by April 1 to the Merrick School of
Business, and by May 1 for all other assistantship
positions.
UNCONDITIONAL STATUS
An applicant seeking admission to a program
as an unconditional degree candidate
must have obtained at least a bachelor's
degree at a regionally accredited college or
universiry and have satisfactorily completed
all additional admission requirements of
the specific program in which he/she is
applying.
ACCEPTANCE PEIIDING
BACHELOR'S DEGREE
Applicants for graduate program entry may
apply during their senior year of undergraduate
study. Acceptance will be based on
official transcripts that reflect all but the
last term recorded. Applicants should submit
their course schedule for the final
semester with their application for
admission.
If the applicant is permitted to register
prior to receipt of the final official tran­
16
script from a prior institution, a waiver
form is signed that requires submission of a
final official transcript no later than 30 days
after the beginning of the student's first
semester as a graduate student at the
Universiry of Baltimore. Note: The admission
process requires an official tramcript to be
sent by each imtitution attended.
Criteria for acceptance prior to the
award of the bachelor's degree is the same as
noted for unconditional acceptance.
POST-GRADUATE STUDENTS
A student who has already earned a graduate
degree may be accepted for course
enrollment. In general, post-graduate applicants
are required to meet the same admissions
criteria as other applicants.
Graduate credits earned at the Universiry
of Balcimore subsequent to earning one graduate
degree may be applied, as appropriate
and approved by a program director, toward
the requirements of a second graduate
degree.
READMISSION
Graduate students who have not registered
for more than two consecutive semesters
(excluding summer sessions) must apply for
readmission. Students must submit a new
application for graduate admission and a
non-refundable fee of $15. Students who
have attended another institution since
their last enrollment at the Universiry of
Baltimore should have two official copies of
the transcript sent directly to the Office of
Graduate Admissions.
Students may be readmitted to their
graduate program if they were in good academic
standing at the time of the last attendance
at the Universiry of Baltimore and
are in good academic standing at any college
attended since their last enrollment at
the Universiry.
If approved for readmission, students
will be required to meet the admission and
course requirements as well as policies and
procedures in effect at the time of readmission.
See "Continuous Enrollment/Leave of

Absence" in the Academic Policies section
of this catalog.
Students requesting readmission from
academic probation and/or suspension
should also see "Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory
Progress" in the Academic Policies section
of this catalog.
Any balance due the University must be
paid in full before an application for readmission
will be processed.
International students who have been
absent for one or more semesters (excluding
summer session) must obtain clearance
from the International Services Office
before re-enrolling.
VISITING STUDENTS
Students who wish to register for courses
and have their final grades transferred to
count toward a degree at their home institutions
may enroll as visiting students.
Students apply as non-degree applicants
and must:
1) submit application for admission indicating
non-degree, visiting student status
along with a non-refundable
application fee of $30; and,
2) submit an authorization letter from the
home institution outlining specific
courses to be taken at the University of
Baltimore and verifying good academic
standing.
FOREIGN TRANSCRIPTS
The University of Baltimore does not evaluate
foreign transcripts. Applicants who
attended a college or university outside of
the United States must arrange at their own
expense to have their academic records
evaluated on a course-by-course basis by a
U.S. credentials evaluation service. The
evaluation process takes a minimum of four
weeks. Certified English translations must
accompany transcripts in a language other
than English.
More information and appropriate
forms are available in the Admissions
Office. The University may require some
applicants to provide additional information
such as syllabi and course descriptions.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE
PROFICIENCY POLICY
Applicants who are non-native speakers of
English must demonstrate a satisfactory
level of English proficiency. A minimum
score of 550 (213 on the computer based
version) on the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) is required of both
degree and non-degree applicants, regardless
ofcitizenship or visa status. Applicants
who have a degree from an accredited college
or university in the U.S. are exempt
from the TOEFL requirement. TOEFL
information may be obtained from the
Educational Testing Service, Box 6155,
Princeton, New Jersey 08541-6155. The
University of Baltimore's reporting code
is 5810.
The University reserves the right to
require additional English language
instruction of any student.
INTERNA1'IONAL STUDENTS
The University of Baltimore welcomes
applications from qualified international
students.
Students who submit transcripts from
an institution outside of the United States
should refer to the section on Foreign
Transcripts. Students who are non-native
speakers of English should refer to the section
on English Language Proficiency.
Immigrant and nonimmigrant students
residing in the United States must submit
copies of their Green Card or visa documents
with their application for admission.
Students holding F-I visas must maintain
a full course of study (nine or more
credits) in a degree program during the fall
and spring semesters.
International applicants, particularly
those submitting foreign academic credentials
and those residing overseas. should
apply well in advance of the semester for
which they are seeking admission: June 1
for fall. November 1 for spring. and March
1 for summer.
Form 1-20 (Certificate of Eligibility for
Non immigrant F-I Student Visa Status) is
issued to those applicants who meet all
17

academic, financial support, and English
language proficiency requirements for
admission to a full-time degree program.
The University of Baltimore does not
administer an exchange visitor program and
does not issue the Form lAP-66 required
for J-1 visa students.
International applicants musr submit
the following credentials as part of the
application for graduate study:
1) Graduate application form.
2) Non-refundable application fee of $30;
$35 for M.S. in Taxation.
3) Supplemental International Applicant
Information Sheet.
4) Official transcripts sent directly by each
college and university previously
attended; and final transcript showing
completion of baccalaureate degree.
5) Course-by-course evaluation report of
foreign transcripts, if applicable. See
Foreign Transcripts section.
6) Evidence of English language proficiency.
See English Language
Proficiency Policy section.
7) Official scores from the Graduate
Management Admissions Test (GMAT)
are required for all graduate business
applicants. GMAT information may be
obtained from the Educational Testing
Service, Box 6103, Princeton, NJ
08541-6103, USA. The University of
Baltimore's reporting code is 5810.
8) Official scores of the graduate record
examination (GRE) are required for all
M.S. in Applied Psychology and M.S. in
Interaction Design and Information
Architecture applicants and all doctoral
program applicants. GRE information
may be obtained from The Educational
Testing Service, Box 6014, Princeton,
NJ 08541-6014, USA. The University
of Baltimore's school reporting code is
5810.
9) Letters of recommendation, resume,
letter of intent, portfolio and/or interview
with program director, as required
by individual academic departments.
18
10) Evidence of financial resources ro cover
tuition and living expenses in full for
two years (F-l visa students only).
11) Certified English translations must
accompany all documents issued in a
language other than English.
International applicarion procedures are
explained further in the University's
International Student Admission packet.
For more information, contact the
International Services Office, as follows: by
mail, University of Baltimore, 1420 N.
Charles Street, Baltimore, MD 21201;
by phone, 410.837.4756 or toll-free,
1.877.ApplyUB; by fax, 410.837.4793;
bye-mail, intladms@uba!t.edu; or via the
internet/worldwide web, http://www.
ubalt.edu/sserv/iso.
RESIDENCY CLASSIFICATION
The Board of Regents of the University
System of Maryland (USM) has established
a policy regarding student residency classification
for admission, tuition and charge
differential. Residency classification shall
be determined on the basis of permanent
residency.
Eight criteria must be met before instate
status for admission, tuition and
charge differential purposes can be
assigned. These criteria are:
1) at least 12 consecutive months of residency
in Maryland prior to the Start
of classes;
2) all personal property maintained in
Maryland;
3) Maryland income tax paid on all earned
taxable income for 12 months;
4) motor vehicles registered in Maryland
in accordance with Maryland law;
5) valid Maryland driver's license in accordance
with Maryland law;
6) if registered to vote, registered in
Maryland;
7) no public assistance from a source outside
Maryland; and,
8) legal ability under federal and Maryland
law to reside permanently in Maryland.

A copy of the full policy on in-state residency
can be found in the Policies section
of this catalog.
The above policy is subject to change without
notification. Changedpolicies will be
recorded in the Admissiom Office and the
Office o/Student Affairs.
Application forms for a change in residency
classification are available in the
Office ofStudent Affairs, Room 121 ,
Charles HaJJ, 410.837.4755.
TRANSFER CREDIT
The following regulations govern the
awarding ofcredit for graduate work completed
at omer regionally accredited colleges
or universities.
1) In the Gordon College of Liberal Arrs, a
maximum of 12 graduate semester credits
may be accepted by the program
direcror if the courses are relevant ro the
student's major. Students should check
wim their program director for exceptions
to this policy.
2) In me Merrick School of Business, a maximum
ofsix credirs may be accepted from
anomer MCSB accredited university (if
applicable) at me 600/700-level for a specific
program. Such credits must be
earned beyond me preparatory level.
3) The student must include with the
transfer credit request a copy of the catalog
covering those courses. Additional
evidence, such as course syllabi, also
may be submined ro support the
request.
4) Transfer credits will be evaluated only
for students accepted unconditionally
and an official transcript must be provided
as documentation.
5) The transfer of credit after a student has
enrolled at the University will be permitted
only if the student applies in
writing to the program director for per­
mission to transfer the credit prior to
enrolling in the course. Generally,
approval will be given for courses which
are not offered by the University of
Baltimore during the period of the student's
attendance.
6) AJI transfer credits must be completed
with a grade of B or higher.
7) Grades for courses taken outside the
University of Baltimore will not be
applied to a student's GPA at the
University. Only credit hours are transferable.
After degree status has been
granted at UB, written permission of
the dean is required to anempt courses
at another institurion. A copy of this
permission must be contained in the
official student file maintained in the
Records Office. Any courses taken at
another institution will not be counted
in the CPA as a repeat of a course
already attempted at me University of
Baltimore.
PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION
Each graduate program is administered by
a graduate program director or me chair of
the department involved. The name of each
program direcror appears with the program
description in this catalog.
Students enrolled in degree programs
must meet with their advisers prior to each
registration period for approval ofcourse
selection. Special, non-degree students
must also have their course selection
approved by the program director.
MORE INFORMATION
Requests for brochures and admission
applications for graduate programs
should be addressed to the Office of
Graduate Admissions. Prospective
students may also call 410.837.4777,
or 1.877.ApplyUB.
19

ACADEMIC ADVISING
Merrick School ofBusiness: 410.837.4944
Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts:
410.837.5326
The Universiry is committed to academic
excellence and student success. Therefore, a
professional staff of academic advisers is
available in each of the colleges at the
Universiry of Baltimore.
Students should meet with their adviser
prior to each registration period to ensure
they are making proper academic decisions
and progressing toward their degrees. In
many cases, an adviser's signature is required
for registration clearance. It is important that
students become familiar with their adviser
and take advantage of their in-depth
knowledge of the various academic programs
and policies
A student should make an appointment
to see an adviser prior to withdrawing from
the Universiry, even if the withdrawal is
anticipated to be temporary.
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS ADVISING
All new students in the Gordon College of
Liberal Arts must meet with a graduate program
director prior to their first semester of
registration. Program directors assist students
in planning their academic careers
and in selecting appropriate courses to satisfY
degree requirements. New students are
required to have an adviser's signature on
their registration cards before registering, as
well as on an add/drop form if they add a
course after registering.
Continuing students, with some exceptions,
can register without an adviser's signature,
but are strongly encouraged to meet
with a program adviser on a regular basis.
Those continuing students who must
obtain advisement and a departmental
and/or Dean's Office signature before registenng
are:
• Probationary students
• Readmitted students
20
• Students changing their program
• Students registering for an independent
study or internship
• Students requesting to take more than
nine credits during a semester and six
credits during a summer session
Students are respomible for reviewing carefolly
the requirements for their chosen plan of
study and seeking clarification from a program
adviser ifnecessary. An academic counselor
also is available in the Dean's Office,
Room 200, Academic Center, to provide
information and clarification about liberal
arts programs, policies, and procedures.
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADVISING
Academic advisement is available by
appointment in the Merrick School
Advising Center, BC 142, with day,
evening, and Saturday hours. Advisers provide
information on Merrick School programs,
policies, and procedures. Every new
degree-seeking candidate will receive a program
of study and must meet with a graduate
program adviser prior to registering for
their first semester. Program advisers assist
students in selecting appropriate courses to
satisfY degree requirements. New students
are required to have an adviser's signature
before registering for their first semester.
Students are advised that any deviation
from their program plan must be approved
in writing by the Dean's Office. Division
directors, specialization advisers, and
Merrick School faculry are also available to
assist students in planning their academic
program and to discuss career goals.
Continuing students, with some exceptions,
can register without an adviser's signature,
and are responsible for following
their program plan of study. Continuing
students who must obtain advisement and
a division director and/or Dean's Office signature
before registering are:
• Probationary students
• Readmitted students
• Non-degree students

• Students changing their program
• Srudents registering for an independent
study
• Students registering for an undergraduate
preparatory class
Although the program adviser will assist
the srudent in planning a program, each
student must assume responsibility for
knowing curriculum requirements and seeing
that these requirements are met.
REGISTRATION
Office ofRecords and Registration
Tel: 410.837.4825
SCHEDULE OF CLASSES
The Schedule of Classes bookJet, published
about one week prior to advance registration
each semester, is the official record of
the class offerings for that semester. It
reflects current academic information necessary
for students, faculty, and staff to plan
for the semester.
ADVANCE REGISTRATION
Advance registration allows degree-seeking
students the opportunity to register for the
next semester when the largest array of
course sections are open. This option will
assure students the greatest flexibility in
scheduling their classes. UBLine, the
University's automated voice response system,
can be used for registration during the
advanced registration period. See the
schedule of classes for detailed information.
Degree-seeking students are urged to register
early for the folbJwing semester. New Students
who have been officially accepted by
the University prior to the registration
period may register after they receive
required advisement. Registration is continuous
from the initial date announced in
the schedule of classes through the end of
the advance registration period. Schedule
adjustments, such as add/drop, may be
done during this period according to the
calendar established for each term.
During advance registration, the srudent
will submit a class schedule and have the
course selection confirmed. He/she will be
mailed a class schedule and a statemenr of
fees at the end of the registration period.
The registration will be considered complete
according to the following conditions:
1) payment is made in full ;
2) payment arrangements have been made;
3) the student has enough financial aid to
cover half the full balance;
4) the student has on file in the Business
Office a signed and approved deferred
payment contract; and,
5) the student has submitted an approved
third-party contract by the specified
payment deadline.
For any student who has not met any of
the above criteria by the payment deadline,
the registration may be voided and the student
must register again during walk-in
registration. No reinstatements will be
made.
WALK·IN REGISTRATION
Walk-in registration allows students to register
immediately prior to the beginning of
an academic term. This is the time for students
with voided schedules from advance
registration to re-register. Enrollment in
many classes is limited to space availability
in each specific course section. Non-degree
students are assigned a specific time to register
during walk-in registration. Consult
the semester schedule ofclasses for times
and dates.
LATE REGISTRATION/ADD·DROP
Late registration and final schedule adjustments
are allowed during the first week of
the academic term. There are additional
required fees. This option offers a final
opportunityfor students to attend a specific
term. It is important to be aware that
classes are in progress and some academic
work may have been missed.
21

REGISTRATION FOR AUDIT
AND CHALLENGE
Students may register to audit certain
courses, withom credit, and for challenge
examination, with credit, at the time of
registration with the written permission of
the appropriate dean. T here is no reduction
in tuition and fees for a registration on the
basis of audit or challenge.
CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION
The University reserves the right to
cancel any registration for which the student
in question has not complied with
appropriate procedures, rules and regulations,
and the financial requirements of
the University.
TRANSCRIPTS
The transcript is the official record of a student's
academic program and is released
only upon written authorization of the student
or by an authorized directive from the
judicial system.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Office ofRecords and Registration
TeL: 410.837. 4825
PROGRAM ADVISING AND MEETING
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
Students are advised that any deviation
from the approved program ofstudy must
be certified in writing by the appropriate
dean or dean's designee. Readmitted students
should have their program of study
reviewed by the dean or designee upon reentering
the University.
GRADING SYSTEM
Each semester students will receive a report
of their grades for courses taken. Any student
whose name appears on a grade roster,
regardless of the length of the student's
attendance in the class, will receive for each
course attempted one of the grades listed
below. If, however, the student withdraws
22
officially from a course during the first
week of classes, the student's name will not
appear on the grade roster, nor will the
transcript show that the student was ever
enrolled in the course.
All grades are awarded solely on the
basis of an instructor's judgment of a student's
scholarly attainment. Only grades
earned at the University of Baltimore or as
part of a consortium approved by the
appropriate program director will be
included as part of a student's official GPA.
The foLlowing grades are used in computing
the grade point average:
GRADE QUALITY POINT S
/per credit hour
A 4.00
A­ 3.67
B+ 3.33
B 3.00
B­ 2.67
C+ 2.33
C 2.00
C­ 1.67
F* 0.00
* Given when the student completes the
course, including the examination, but
fails to meet the requirements of the
course; or when the studen t does not
complete the course requirements and
fails to officially withdraw from the
course by the date designated in the
semester academic calendar; or when the
student fails a credit-by-examination
challenge course; or when the student
fails a course listed in the catalog as either
satisfactoty/unsatisfactory or pass/fail.
The foLlowing grades are not computed in the
CPA:
GRADE QUALITY POINTS
W o
WA o
PS o
AU o
CS o
I o
CR/NC o
XC o

W: Withdrawn •.. an administrative symbol
(not a grade) that is not computed in a
student's grade point average. The W is
placed on the student's transcript if the student
withdraws from a class or classes after
the end of the late registration period.
WA: Withdrawn Administratively •••
given when recommended by instructor
and dean for poor attendance and/or other
academic violations. This grade is not initiated
by student.
PS: Pass ..• credit for successful completion
ofcourses listed in catalog as pass/fail grading.
AU: Audit•.. indicates class attendance
only. Student auditors may not shift from
audit status to grade status, or reverse,
without the written permission of the
appropriate dean, and in no case will a
switch be made after the end of the regular
registration period. There is no credit or
grade awarded in this option.
CS: Continuing Studies.•• given when it is
known at the outset of the course that
requirements for its completion will necessarily
extend beyond the end of the semester.
This grade is assigned at the discretion
of the instructor, for specifically-designated
courses only. A petition must be filed by
the student with the instrucror and must be
signed by both parties. The petition must
be submitted with the grade roster to the
registrar.
I: Incomplete ... given when a student is
temporarily prevented from completing
required course work by unanticipated
extenuating circumstances, such as illness
or major changes in the demands of a job.
A petition, signed by the student, the
instructor, and the appropriate dean, must
be filed with the instructor, who will then
submit the petition to the registrar with the
grade roster for the course. Note: The J
grade will be changed to an F ifa grade
changeform is not submitted by the imtruc­
tor to the Records Office according to the following
schedule: Ifthe Jgrade was earned in
the Fall Semester, the grade change must be
submitted by May 1; Ifthe Jgrade was
earned in the Spring Semester or the Summer
Session, the grade change must be submitted
by December 1.
A graduating student must remove an I
grade within 60 calendar days after the last
day of the his/her last semester; otherwise,
the student's graduation application will be
withdrawn at that time and another application
must be submitted, and another fee
paid for the following semester.
CRlNC: Credit/No Credit .•• equates to
C- or higher level competence for undergraduate
or graduate courses. The CR
grade means credit is granted. The NC
grade means that no credit is granted for
the course. The CR or NC grade will not
be considered in calculating the GPA.
A student enrolling in a course on a
CRiNC basis must do so at the time of registration
and may not change status in the
course after the add/drop period for the
term.
Graduate students must enroll in any
I 00/400-level course as CRiNC. All
600/700-level courses must be taken for a
grade. The plan under which a liberal artS
student enrolls in a 500-level course must
be approved by the program director. In
the School of Business, all 500-level courses
must be taken for a grade.
Ifa student holding a bachelor's degree
is enrolled in an undergraduate certificate
program and enters a master's program, or
vice versa, the student may take the
remainder of the certificate program on a
CRiNC basis.
XC .•• assigned for previous academic work
which does not apply to the specific program
in which a student is enrolled.
23

PROCEDURE TO AUDIT COURSES
While the University does not encourage
students to attend classes on an "audit"
basis, under special conditions and with the
written permission of the particular program
director, a limited number of students
may be permitted to audit on a space available
basis.
Students who wish to audit courses are
subject to all rules, procedures, and changes
that govern students taking courses for
credit. Ifa student decides to attempt a
master's degree, the student will have to
repeat courses taken as "audit" or take an
equivalent number of courses as decided
and specified by the program director.
Students should also check the statement
on "Continuous Enrollment Leave of
Absence" in the Graduate Admissions section
of this catalog.
GRADE CHANGES
Allgraduate semester grades becomefinal 60
calendar days after the last day ofthat semester
or the summer session. Students should
review the policy on incomplete grades
under the preceding section on grades.
SATISFACTORY AND
UNSATISFACTORY PROGRESS
Please note that these policies are for determining
satisfactory academic progress.
Students are advised to review the Financial
Assistance section of this catalog to determine
the standards for satisfactory progress
for eligibility for receiving or continuing to
receive financial assistance.
To be approved for graduation, a graduate
student must have a cumulative GPA of
3.0. A student is making satisfactory
progress toward completion ofa program
as long as a grade point average (GPA) of
3.0 or higher is maintained and the student
has not failed the same course rwice or
failed rwo different courses at least once.
1) A student who attempts six or more
credits at the University of Baltimore
and earns less than 3.0, or who fails the
same course rwice or fails rwo different
24
courses at least once, will be placed on
academic probation. Notification of this
action will be by the grade report.
Probationary status is a warning that
satisfactory progress is in jeopardy.
2) A student who is placed on probation
must obtain advisement from the appropriate
graduate program director and/or
academic dean's office before attending
classes the following semester or summer
session, even if the student has
already registered. At the discretion of
the appropriate academic dean, a student
on probation may take up to six
credits. Students on probation may not
take more than three credits at any given
time during the summer.
3) Graduate students on academic probation
may not hold offices in student
organizations at the University.
4) A student who has been placed on probation
because of a deficient grade point
average will be allowed up to six semester
hours to clear probation. If the student
does not reach a GPA of3.0 or
higher by the time these additional
credit hours are accumulated, the student
will be suspended.
5) A student who has been placed on academic
probation because of failing the
same course rwice or failing rwo different
courses at least once must satisfactorily
meet the conditions prescribed by
the appropriate dean's office in order to
clear probation. If the student does not
meet those conditions satisfactorily,
he/she will be suspended.
6) The period ofsuspension is one semester.
During this period ofsuspension a
student may not register for any course
at the University of Balrimore which
may be applied to the graduate degree
or certificate (including prerequisite
requirements), nor will any course taken
at another institution be applied to the
graduate degree or certificate. With
prior written approval of the appropriate
academic dean's office, a suspended student
may take remedial work (at the
University of Baltimore or at anorher

university). The credits for such remedial
work will not be applied to the
graduate degree or certificate. While
taking such courses at the University of
Baltimore, the student must register as a
non-degree seeking special student.
7) The student should remember that reinstatement
at the University of Baltimore
is not automatic; the student must
request reinstatement according to the
procedure set in his/her school. A letter
requesting readmission must be submitted
to the appropriate graduate program
director and/or appropriate academic
dean by October 15 for the spring semester;
by April 15 for the fall se mester;
or by March 15 for the summer session.
8) A student returning from academic suspension
must receive advising and be
cleared by the appropriate program
director and/or appropriate academic
dean's office before registering.
9) If the student is suspended for academic
or other deficiencies, the student must
meet me requirements of the catalog in
effect upon return if the student is
admitted as a degree candidate.
10) A student suspended for a deficient
GPA, if readmitted, must achieve for
the first six hours a grade of B or higher
in each course taken after re-entering.
Failure to do so will result in immediate
dismissal.
11) A student suspended for failing to meet
the conditions for removal of F grades
(see item 5., above), if readmitted,
must satisfy the requirements stipulated
by the dean for remaining in
good standing.
WITHDRAWAL POLICIES
AND PROCEDURES
A student wishing ro withdraw from a
course must submit an official withdrawal
request to rhe Office of Records and
Registration. No credit or tuition refund
will be made unless such an official notice
is submitted. The computation ofany credit
or refund is madefrom the date the formal
notice ofwithdrawal is submitted to the
Office ofRecords and Registration - NOT
from the date the student stopped attending
any class{es). Responsibility for official withdrawal
rests with the student.
If a withdrawal is done prior to the end
of the late registration, add/drop period,
the course will not show on the student's
transcript. After that period, all withdrawals
are indicated on the transcript by
the symbol of "w," and the student is considered
to have been enrolled for that
semester.
Any student may withdraw from a
course through the end of the ninth week
of the fall or spring semester, or through
the fifth week of an eight week summer session.
After the deadline for withdrawal, a
student who believes that unanticipated
extenuating circumstances - such as
health problems or change of employment
- make a withdrawal necessary should
submit a written appeal with supporting
documentation to the appropriate academic
dean. Both the course instructor(s)
and the appropriate dean must approve the
request. Approval ofsuch requests is not
automatic, and some requests may not be
granted. No student will be permitted to
withdraw for any reason from a class during
the last week ofschool prior to the
beginning of the scheduled examination
period.
Students receiving any form of financial
aid, including veterans benefits, should
check with the Financial Aid Office prior
to withdrawing from any class. Withdrawal
may affect the level of aid or eligibility for
aid in future semesters.
MAKE·UP POLICY FOR FINAL EXAMS
Make-up examinations for missed final
examinations are, in general, left to the discretion
of the individual faculty member.
However, University policy dictates that
make-up examinations will be given for
instances of final examinations missed
because of documented illness or documented
conflict with religious observance,
25

and in instances of examinations missed
because of University-sanctioned trips. If a
student misses a final examination for any
reason not covered by the above, the question
of whether or not a make-up examination
is given is up to the discretion of the
individual faculty member.
ATTENDANCE
Students are expected to attend classes regularly.
When, in the instructor's judgment,
a student has been absent or late so often as
to have lost a significant part of the instruction
which will prevent the issuance of a
valid grade, the instructor may submit to
the dean a request in writing that the student
be withdrawn administratively from
the class roll.
Instructors set their own class attendance
policy and will make this known at
the beginning of their courses. However,
the above policy does not remove the
responsibility from the student to withdraw
officiaHy from any class which he/she ceases
to attend, and failure to do so will subject
rhe student's record to a grade ofF.
ACADEMIC AND
ADMINISTRAIIVE APPEALS
Graduate students desiring to appeal an
academic or administrative decision should
consult the handbook dealing with appeal
procedures published by the Office of the
Vice President for Student Affairs and
Enrollment Management. This handbook
is mailed to all first-time students at the
beginning of the semester, is available in the
Office ofStudent Affairs, Room 121,
Charles Hall, and can be found on the
University website at www.ubalt.edu.
CHANGE OF GRADUATE PROGRAM
Students desiring to change degree programs
must complete a change of program/specialization
form available in the
Records Office. In transferring credits
and/or grades between two University graduate
programs, a student, with the approval
of the director of the new program, may:
26
1) transfer no grades/credits ftom the previous
program.
2) transfer both grades and credits of all
courses ftom previous programs.
3) transfer only credits and no grades.
(Credits elected to be transferred must
have carried a grade ofB or better.)
Please note: If the student changes from
one program and/or major to another,
his/her graduation requirements are those
listed in the catalog which is current at the
time he/she becomes a degree candidate in
the new program or major.
REPEATED COliRSES
While a student may repeat any course in
which he/she has received a grade ofC+,
C, C, or F (not B- or higher), the student
may replace one grade only. If a second
attempt is to replace a grade, the replacement
grade will be calculated into the
student's grade point average (GPA),
regardless of whether it is higher or lower
than the original grade. The grade for the
replacement attempt will appear on the
transcript within the semester in which the
course is repeated.
Students repeating courses to replace
grades do so at their risk. For example, a
student repeating a C graded course who
receives an F for the second attempt wiJl
lose the points earned for the C, and the F
grade will be the grade that will be computed
into the GPA. Further, if the student
receives a W (withdrawn) for the second
attempt, the W will not replace the original
grade.
If a second attempt is meant to replace a
grade, a student must file a repeat course
form at the time he/she registers for the second
attempr. Failure to obtain the dean's
approval and file the repeat course form
will result in both the original and repeated
grades being computed into the GPA.
If a student repeats a course that is not
for replacement of a grade, then a repeat
course form does not need to be filed. In
such cases, the grade achieved in the original
course, as well as the grade(s) in the

e-raking of the course, will be calculated
on the student's GPA. Students should be
aware that the earning ofC+, C, C- or F
grades that are compured into the GPA
may resulr in their placement on probation,
suspension, or academic dismissal. (See
"Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory Progress"
under the Academic Policies section.)
C+, C, C-, and F grades earned at the
University of Baltimore must be repeated at
the University of Baltimore. Grades will
not be changed on the basis of work taken
elsewhere. The repeated course must be the
original course; a substitute course will not
be acceptable for a grade change.
The credit value ofany repeated course
wiil be counted one time only at the
University of Baltimore to satisfy graduation
requirements at the University of
Baltimore.
CONTINUOUS ENROLLMENT!
LEAVE OF ABSENCE
A graduate student has seven years to complete
graduate preparatory/foundation and
degree requirements at the University of
Baltimore after enrolling as a graduate Student.
Degree-seeking students are expected
to register for courses each semester
(excluding summer) on a continuous basis
to maintain the degree requirements in
effect at the time of their initial enrollment.
The University recognizes, however, that
a student may encounter circumstances
that require a temporary interruption of
studies. Under such circumstances, the student
may be absent for as long· as two consecurive
semesters (excluding summer)
withour jeopardizing continuous enrollment
scatus.
If a student feels that it is necessary to
be absent for more than twO consecurive
semesters (excluding summer), the student
must receive an approved leave of absence
in order to maintain continuous enrollment
under the degree requirements in
effect at the time of initial enrollment. To
be considered for a leave of absence, a Stu­
dent must make a request to the apptopriate
dean's office in advance of the third
semester's absence. Upon reviewing the reasons
for the request, the dean may grant an
approved leave of absence. A document
granting permission for such a leave must
be placed in the student's academic folder
maintained in the Records Office.
If a student who is absent for more than
two consecurive semesters does not obtain
an approved leave of absence, the student
will be required to apply for re-admission
and pay a re-application fee before being
permitted to re-enroll. A student who
applies for re-admission must fulfill the
admission and degree requirements set
forth in the catalog in effect at the time
the student returns to the University.
There is no limit to the number of
times a student may be absent from the
University and still maintain continuous
enrollment scatus. However, the semesters
in which a student fails to enroll will be
counted toward the seven-year limit for
completing degree requirements.
If a student is absent ftom the University
and has not maintained continuous
enrollment status, the seven-year time
period for completion of new degree
requirements will begin when the student is
readmitted to the University. A student
should read closely "Catalog Under Which
Students Graduate" in this section of the
catalog for information concerning
whether credit hours more than seven years
old will be applied toward graduation
req uiremen ts.
GRADUATE INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH
COURSE ENROLLMENT PROCEDURES
The student must meet with an instructor
to have a topic and course plan approved
for sponsorship. The ptoposed topic of
study, the study procedures, and time
schedule should be clearly delineated. Once
endorsed by the instructor, the proposal is
submitted to the appropriate department
chair for approval before the beginning of
27

me academic term. The deadline for proposal
approval is the second day of classes
in me term.
In order to successfully complete an
individual research underraking the student
must submit to the sponsoring instructor a
"finished product" (e.g. paper, report, portfolio).
A copy will be forwarded to the
department chair to be kept on file.
CATALOG UNDER WHICH
STUDENTS GRADUATE
The requirements for graduation for a graduate
student at the University of Baltimore
are those listed in the catalog which is current
at the time the student first becomes a
candidate for a graduate degree at the
University, with the following conditions:
1) The student must be in continuous
enrollment in the same program and/or
major during the academic years (fall
and spring semesters) from the time of
first enrollment until graduation.
2) If the student is suspended for academic
or orner deficiencies, the student must
meet the requirements of me catalog in
effect upon return if admitted as a
degree candidate.
3) If the student changes from one program
and/or major to another, the graduation
requirements are those listed in
the catalog mat is current at the time the
student becomes a degree candidate in
the new program or major.
4) If the student wishes to attend anomer
institution or must drop our of the
University temporarily because of family
problems, sickness, or orner difficulties,
the student may request in writing a
leave of absence and permission to reenter
under the student's original catalog
course requ.irements; however, the student
will be governed, upon return,
28
according to the academic and administrative
policies and procedures listed in
the catalog in effect at the time of reentty.
5) Such cases will be handled on an individual
basis, depending on the student's
progress up to that point, grades, the
program, and me length of absence
from the University. If a leave of absence
is granted, a letter ofwritten permission
signed by the dean must be placed in the
student's academic folder mainta.ined in
me Records Office.
APPLYING FOR GRADUATION
It is me student's responsibility to apply for
graduation, which involves filing an application
and paying me required fee at the
beginning of the semester in which he/she
expects to complete requirements, according
to the deadlines established in the
schedule of classes for mat semester.
Students are advised to meet with their
department chair or adviser no later than the
beginning oftheir last semester to make sure
their last course selectiom are correct. They
should resolve any outstanding problems
prior to mid-semester, at which time copies
of me students' records are submitted to the
academic dean for approval/disapproval. All
transcripts must be submitted and any
pending grade changes or incomplete
should be resolved and in the Records
Office prior to mid-semester. The student's
fa.ilure to do so could delay his/her graduation
for an additional semester.
Any student who does nOt complete
degree requirements by the end of me
semester for which the student has applied
for graduation, or is not approved, must file
anomer graduation application and pay
anomer fee in me future semester in which
the student plans to graduate.

COURSE LOAD
Full-time Status
A full-time student is a degree candidate
who is carrying a minimum of nine credit
hours per semester (day or evening). A student
wishing to carry a credit load of more
than nine credit hours may do so with the
written permission of the dean.
Part-time Status
A pan-time student is a degree candidate
who is carrying less than nine credit hours
per semester (day or evening). Yale Gordon
College of Liberal Arts Special Students
should refer to the general information section
in the Yale Gordon College of Liberal
Arts section of this catalog.
TIME LIMITATION
The student must not take longer than
seven calendar years to complete the master's
program at the University of Baltimore
after enrolling as a degree candidate. Credit
hours accumulated in 6001700-level
courses or their equivalent that are older
than seven years shall normally not be
applied toward the graduation requirements,
except upon approval of the program
director and academic dean.
THESIS AND COMPREHENSIVE OPIIONS
Each graduate program has specific regulations
concerning thesis or other terminal
requirements. Degree candidates should
refer to the graduation requirements listed
under specific programs.
Students writing a thesis must follow
University regulations concerning binding
and publication. These regulations may be
obtained from the Langsdale Library.
HOLIDAY CLASSES
Graduate and undergraduate classes generally
meet on federal and state holidays with
the exception ofThanksgiving, Christmas,
New Year's Day, Martin Luther King]r.
Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day,
and Labor Day. Students should consult
the academic calendar in the schedule of
classes for an exact holiday schedule.
INTER·INSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION
The University System of Maryland
(USM) Program
It is the policy of the University System of
Maryland (USM) to allow graduate students
at the University of Baltimore to register
for graduate courses at any other USM
school. Likewise, students at other USM
institutions may register for classes at the
University of Baltimore. Prior approval by
the student's academic adviser and by the
Registrar at the student's home and host
institution is required. Courses taken at
another USM institution through this program
are counted as part of the student's
regular program at the University of
Baltimore, and the student pays University
of Baltimore tuition. For full details of this
policy, contact the Office of Records and
Registration.
The Maryland Institute Program
The University of Baltimore participates in
a student exchange program with the
Maryland Institute College ofArt. This
program allows full-time students at the
University to enroll in courses at the
Institute. Prior approval by the student's
academic adviser and the Registrar is necessary.
Courses taken through this program
can be counted as part of the student's regular
program at the University, and the student
pays University of Baltimore tuition.
This program is not available during summer
sessions. Further information may be
obtained from an adviser or the Office of
Records and Registration.
29

TUITION AND FEES
Business Office
Tel: 410.837. 4848
Tuition and fees at the University of Baltimore
are subject to change at any time by
the Board of Regents of the University of
Maryland System when such changes are
deemed necessary.
The following tuition and fees apply to
the 2002-2003 academic year. Students are
advised to consult the schedule ofclasses
booklet published every semester for additional
information and possible changes in
tuition and fee structures..
2002-2003 TUITION AND FEES
Graduate Liberal Arts and
Business Maryland Resident
Tuition, per credit hour ....... $310.00
University part-time
Per credit fee
(Less than 8 credits) .. ........ $ 37.00
Technology part-time
Per credit fee
(Less than 12 credits) .. .. ..... $ 5.00
Total, per credit hour .. ......... $352.00
University pan-time
Flat Fee
(less than 12 credits) ..... ....$ 60.00
Graduate Liberal Arts and
Business Out-of-State Resident
Tuition, per credit hour ... .... $47 1.00
University part-time
Per credit fee
(less than 8 credits) .. ......... $ 37.00
Technology part-time
Per credit fee
(Less than 12 credits) .... ... .. $ 5.00
Total, per credit hour.......... $ 513.00
University Part-Time
Flat Fee
(less than 12 credits) ... ... ....... $ 60.00
30
MS Taxation, Maryland Resident
Tuition, per credit hour ....... $494.00
University part-time
Per cred i t fee
(less than 8 credits) ....... .... $ 37.00
Technology part-time
Per credi t fee
(Less than 12 credits) ......... $ 5.00
Total, per credit hour ........... $536.00
University Pan-Time
Fiat Fee
(less than 12 credits) .......... $67.00
M.S. Taxation, Out-of-State Resident
Tuition, per credit hour ....... $769.00
University part-time
Per credit fee
(less than 8 credits) ........... $ 37.00
Technology part-time
Per credit fee
(Less than 12 credits) ......... $ 5.00
Total, per credit hour ... ........ $811 .00
University Pan-Time
Flat Fee
(less than 12 credits) .......... $67.00
PARKING
Parking permits are available in the
Business Office. The parking fee is
included in the University Flat Fee; there
will be no additional charge for a parking
permit. However, the Business Office
requires a completed parking application.
OTHER CHARGES AND FEES
Application Fee: Payable at the time of
application (not refundable).
Degree-seeking $30.00
Re-applicants $15.00
M .S. Taxation $35.00

Graduation Fee: Graduare, $40.00; M.S. in
Taxarion, $50.00. Payable ar rhe rime of
applicarion (nor refundable). This fee, and
aJi orher oursranding charges, musr be paid
before a degree will be conferred.
Graduation Late Filing Fee: $10.00 payable
ar rhe rime of filing.
Laboratory Fee: Variable as indicared each
semesrer under each course in rhe schedule
of classes, and nor refundable after rhe lasr
regularly scheduled regisrrarion dare.
Returned Check Charge: $25.00 charged for
each returned item.
Deferred Payment Fee: $10.00 adminisrrarive
charge, payable ar rhe rime of regisrrarion.
Nor refundable.
Arrearage Charge: $25.00 each month an
account remains unbalanced when compared
with the deferred payment schedule,
payable on rhe firsr of rhe monrh following
rhe charge.
Collection Charge: 17 percent of rhe unpaid
balance, assessed ar rhe end of rhe semesrer.
Express Tramcript Fee: $5.00 payable ar rhe
rime of rhe issuance.
Duplicate I.D. Charge: $5.00 payable ar rhe
rime rhe card is issued.
POLICIES
The following policies govern tuirion and
fees:
1) If a srudent has nor paid all bills from a
previous semesrer, the student may nor
be allowed to re-enter for the current
semester.
2) Ifa swdent has an unpaid balance, the
University will not issue official transcripts,
or any other official evidence of
attendance or attainment until the balance
is cleared.
3) Candidates for graduarion must pay in
full all bills due rhe University before a
degree will be conferred.
4) All checks or money orders must be for
the exact amount of the charges and
made payable to rhe University of
Balrimore. Posr dated and two-party
checks are nor acceptable.
5) If a check is rerurned unpaid by a srudent's
bank, rhe University will charge
rhe student's account $25.00 (for the
returned check charge) . A notice will be
sent from the Business Office and rhe
student will have seven days to redeem
the check. Failing to do so will subject
rhe student to disciplinary action. Any
check rerurned by reason of a closed
account will subject the student to disciplinary
dismissal from the University.
6) Graduare students taking undergraduare
courses will be billed ar the undergraduate
tuition level. Undergraduate students
taking graduate courses will be
billed at the graduate tuition level,
unless otherwise noted.
CREDIT CARDS
Arrangements have been made for use of
Visa, Discover, and Mastercard for payment
of wition and fees.
DEFERRED PAYMENT PLAN
Normally, tuition is payable in advance for
the semester. The University of Baltimore
does offer a plan of deferred payments for
students registering for five or more credit
hours. There is an administrative fee of
$10.00 for handling the deferred payment
plan.
Fifty percent of the semester charge,
plus the administrative fee is due ar the
time of registration. The balance of the
semester charge is payable in twO equal
payments, due October 1 and November I
for rhe fall semesrer, and March 1 and April
1 for the spring semester. This plan is not
offered during summer rerms.
Since credits and refunds are based upon
the full charges for the semester and not
upon the amount paid under rhe deferred
payment plan, there is no advantage in the
use ofdeferred payments excepr in cases of
necessity.
31

TUITION CREDIT AND/OR
REFUND FOR WITHDRAWAL
When a student withdraws from a course
or courses or from the University, the student
is required to file a written notice of
withdrawal with the Office of Records and
Registration before being entitled to any
credit or refund of tuition. Discontinued
attendance, notification to the instructor or
any other office will not constitute an official
withdrawal.
In all cases, respomibility for official
withdrawal rests with the student. The
computation ofsuch credits or refunds will
be based upon the date of filing of the formal
notice ofwithdrawal, and not on the
date when the student stopped attending
c1ass(es). Further information concerning
the computation of the refund may be
obtained by contacting the Business Office,
410.837.4848.
When a student officially withdraws
prior to the beginning or completion of a
semester, the financial obligation is computed
on the basis of the following schedule
which is specified by the Board of Regents
of the University System ofMaryland.
Fees are not refundable after the end of
the walk-in registration period.
Any student dismissed by the University
for disciplinary reasons shall not be entitled
to any tuition or fee credit or refund.
32
REFUND SCHEDULE
Prior to registration and by the end of the
first week of the session, 100 percent of
tuition shall be credited and refund made if
applicable.
Beginning with the second week of the
session, 80 percent of tuition shall be credited
and refund made ifapplicable.
Beginning with the third week ofthe
session, 60 percent of tuition shall be credited
and refund made if applicable.
Beginning with the fourth week of the
session, 40 percent of tuition shall be credited
and refund made if applicable.
Beginning with the fifth week of the session,
20 percent of tuition shall be credited
and refund made if applicable.
After the end of the fifth week of the
session, no tuition shall be credited or
refunded to the student.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
FirumcialAid Office: 410.837.4763
www.ubalt. edu/financialaid!
The Universiry of Baltimore recognizes the
need for financial aid to help students meet
the cost of higher education. Therefore, the
Universiry provides grants, scholarships,
loans, and work through federal, state, and
institutional sources to help eligible students
meet some of these costs. Funds are
awarded to defray direct educational costs,
such as tuition and fees, and indirect educational
costs, such as room and board,
books, transportation, and other miscellaneous
expenses.
Funds are awarded primarily on the
basis of need, and in the order of receipt of
application. There are also substantial
scholarship awards based on academic
achievement available to transfer and graduate
students, and diversiry grant funds for
those who qualify.
GENERAL ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
To receive financial aid from the Universiry
of Baltimore financial aid office (FAO) and
the federal aid programs, a student must:
• Be admitted into a degree or certificate
program and, generally, enroll at least
half-time or more.
• Be a U.S. citizen, permanent resident,
refugee, or have parolee or asylum status.
• NOT be in default on a loan or owe a
repayment on a grant at any institution.
• Be making satisfactory academic
progress toward a degree or certificate.
• Be registered with the Selective Service,
if required.
• Be in compliance with the Universiry's
Drug and Akohol Policies.
• State and private financial aid programs
may have other requirements.
APPLICATION PROCESS
The Guide to Financial Aid, available on the
Financial Aid Office website, includes a
complete description of the application
process and the sources of financial aid for
undergraduate students. Additionally, the
Applicatiom Checklist, included on the website,
details specific instructions on how to
apply.
All applicants should be aware that most
aid is not renewable, and most cannot be
transferred from another school.
Students who have completed part of
the process at another college or universiry
should contact the Financial Aid Office for
further instructions.
In completing the financial aid application,
each student must make sure to mark
each item clearly with his/her name and
social securiry number, and to keep copies
of all documents for the purpose of recordkeeping.
No application is reviewed until it
is complete and until the student has been
admitted to a qualified academic program.
VERIFICATION
Federal regulations require that a percentage
of applicants have their information
verified. Students who are selected will be
notified to supply documents such as tax
returns and W-2 form. All applicants must
be sure to have copies of all information
they used to complete their application in
case it is requested.
APPUCATION PROCESS
Students enrolled in special programs, i.e.,
the Advantage M.B.A. and weekend enrollment
programs should review the Financial
Aid website for additional instructions.
33

AWARD PROCESS
The financial aid administrator first reviews
the need-analysis information supplied by
the student on the financial aid application
(FAFSA) which measures how much the
student and/or the family is expected to
contribute toward the cost of the student's
education.
SAMPLE STUDENT BUDGET
Expenses Self-supporting
Tuition* $ 6,367
Books 746
Room and Board 11,354
Total $ 18,467
*Tuition is caLculated on the basis ofnine
credits, which equals foLL-time enroLLmentfor
graduate study.
Students cannot be awarded more than
their determined financial budget. Financial
need is the difference between the student's
cost of education (budget) minus
the expected family contribution.
The financial aid administrator will
then award funds to the student based on
the bottom line financial need figure.
Awards are "packaged" in a combination of
loans, grants, scholarships, and work.
Because funds are limited, students are
encouraged to apply by April 1 for priority
consideration.
In limited cases, students may request a
budget adjustment. Generally, budgets are
adjusted for dependent care expenses or
purchase of a computer. Documentation of
these expenses must be submitted to the
financial aid office with a letter requesting a
budget adjustment. Budgets are not adjusted
to accommodate relocation expenses.
Refer to the Appeals section of the website.
34
SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS
Federal regulations require that all students
receiving federal financial assistance from
the Title IV financial aid programs (Federal
College Work Study, Federal Perkins Loan,
and Federal Family Educational Loans)
must be making satisfactory progress
toward a degree or certificate in order to
continue receiving financial aid. Students
who must enroll in undergraduate or noncredit
courses must submit proof that the
class is required for the degree program in
order for that course to be counted toward
financial aid eligibility. In addition, enrollment
in only undergraduate courses generally
will not be considered graduate study.
Students who are required to enroll in
undergraduate course work as a prerequisite
to graduate admission may only receive
Stafford Loans at the undergraduate award
level ($6,625).
The satisfactory academic progress standards
for the University differ from the satisfactory
academic progress policy used to
receive financial assistance. Students must
maintain a minimum GPA each semester
in order ro retain financial aid eligibility.
In addition, financial aid recipients are
required to complete their program of
study within a maximum time frame to
remain eligible for financial assistance.
Students registering for less than six credit
hours are ineligible for financial assistance.
Enrolling for classes and withdrawing after
the drop/add period will affect your completion
rate adversely.
The Financial Aid Office evaluates
financial aid recipients for satisfactory
progress at the end of each semester and at
the end of each academic year.
Students suspended from the University
are ineligible for financial assistance.
Students academically dismissed from their
program who enroll in a new degree program
will be ineligible for financial aid the
first semester of their new program.
Students must meet minimum GPA
requirements by the end of the semester for
financial aid reconsideration.

SATISFACTORY PROGRESS STANDARDS
Students must successfully complete a
required percentage of credits attempted
and attain a minimum GPA within a specified
time frame.
Courses completed with grades ofA, B,
C, PS,CS, and CR are counted as successfully
completed. Courses completed with
grades ofF, W, WA, I, and NC are nor considered
as successfully completed, but they
are counted as credits attempted.
PROGRAM TIME FRAMES
Students must successfully complete a
required percentage of credits attempted
and attain a minimum GPA at the end of
each semester. Summer sessions will not be
included as additional semesters but any
earned credits will be added to the yearly
total. Failure to achieve these minimum
standards will result in a loss of financial
aid eligibility until the minimum requirements
are met.
Students whose program of study
requires longer than the time frame established
will be evaluated on an individual
basis to determine continued eligibility.
Students who continue at the University
and move from an undergraduate to a graduate
or law degree program will begin the new
time frame established for that program.
GRADUATE STUDENTS
Full- and part-time students must complete
65 percent of the first 11 credits attempted
and 75 percent of the remaining credits
attempted . A minimum GPA of 3.0 is
required in order to receive financial aid.
Academic Status Max. Time Frame*
Full-time 3 years
Part-time 4 112 years
*For financial eligibility.
DROPPING ACLASS OR
WITHDRAWING FROM SCHOOL
A reduction in course load could affect current
and future financial aid eligibility.
Students should speak to a financial aid
counselor before dropping any classes.
Further information regarding this topic is
available on the Financial Aid website.
REFUNDS AND REPAYMENTS
Refonds: Depending on when a student
withdraws, a tuition refund may be available.
Any such refund must be used to
repay the student's awards in the following
order: Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan, Federal
Perkins Loan, other Title IV aid. The Student
is responsible for paying any outstanding
charges not covered by financial aid or
other resources.
Repayments: If a student receives financial
aid to assist with living expenses and subsequently
withdraws, a calculation is performed
to determine if any aid must be
repaid. This is based on the amount ofaid
disbursed and the number of weeks
attended.
APPEAL PROCESS
Students with mitigating circumstances
who are not meeting the satisfactory
progress requirements may have their
record reevaluated to determine continued
eligibility. In general, students may appeal
financial aid decisions in the following categOrIes:
1) financial difficulties that may require a
revision of the fmancial aid application;
or
2) academic difficulties that result from illness,
separation/ divorce, or workrelated
problems.
Students may appeal a financial aid
decision (in writing) to the director ofstudent
financial aid. If an appeal results in
the waiver ofsatisfactory academic progress
standards, the student may be placed on
financial aid probation for a minimum of
35

one academic semester. Failure to meet the
conditions of the probation will result in
suspension from participation in the financial
aid programs.
The need for more than one waiver of
academic progress generally indicates a serious
problem. Such cases will be reviewed in
consultation with the director and associate
director of financial aid and the appropriate
academic adviser. Refer to the Appeals section
of the website.
FINANCIAL AID PROBATION
Students whose GPA is below the minimum
required for graduation, but above
the minimum GPA as specified above will
be placed on financial aid probation.
Students who are placed on financial aid
probation will be notified in writing of
their status.
Readmitted students who were suspended
from the University for academic
reasons will be ineligible for financial aid
upon re-enrolling. The srudent must meet
the minimum GPA requirements as indicated
above before reconsideration of financial
assistance is given.
FINANCIAL AID SUSPENSION
Students who do not accumulate the
required percentage of credits and required
GPA will be suspended from receiving
additional financial aid.
Continuing srudents who are dismissed
from an academic division and enroll in
another will be suspended from financial
aid eligibility for one semester. The srudent
must successfully complete the first semester
of the new program as described above
for GPA requirements before reevaluation
for financial assistance is given. In addition,
the student's time frame will not be
adjusted if additional charges are required
as a tesult of the program change.
Continuing students who are dismissed
from one program within a division and reenroll
in another will follow the same criteria
as stated for continuing srudents who
are dismissed from an academic division.
36
STUDY AT OTHER INS1'ITUTIONS/
STUDY ABROAD
Courses to be taken at another institution
which will apply toward the student's UB
degree will count toward financial aid eligibility.
Students contemplating entolling for
one or more courses at another school
should make an appointment with a financial
aid counselor well in advance of
enrolling at the other school. The student
must provide proof of the UB adviser's permission
to take the course(s). A consortium
agreement between the two institutions
may be required . ,
The costs of such study will be included
in the student's budget when determining
the amounts of aid for which a student is
eligible. It is the srudent's responsibility to
meet payment obligations at the host
school if financial aid is not in place at the
University of Baltimore, and to notify our
financial aid office if there is a change in
his/her enrollment at the host school.
LOANS
Loans are a major source of funding for srudents
pursuing a graduate degree. The following
loan programs are available:
Federal Perkins Loan
(Formerly National Direct Student Loan)
The Federal Perkins Loan is a long term ,
low-interest loan at 5 percent. Applicants
must demonstrate financial need and carry
at least six credits (half-time) . For borrowers
receiving a Perkins Loan for the first
time after July 1, 1987, repayment begins
nine months after a srudent graduates or
ceases to be enrolled at least half-time. For a
borrower who has an outstanding balance
on a loan received prior to July 1, 1987,
repayment begins six months after the borrower
graduates or ceases to be entailed at
least half-time. All repayment periods are a
maximum of 10 years.

Federal Stafford Loan Programs
A separate application is required (available
from the participating lenders). Further
information on the application process is
available on the website under 1)pes of
Aid/Student Loam.
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans are
based on need. Unsubsidized Federal
Stafford Loans are for those students who
do not qualify for, or are ineligible for, the
full amount of the Subsidized Federal
Stafford Loan. Independent and graduate/
professional students may be eligible for
additional Unsubsidized Stafford Loan
funds ($5,000 and $ I 0,000, respectively.)
A student's eligibility for the Subsidized
Federal Stafford Loan must be determined
before receiving an Unsubsidized Federal
Stafford Loan. For the Subsidized Federal
Stafford Loan funds, the student accrues no
interest nor owes any payments while
enrolled at least half-time; thereafter, a sixmonth
grace period is allowed. The terms
for the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan are the
same as the Subsidized Federal Stafford
Loan, except borrowers are responsible for
rhe interest that accrues during in-school,
grace, deferment and repayment periods.
Interest payments can be made monthly,
quarterly or automatically capitalized
(added to the loan principal).
Note: Halftime attendance is required for
both Subsidized and Umubsidized FederaL
Stafford Loan programs.
Tuition Loan Program (M.B.A.)
M .B.A. Loans make available the Federal
Stafford (subsidized/unsubsidized) loans as
described above. In addition, the program
offers a private loan known as the Tuition
Loan Program (TLP) based on educational
costs. The maximum amount per year is
$15,000. Interest rates vary based on the
91-day T-Bill plus three percent.
Laurence Short Emergency
Loan Program
The Laurence Short Emergency Loan
Program was established through an
endowment from the family of alumnus
Dr. Ali Alemi. To cover temporary financial
needs, modest loans are available to qualified
foreign students holding F-1 visa status
enrolled in degree or certificate programs.
Contact the International Services Office
for applications and information.
ACG Emergency Loan Fund
The ACG Srudent Emergency Loan Fund
was established with a grant from the
Association for Corporate Growth to assist
students in meeting emergency financial
obligations that may threaten their continued
enrollment at the University. Students
must meet certain criteria for eligibility.
Maximum loan is $500. Applications are
available in the Business Office.
Loan Consolidation
Loan consolidation offers the student borrower
the opportunity to combine student
loan debts into one single loan. These loans
must total $7,500 or more and must be in
a grace period or repayment status.
Consolidation allows a lower monthly payment
and repayment is extended from 12
to 30 years, depending on the loan
amount. The trade-off is a potentially
higher interest rate. This program now permits
married couples, parents with PLUS
loans, and delinquent and defaulted borrowers
to consolidate their eligible educationalloans.
In addition, borrowers will
have up to six months to add any additionalloans
to their consolidation. Contact
the Financial Aid Office or a participating
student loan lender for more information.
37

Laurence Short International
Student Award
The Laurence Short International Student
Award was established through an endowment
from the family of alumnus Dr. AJi
AJemi. A cash award of $500 is given annually
to a graduate student holding F-l visa
status. The award is competitive and recognizes
high scholastic achievement at the
University of Baltimore. Criteria include a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.5 at the
University of Baltimore and a 500-word
essay on an assigned ropic. Application
deadline is November 1. Contact the
International Services Office for applications
and information.
EMPLOYMENT/ASSISTANTSHIPS
The following employment programs and
graduate assistantships opportunities are
available to assist students with many of
their indirect educational expenses.
Federal Work/Study
This federal program provides on-campus
employment opportunities. Rate of pay
varies from $7.00-$9.50 per hour. Students
work 15-20 hours per week. Opportunities
are available to provide community service.
Students must complete a financial aid
application and demonstrate financial
need.
Graduate Assistantship
This tuition waiver and on-campus
employment program is open to graduate
students enrolled in the School of Business
and the College of Liberal Arts. Graduate
assistants work from 10 to 20 hours per
week providing research and administrative
support to the academic departments or
administrative offices. Tuition waivers and
stipends vary, depending upon the specific
assistantship, from partial to full tuition
remission and up to a maximum stipend of
$4,500. Assistantships may be available
year-round.
Applications are available from the
Admissions Office, where they should be
returned upon completion. The School of
Business accepts applications for graduate
assistantships year-round, while the College
of Liberal Arts and other administrative
offices give priority consideration to applications
received prior to May 1. Additional
information is available from the individual
graduate program directors and the Office
of Admissions.
GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIP
OPPORTUNITIES
Graduate assistantships are offered as follows:
Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts:
Applied Psychology; Criminal Justice;
Dean's Office; Human Services Administration;
Legal and Ethical Studies; Negotiations
and Conflict Management; Public
Administration; and Publications Design
Robert G. Merrick School ofBusiness:
Faculty and administrative areas such as:
Accounting, Dean's Office, Economics;
Finance; Information Systems; Management
Sciences; Marketing; Management;
and Merrick Advising Center. AJso,
research centers such as the Jacob France
Institute for Global Business and the
Information Systems Research Center
Administrative Offices: Career Center;
Computing and Information Systems;
Institutional Research; Langsdale Library's
Instructional Technology Center;
University Relations; Schaefer Center; and
Student Affairs and Enrollment
Management; and University Relations.
Note: All scholarship and assistantship
awards are subject to change based upon
program fonding.
39

Internships/Cooperative Education
(Co-op)
Co-op provides salaried pre-professional
work experience directly tailored to studies
at the University of Baltimore. For information,
see "Cooperative Education" under
Student and Academic Services.
OTHER PROGRAMS
Veterans Benefits
The Financial Aid Office (FAO) is responsible
for certifications ofVeterans Benefits.
Veterans must submit the necessaty forms
to the FAO prior to the beginning of the
semester. Any subsequent changes in
courseload, name, and/or address must be
reported to the FAO. Veterans interested in
assistance in addition to their benefits may
apply for financial aid following the procedures
outlined in this guide. Veterans who
apply for financial assistance must submit
documentation regarding the amount of
the expected Veterans Benefits.
In addition to Advance Payments ofVA
benefits through the Veterans
Administration, a tuition deferment plan is
available which allows veterans who have
applied for, or are receiving, VA benefits
processed through the University, to pay
their tuition in 113 installments over the
semester. A VA deferment form must be
obtained from the FAO to give to the
Business Office in order to participate in
this plan.
40
Veterans Service Award
The Veterans Service Award was established
through a contribution from the UB
Veteran's Club. A cash award will be made
in each semester to a student veteran who
has made past contributions in areas that
concern veterans. Contact the Financial
Aid Office for additional information.
R.O.T.e. Program
The R.O.T.e. Program at the University of
Baltimore is hosted by the Instructor
Group at The Johns Hopkins University.
R.O.T.e. is a nationwide program providing
training in military science leading to a
commission as an officer in the Army.
Courses vary from soldier skills and adventure
training to American military history.
Many students qualifY for this advanced
level through prior military service (veterans),
training with the U.S. Army Reserve
or National Guard, or through attending
R.O.T.e. basic camp the summer prior to
entering the University of Baltimore.
R.O.T.e. cadets experience a challenging
learning environment geared to management
and leadership.
Honorably discharged veterans may
qualifY for the ROTC Simultaneous
Membership Program and ROTC scholarship
awards. The award amount varies and
may cover tuition, books, and a stipend.
For general information about the
R.O.T.e. Program, contact the University
of Baltimore Financial Aid Office or the
R.O.T.e. Department at The Johns
Hopkins University, 410.516.7474.

ROBERT G. MERRICK SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Dr. Anne M. McCarthy, Dean
Dr. Daniel A. Gerlowski, Associate Dean
Dr. Joel N. Morse, Associate Dean
Merrick Advising Center, 4 I 0.837.4944
MISSION
The Merrick School of Business is committed to creating and disseminating the best
applied business knowledge to career-minded adult learners. Our programs deliver high
quality, practical learning experiences in a variety of innovative ways, always adding value.
Our stakeholders benefit from our teaching excellence, intellectual contributions, and
dedication to serving our students, communities, institutions, and professions.
Merrick School students benefit from a wide variety ofcourse offerings, class schedules,
and modes of delivery; diversity in our student body; and above all, high quality teaching.
The school series students from throughout the world, and the international scope of our
academic programs adds a distinctive global context, preparing Merrick graduates for successful
careers in the world marketplace.
Merrick School alumni are linked strongly to the school through guest presentations to
classes, service as mentors, involvement in the Alumni Association, membership on the
Merrick Advisory Board, appearances in periodic publications, and participation in special
alumni events. Certain alumni contribute their expertise back to the school by serving as
instructors.
Merrick faculty actively work in the business community. The business community
contributes to the Merrick School as Executives-in-Residence, who help ensure practical
applications of the school's intellectual capital; through Merrick Advisory Board teams
that provide advice and contribute to school initiatives; and through its general support of
important school projects.
ORGANIZATION
The Office of the Dean is responsible for the administration of the Merrick School of
Business, for maintaining relationships with the business community, and for student and
academic advising. The Merrick School is organized into four academic divisions:
Accounting, Phillip J. Korb, Director
Economics, Finance, Management Science, Dr. Marilyn D. Oblak, Director
Management Infonnation Systems, Dr. James S. Dutt, Director
Marketing and Management, Dr. Michael V. Laric, Director
STUDENTS
More than 1,600 students are enrolled in programs in the Merrick School of Business,
with almost 800 in the graduate program. The average age of graduate students is 32.
More than 80 percent ofstudents work full- or part-time. Because of the level of maturity
and professional experience ofstudents, the interchange of ideas in the classroom is lively
and highly informative.
FACULTY
Merrick School faculty bring to the classroom exceptional professional and academic credentials.
Ninety percent of Merrick School faculty possess doctorates in their fields. In
41

addition, Merrick School faculty members have an average of more than five years of professional
work experience in business, government, or nonprofit organizations. Professors
combine a dedication to teaching with significant research, professional and community
service activi ties.
FACILITIES
The Merrick School is located in the William H. Thumel Sr. Business Center at Charles
Street and Mount Royal Avenue on the University of Baltimore Campus. This six-story
building contains 30 classrooms, of which 26 smart rooms feature state-of-the-art display
capabilities and Internet access; a 200-seat auditOrium with simultaneous translation capability;
catering and meeting facilities; cwo student lounges; offices for the Merrick School
faculty and administration; and an 85-workstation computer lab for student use.
INSTITUTES AND CENTERS
The Center for Technology Commercialization (UB-CTC)
The Center for Technology Commercialization trains students and professionals in the
arts of entrepreneurship, technology transfer, and high-tech commercialization. UB-CTC
works with researchers, inventors, and businesses on actual technologies. These hands-on
ptOjects are seen as coursework opportunities not only for UB students but for those
attending other University System of Maryland colleges and universities. The Center also
conducts commercialization projects as well as research and studies in commercialization
and technology transfer.
The Jacob France Institute for Global Business
The Jacob France Institute for Global Business was established in 1989. Three research
programs-The Maryland Business Research Partnership, the Employment Dynamics and
Performance Accountability Program, and the Affiliated Faculty Sponsored Research
Program-fulfill the Institute's responsibility to conduct research that meets the needs of
the Merrick School's regional business and government constituents. Research opportunities
for fuJi-time graduate students are available through each of these programs on a competi
tive basis.
The MBNA Information Institute
The MBNA Information Institute includes UB's internationally recognized Information
Systems Research Center (ISRC) and e-Learning Center.
The ISRC supports faculty and student research in the broad area of management
information systems, and serves as a link to information systems professionals in the
Baltimore business community. A group support laboratory, multimedia facility, global
electronic commerce laboratory, and many other facilities to support research in the information
systems field are available to UB faculty and students. Cooperative research programs
with area business and government organizations are ongoing. The ISRC also
conducts research to improve the quality and effectiveness of computer resources available
to faculty.
The e-Learning Center supports e-learning activities at the University, including training,
instructional development support, 24 x 7 technical support and hosting of UB's
Web-based and Web-enhanced courses. The Center also seeks private resources and grant
funds to stimulate the further development of e-Iearning at UB through sponsorship of
activities directed at faculty, staff, and students.
42

GRADUATE STUDIES IN THE MERRICK SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
The objectives of all Merrick School graduate programs are: ro provide studenrs with rhe
appropriate knowledge, professional competencies and flexibiliry ro enhance enrry inro rhe
job market; and ro prepare studenrs for meaningful advancemenr opporrunities.
The Merrick School offers an M.B.A. program with ten areas ofspecialization; Master
of Science degree programs in Accounting and Business Advisory Services as well as
Taxation; and a Master of Science in Business wirh specializations in Managemenr
Information Systems, Finance and Marketing and Venruring. Cerrificate programs are
available in Graduate Business (general) and Technology Commercialization. The Doctor
of Managemenr Information Systems will be offered in January 2003. All programs are
accredited by AACSB Inrernational-The Association ro Advance Collegiate Schools of
Business, rhe professional accreditation body for business schools.
Please note: General information on applying ro graduate business programs appears in
the following pages and should be read by all graduate business studenrs.
MASTER'S PROGRAMS
• Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
Specializatiom in: Decision Technologies; Global E-commerce; Enrrepreneurship; Finance;
Healrh Care Managemenr; Human Resource Managemenr; Inrernational Business;
Managemenr Information Systems; Marketing; and Service and Manufacturing
Operations.
The M.B.A. is available in five tracks-Flex, Advantage, Saturday, Web and Custom. The
flex track offers srudenrs the option of attending evening classes on a regular I5-week
semester schedule. A degree may be completed in as little as a year of inrensive srudy in the
Advantage track. In the Saturday track, classes are offered exclusively on Saturdays with the
M.B.A. awarded within two years. Through the WebMBA track, srudenrs can complete
their M.B.A. enrirely online within two years.
Srudenrs may take courses offered in the Flex, Saturday, and WebMBA tracks ro create
their own Custom track. Not all specializations are available in all tracks.
• Master of Science (M.S.) in Business
Specializatiom in: Finance, Managemenr Information Systems, and Marketing and
Venruring
• M.S. in Accounting and Business Advisory Services
• M.S. in Taxation
JOINT PROGRAMS
• M.B.A./J.D. (with Universiry of Baltimore School of Law and Universiry of Maryland
Law School)
• M.B.A./M.S. in Nursing (with Universiry of Maryland School of Nursing)
• M.B.A./Ph.D. in Nursing (with Universiry of Maryland School of Nursing)
• M.B.A./Pharm.D. (with Universiry of Maryland School of Pharmacy)
43

CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
• Graduate Business Certificate
• Certificate in Technology Commercialization (with Universiry of Maryland
Baltimore Counry)
DOCTORAL PROGRAM
• Doctor of Management Information Systems
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES OF MERRICK GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Upon graduation from the graduate business program, each student should be able to:
1) Demonstrate proficiency with the basic vocabulary, concepts and tools of accounting,
economics, finance, management, marketing, production and operations management,
information systems, statistics and decision science.
2) Demonstrate an understanding of the perspectives that form the context of demographic
diversiry in organizations.
3) Demonstrate proficiency in oral communication, including listening, persuading and
negotIatIng.
4) Demonstrate proficiency in written communication, including organization, research,
and clear, concise writing.
5) Demonstrate team skills, including leadership, delegation, planning and creativiry.
6) Demonstrate problem-solving abiliry, including defining the problem, creatively identifying
solutions and selecting the best alternative.
7) Demonstrate a current best practices capabiliry in the use of information technology
applied to the processes of business and in the use of communicating information
effectively in all aspects of business operations.
8) Demonstrate global awareness, including a knowledge ofother cultures and an international
point of view.
9) Demonstrate an abiliry to effectively use Internet resources including a background
from which to understand the implications of an evolving Internet on commerce.
ACCEPTANCE FOR DEGREE PROGRAM ENTRY
Applicants are responsible for presenting the following information for consideration for
admission:
1) formal application submitted to the Admissions Office with the appropriate application
fee
2) two official copies of transcripts from all institutions attended submitted to the
Admissions Office
3) Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) score (details offered below); or, an
alternative test score routinely used for entry to graduate programs; or evidence of an
earned doctorate from any accredited universiry or college
4) Two letters of recommendation testifying to the abilities of the applicant to successfully
complete a graduate business program and indicate what contributions the applicant
can make to the Universiry and its programs
5) Resume
6) Letter ofIntent (a statement by the student explaining reasons for pursuing a master's
degree and how the student feels he/she will contribute to the graduate program)
Note: Applicants for non-degree status need only submit their application, transcript
and resume.
44

Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT)
The GMAT is required ofall graduate students other than those who apply as non-degree
or visiting students. Applicants are urged to rake the GMAT early, well in advance of making
their application for program entry. The GMAT is administered as a Computer­
Adaptive Test (CAT) throughout North America and many other parts of the world by the
Educational Testing Service, Box 6103, Princeton, New Jersey 08541-6103, gmat@ets.org,
609.771 .7330.
Information booklets may be obtained from the Educational Testing Service direccly or
from the Graduate Admissions Office, University of Baltimore, admissions@ubalt.edu,
410.837.4777.
Admissions Criteria
Admission into the Merrick School is competitive. The Graduate Admissions Committee
considers variables such as: the applicant's undergraduate GPA; the difficulty of the applicant'S
undergraduate program; the percentile ranking on the GMAT; community service,
and professional and work experience. An applicant eligible for consideration is not guaranteed
an offer of admission. It must be recognized that s£aif, facilities, and resources are
limited. This means that the number of eligible applicants who can be adequately served
must be determined. As a result, offers of admission may be limited to only the most qualified
of the eligible applicants.
POST·GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Post-Graduate Student Status
A student who has already earned an M .B.A. or other business-related master's or doctorate
may be accepted for course enrollment. The student must arrange for an official transcript,
showing the award of the graduate degree, to be forwarded by his/her previous
university to the Graduate Admissions Office.
Second Master's Degree
For a student who has already obtained one master's degree from the Merrick School of
Business, it is possible to pursue another advanced degree in the school provided that:
1) no second M .B.A. degree is to be obtained;
2) the degree sought is not in the same functional discipline;
3) only one M.S. in Business, in either MIS, Finance, or Marketing and Venturing is
earned;
4) after meeting core requirements, a minimum of 21 new credits are earned for the
second degree; and
5) no more than nine credits may be transferred from the first degree to the second degree.
WAIVER POLICY AND TRANSFER OPTIONS
The following qualifications govern the waiver of core requirements:
1. The entire core curriculum is waived if the student has earned a bachelor's degree in
business from an MCSB-accredited school within the past five years with a cumulative
GPA of 3.0 or berrer. Otherwise, individual undergraduate equivalent courses must
have a grade ofB or berrer and have been completed within the last five years.
2. No remedial courses are considered.
3. Advanced placement courses will be given consideration.
45

Any graduate courses considered for transfer must have grades of B, or higher. All
courses must be completed within the seven-year time period allowed for degree completion.
A maximum ofsix graduate credits may be transferred from previous study at
another AACSB-accredited universiry, to satisfy credits beyond the core.
ADMISSION OF THE SPECIAL NON-DEGREE STUDENT
Non-degree students are limited to taking six graduate credits. Non-degree status students
must satisfy degree program eligibiJiry requirements except for the GMAT; follow admissions
procedures; meet Universiry deadlines; pay regular graduate fees; and maintain degree-program
performance standards. The number ofspecial, non-degree students admined each
semester is restricted. Courses taken as non-degree are not taken into consideration for a
degree-seeking admission decision.
VISITING STUDENTS
A student who has matriculated into a graduate or professional studies program at another
regionally recognized universiry and who is in good standing may be accepted for course
enrollment on a space-available basis. Visitors from other universities must file an application
as a visiting student. A letter of introduction from his/her program director, citing the foregoing
conditions, is required in lieu of meeting other GMAT or transcript requirements.
This letter should state what courses are being approved by the student's home institution.
Any student from the Gordon College of Liberal Arts or the School of Law will be permitted
to enroll in graduate business courses with written permission from his/her program
adviser/director.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
All candidates for graduation must meet the specific requirements for their programs of
study, comply with the academic policies of the Universiry of Baltimore, and file for graduation
no later than the beginning of their last semester (date specified in the course schedule).
ACADEMIC POLICY REGARDING F'S
A graduate business student who fails the same course twice or fails two different courses
at least once will be placed on academic probation. Probation is automatic and no notice is
sent. A student whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.0, after having completed
at least 6 credits, is automatically on probation. Students on probation have six more credits
to raise their average to 3.0. Failure to do so will result in suspension.
Students will only be allowed to register to repeat a maximum ofone course in the program.
GRADUAU ASSISTANTSHIPS
Graduate assistantships are available in each academic area in the Merrick School, as well
as in the Dean's Office and Merrick Advising Center. Additional information may be
found in the Financial Assistance section of this catalog. Applications for graduate assistantships
are found in the back of the application booklet for graduate admission.
46

GRADUATE BUSINESS ASSOCIAIION
This student organization helps orient graduate students, arranges special seminars and
lectures, promotes social events and maintains a framework for faculry-student interaction.
ACCELERATED BUSINESS PROGRAMS
Undergraduate students of recognized academic abiliry and educational maturiry may fulfill
the combined requirements of the Merrick School's bachelor's and master's degrees.
These accelerated programs require a minimum of 144 credits. A maximum ofsix graduate
credits, completed at the undergraduate level, may be applied simultaneously ro the
requirements for the baccalaureate and graduate degrees. Those interested should discuss
their proposals with the appropriate academic adviser.
To be eligible for admission to the accelerated program, students must have a cumulative
3.5 GPA in their undergraduate course work and a 3.0 GPA in their graduate courses.
Students transferring from four-year colleges and universities may apply a maximum of90
credits toward graduation in these accelerated programs at the Universiry of Baltimore.
To be admitted ro the program, students need the approval of the Associate Dean and
must apply prior ro beginning the last 30 credits of their undergraduate degrees. Moreover,
students must secure approval for admission as special students in the appropriate
graduate program and pay the applicable fees. Graduate tuition fees will be charged for up
ro six graduate credits applicable to the bachelor's and masrer's degrees. To be admitted ro
the graduate program unconditionally, a student must take the Graduate Management
Admission Test (GMAT) and supply other required information.
The Associate Dean will select the appropriate graduate courses and undergraduate
electives for each student at the time of admission to the accelerated Bachelor's/Master's
Program. These courses may not include independent study or research, directed study,
thesis, internship or practicum courses. The undergraduate specialization will be individually
tailored for the student ro include the six hours ofgraduate work. Changes in the program
ofstudy will require approval of the Associate Dean.
Students must be in continuous enrollment at the Universiry of Baltimore for this
agreement to remain in effect. Those who fail ro maintain the e1igibiliry requirements will
be dropped from the accelerated program. Applicabiliry (if any) of graduate courses to the
undergraduate degree will be determined on an individual basis. Students should be aware
that graduate courses applied ro both undergraduate and graduate degrees at the
Universiry may nor transfer as graduate credits ro another institution.
Applications for unconditional admission and payment ofapplicable fees ro the graduate
program must be made during the semester immediately prior ro the completion of the
credits in the bachelor's program. Admission ro the graduate program will be effective the
semesrer after completing the credits required for the bachelor's degree.
47

Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
In today's dynamic marketplace, successful managers must be innovative and entrepreneurial,
combining a general knowledge of business functions with specific skills in their
area of responsibility. The Merrick School's Master of Business Administration Program
was developed to provide students with this expertise.
In order to develop students' broad managerial skills, the 48-credit M.B.A. curriculum
includes a core ofsix basic business courses and 18 credits in cross-functional courses.
Twelve credits of electives give depth to the program. Students may select four electives to
meet their specific career goals or choose from among the following ten specialization
groupings: decision technologies; global e-commerce, entrepreneurship; finance; health
care management; human resource management; international business; management
information systems; marketing; and service and manufacturing operations.
BASIC SKIW RECOMMENDED FOR INCOMING M.B.A. STUDENTS
In addition to meeting the academic standards for admission, M.B.A. students should
bring to graduate business studies the following skills to ensure success in the program:
• Quantitative skills: knowledge of algebra and basic calculus
• Verbal skills: The ability to collect relevant information, organize thoughts and
communicate them clearly
• Computer skills: Competence in word processing, spread sheets, presentation software
and Internet usage
Students may obtain or enhance these skills before admission or early in their programs
of study by utilizing the many programs, courses and training sessions offered by the
University.
PROGRAMS AND FOCUS
The hallmark of the M.B.A. at the Merrick School is flexibility in delivering high-quality
educational experiences. There are five tracks leading to the M.B.A. The flex M.B.A. track,
a conventional 15-week semester evening program; the Advantage M.B.A. track, which is
a full-time, one-year, fast-track option; the Saturday M.B.A. track, a convenient weekend
program; the WebMBA track, which is delivered entirely via the Internet; and the Custom
track, in which students are able to combine course schedules and delivery modes to best
meet their needs. (Scheduling options are described in more detail at the end of the
M.B.A. Specializations.)
Depending on the student's academic background 30 to 48 credits are required.
Courses covering a basic knowledge of business functions account for up to 18 credits. Of
the remaining 30 credits, 18 are in required cross-functional areas of business practice and
12 are selected as either part of a defined specialization or electives.
48

UNDERGRADUATE COURSE EQUIVALENTS
The entire core curriculum is waived if the student has earned a bachelor's degree in business
from an MCSB-accredited school within the past five years with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or
bener. Otherwise, individual undergraduate equivalent courses must have a grade ofB or better
and have been completed within the last five years. Before earning six credits toward their
graduate degree, students may take a waiver exam for an undergraduate course that does not
satisfY the waiver policy. The undergraduate courses shown are from the University of
Baltimore. Equivalents from other colleges will also satisfY the requirements.
Graduate Preparatory Courses Undergraduate Courses
ACCT 504 Introduction to ACCT 201 and 202 Principles of
Accounting (3) Accounting I and II (each 3 credits) or
equivalent
ECON 504 Economics (3) ECON 300 Principles of Economics (3)
(or 6 credits of Microeconomics and
Macroeconomics)
MGMT 504 Organizational Behavior MGMT 300 and 301 Organizational Behavior
and Human Resource Management (3) I and II (each 3 credits) or equivalent
MGMT 506 Production and Operations MGMT 339 Production Management (3)
Management (3)
MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) MKTG 301 Marketing Management (3)
OPRE 504 Business Statistics (3) APST 287 Statistics for Business (3)
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The M.BA program requires completion of Core Courses (18 credits), Cross-Functional
Courses (I8 credits); and Electives (12 credits), as below:
Core Courses (18 credits)
OPRE 504 Business Statistics (3)
ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3)
ECON 504 Economics (3)
MGMT 504 Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 506 Production and Operations Management (3)
MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3)
Cross-Functional Courses (18 credits)
INSS 640 Information Systems and Technology (3)
ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3)
ECON 640 Global and Domestic Business Environment (3)
FIN 640 Financial Management and Policy (3)
MKTG 640 Organization Creation and Growth (3)
MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and Renewal (3)
Electives (12 credits)
Electives are 600-700 level business courses. Specializations consist of four courses of three
credits each.
49

SPECIALIZATION IN DECISION TECHNOLOGIES
The decision-making process is me premier function of managers and professionals in
competitive business environments, and information technology has changed both the
methods and tools required ro make the right decisions. This specialization addresses the
decision-making process in roday's businesses. Tools, techniques, processes and products
are examined in the COntext of im proved decision making.
The followingfour courses are required:
OPRE 705 Decision Technologies: Deterministic Systems (3)
OPRE 706 Decision Technologies: Stochastic Systems (3)
OPRE 746 Data Analysis and Forecasting Techniques (3)
One elective approved by the specialization adviser (3)
SPECIALIZAIION IN GLOBAL E-COMMERCE
A student choosing a specialization in Global e-Commerce will gain a sound understanding
of how electronic commerce impacts me way businesses interact wim customers, each
other, resources, employees and markets. Additionally, an appreciation of the basic tools
used to manage Web-based activity is taught.
The following two courses are required·
INSS 765 Global Electronic Commerce (3)
INSS 701 Internet Development for Business (3)
Two courses are to be chosen from the following list:
MGMT 797 Managerial Challenges of Global E-Commerce (3)
PBDS 720 The Digital Economy (3)
LAW 875 Cyberspace Law Seminar (3)
SPECIALIZATION IN ENIREPRENEURSHIP
The entrepreneurship specialization prepares students ro Start and manage all types of ventures.
Students can partner wim high-technology inventors to work on real-life products.
Courses stress creativity, feasibility analysis, marketing, financing, and inteUectual property.
Four out ofthe following courses are required:
MGMT 760 Organizational Creativity, Change and Entrepreneurship (3)
MGMT 761 Technology Trends (3)
MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3)
MGMT 763 Commercialization Planning (3)
MGMT 764 Commercial Start-up (3)
One elective approved by the specialization adviser (3)
SPECIALIZATION IN FINANCE
The specialization in Finance offers students a variety of opportunities to learn about me
financial management of a business, valuing investments in securities and other assets and
me general structure and functioning of financial inStitutions and markets. After completing
the course in Advanced Financial Management (FIN 705), students can choose
courses that will enable them to complete a general finance specialization, or one mat
focuses on corporate fmance, investment management or fmancial institutions.
50

Required Course:
FIN 705 Advanced Financial Management (3)
Choose three elective courses which may include, but are not limited to, the following:
ECON 650 Business Economics and Forecasting (3)
FIN 704 Bank Management (3)
FIN 715 Investment Analysis (3)
FIN 720 International Financial Management (3)
FIN 745 Derivative Instruments (3)
FIN 750 Real Estate Investment (3)
FIN 780 Corporate Restructuring (3)
FIN 797 Special Topics (3)
Note: Other courses may be added at the discretion of the Finance-division faculty.
SPECIALIZATION IN HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT
This specialization is designed to enable health care ptofessionals to advance their careers
by strengthening their credentials as health care managers, administrators, and consultants.
The Health Care Management specialization provides a sound basis in the latest
business practices and gives professionals the opportunity to develop skills necessary for
leadership in the health care field. Most specialization courses are offered on Saturdays
with the possibility ofsome evening offerings.
Select four ofthe following courses*:
ECON 765 The Health Services System (3)
HSMG 630 Legal Environment of Health Care Management (3)
HSMG 650 Quantitative Management Methods for Decisions in Health Services (3)
HSMG 691 Health Planning and Program Evaluation (3)
PUAD 750 Health Care System, Organization and Management (3)
PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care (3)
PUAD 752 Special Topics in Public Health Administration (3)
PUAD 755 Health Administration (3)
PUAD 756 Managed Care Administration (3)
* Other applicable health care management courses may be available.
SPECIALIZATION IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
This specialization is designed for students who wish to focus on the selection, motivation
and development of human resources in business, government and nonprofit organizations.
Building on a broad understanding of human resources, students will study the field
from the point of view of the managerial decision maker.
The following two courses are required:
MGMT 710 Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 712 Employment Law and the Human Resource Manager (3)
Choose two courses from the following to complete the specialization:
MGMT 650 Research for Strategic Human Resource Management Decisions (3)
MGMT 715 Compensation, Evaluation and Motivation (3)
MGMT 720 Labor Management Relations (3)
MGMT 725 Conflict Management and Dispute Resolution in the Workplace (3)
51

SPECIALIZATION IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Many companies are involved in internarional business, to a grearer or lesser degree. Their
involvement is increasing ar a rapid pace making rhe global economy more and more integrared.
This specializarion furthers skills and expertise in internarional business rhar are
useful to managers employed by companies based in the Unired States or abroad.
The folwwing two courses are required:
MGMT 780 International Management (3)
MGMT 781 Internarional Business Srrategy (3)
Select two ofthe folwwing courses:
MGMT 753 Global Management ofTechnology and Operations (3)
FIN 720 International Financial Management (3)
MKTG 760 Global Marketing Management (3)
INSS 765 Global Electronic Commerce (3)
MGMT 797 Global Business Practicum (3)
Other approved e1ective* (3)
* Students may choose one non-business elective from graduate courses offered by the
School of Law or the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts to meet their career goals.
Students must meet rhe prerequisites for this elective and obtain the approval of the
International Business specialization adviser.
SPECIALIZATION IN MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
The MIS specialization provides students with the opportunity to learn the skills necessary
for the analysis, design, implementation and management of information systems in the
public and private sectors.
The followingfour courses are required:
INSS 650 Telecommunications (3)
INSS 651 Database Management Systems (3)
INSS 671 Systems Analysis and Design (3)
One elective approved by the specialization adviser (3)
SPECIALIZATION IN MARKETING
This specialization provides knowledge of applications and in-depth analysis in preparation
for careers in marketing management, product management, strategic planning and
marketing entrepreneurship. The expertise and skills acquired are designated for lifelong
value in domestic or international marketing.
The followingfour courses are required·
MKTG 760 Global Marketing Management (3)
MKTG 770 Product Development and Management (3)
MKTG 780 Market Information and Research (3)
MKTG 790 Marketing Field Project (3)
SPECIALIZATION IN SERVICE AND MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
The management of technology, quality and operations has become the most critical element
in international competition in manufacturing and services. The specialization will
deal with management, design and creation of high-quality products/services that can be
sold at competitive prices.
52

Master ofScience in Business/Finance
Gradwlte Adviser
The Master of Science in Business, Specialization in Finance provides motivated and talented
students with a sophisticated program that includes advanced financial theory, practical
business applications, and understanding of current research issues. Students will
learn how to apply the latest tools and technologies of financial analysis and engineering to
solve the challenging problems that they will confront in a global business environment.
The program differs from the M .B.A. in that both the core and secondary levels are concentrated
in finance, allowing students more rigorous, specialized training in this functional
discipline.
There have been major developments in the business world over the past decade. These
include the globalization of financial and product markets, technological advances in the
processing and communication of financial information, and the resulting wave of financial
innovation and corporate restructuring. Since these changes are expected to continue
to have a major impact on the conduct of business and financial affairs, individuals will
need the more sophisticated level of training that the M .S. in Finance provides. Our faculty
members call upon their diverse experiences in the academic and business arenas to
provide students with a program that meets this need. The program will enhance both
local and global career opportunities in corporate finance, securities research and investment
management, and the operation and oversight of financial institutions.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Core Courses (9 credits)
OPRE 504 Business Statistics (3)
ACCT 504 Introduction co Accounting (3)
ECON 504 Economics (3)
Required Courses (15 credits)
FIN 640 Financial Management and Policy (3)
FIN 705 Advanced Financial Management (3)
FIN 715 Investment Analysis (3)
ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3)
ECON 650 Business Economics and Forecasting (3)
Electives (15 credits)
Select five ofthe following:
FIN 704 Bank Management (3)
FIN 720 International Financial Management (3)
FIN 745 Derivative Instruments (3)
FIN 750 Real Estate Investment (3)
FIN 780 Corporate Restructuring (3)
FIN 797 Special copies (3)
FIN 799 Individual Research (3)
54

Master ofScience in Businessl
Management Information Systems
Milton Jenkins, Adviser
This program provides a thorough understanding of the development process of management
information systems. Students learn skills necessary for the analysis, design, implementation
and management of information systems needed to provide management with
information required for effective operational and strategic planning and control.
Students receive a thorough introduction to modern computer technology supported
by hands-on use of current hardware, software, tools and analytic techniques needed to
analyze business problems. This program balances information systems theory and applications,
preparing students for careers in the private and public sector as information systems
analysts, information resource managers, MIS analysts, database administrators, and
numerous related positions.
The MIS program is not limited to students from any specific discipline; rather, it is a
natural extension of undergraduate work in business, computer science, economics, engineering,
nursing, mathematics, statistics and related fields.
CORE COURSES
The foLLowing undergraduate andgraduate leveL courses or their equivalent, as approved by the
adviser, are required:
INSS 209 Structured COBOL (3)
INSS 225 Problem Solving and Programming Languages (3)
OPRE 504 Business Statistics (3)
ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3)
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Required Courses (18 credits)
INSS 610 Information Systems Techniques (3)
INSS 641 Information Resource Management (3)
INSS 650 Telecommunications (3)
INSS 651 Database Management Systems (3)
INSS 671 Systems Analysis and Design (3)
INSS 789 Information Systems Applications (3)
Electives (15 credits required)
Selectfive courses, with the approvaL ofthe adviser and division director. A minimum ofnine
credits must be INSS courses.
INSS 701 Internet Development for Business (3)
INSS 7 11 Systems Simulation (3)
INSS 737 Management ofInformation Systems (3)
INSS 738 Advanced DBMS (3)
INSS 739 Systems Analysis and Design: Tools and Techniques (3)
INSS 751 Operating Systems (3)
INSS 752 Web Server Management and CGI Programming (3)
INSS 753 Internet and Network Security (3)
INSS 765 Global Electronic Commerce (3)
INSS 772 Group Support Systems (3)
55

INSS 774
INSS 775
INSS 777
INSS 778
INSS 784
INSS 790
INSS 791
INSS 792
INSS 793
INSS 794
INSS 797
INSS 799
MGMT752
MGMT753
Anificial Intelligence/Expert Systems (3)
End-User Computing (3)
Human Factors in Information Systems (3)
Software Maintenance and Retrofitting (3)
Information Systems Planning (3)
Advanced Topics in Telecommunications (3)
Advanced Topics in Systems Analysis and Design (3)
Advanced Topics in Database Management Systems (3)
Advanced Topics in Internet and e-Commerce (3)
Advanced Topics in Management of MIS (3)
Advanced Topics in Information Systems (3)
Individual Research in Information Systems (3)
Management of Quality and Productivity (3)
Global Management ofTechnology and Operations (3)
Master ofScience in Business/Marketing and Venturing
Graduate Adviser
This program is a unique, advanced degree that combines the fundamentals ofentrepreneurship
(starting a new business) with the fundamentals of intrapreneurship (starting a
new line of business or a new product for a company). Students explore innovation
through a practical, hands-on approach where they are presented with real-world situations,
and complete commercialization plans for actual products or ideas.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Core COUl'Ses (15 credits)
ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3)
MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3)
ECON 504 Economics (3)
MGMT 504 Organization Behavior and Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 506 Production and Operations Management (3)
Required Courses (6 credits)
MKTG 640 Organization Creation and Growth (3)
MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and Renewal (3)
Elective Courses (18 credits)
Select two ofthe following:
ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3)
ECON 640 Global and Domestic Business Environment (3)
FIN 640 Financial Management and Policy (3)
INSS 640 Information Systems and Technology (3)
OPRE 640 Applied Management Science (3)
Select four ofthe following:
MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3)
MGMT 763 Commercialization Planning (3)
MKTG 760 Global Marketing Management (3)
MKTG 770 Product Development and Management (3)
56

MKTG780 Market Information and Research (3)
MKTG 797 Special Topics in Marketing Management (3)
Project-centered Capstone in Practical Application (6 credits)
Select either o/thefollowing two-semester combinations:
MGMT 764 Commercial Start-up (3)
MGMT 799 Individual Research (3)
- or-
MKTG 790 Marketing Field Project (3)
MKTG 799 Individual Research (3)
Master ofScience in Accounting and
Business Advisory Services
Susan Lynn, Adviser
The Master of Science in Accounting and Business Advisory Services program is designed
to meet two important educational objectives. First, when combined with a bachelor's
degree in accounting, the program allows students to earn the additional credits necessary
to meet the 150-hour requirement to sit for the Uniform Certified Public Accountant
(CPA) exam in Maryland and many other states. The revised CPA exam (as ofNovember
2003) includes a section called Business Environment and Concepts which is composed of
questions related to finance (22% - 28%) and information technology (I7% - 23%), as
well as other topics currently covered by an undergraduate accounting degree. Students
planning to take the revised CPA exam will be best served by a program ofstudy that
emphasizes the same subject matter as the exam. Second, by incorporating courses in the
related disciplines of financial management and information technology, the program
complements the technical skills acquired in an undergraduate accounting education.
Graduates of the M.S. in Accounting and Business Advisory Services program will have
the flexibility needed to accelerate their public accounting careers or pursue careers in
other areas such as management accounting, internal auditing, accounting for governmental
or other non-profit entities and management consulting.
Although the program is designed to complement an undergraduate degree in accounting,
the program can also accommodate students without undergraduate degrees in
accounting. Students who meet the admissions requirements for graduate study in the
Merrick School of Business are admitted to the program but are required to satisfy undergraduate
accounting degree equivalency in conjunction with completion of the program.
These students will need to take the Preparatory Courses listed below in addition to the
required 30 hours in the M.S. in Accounting and Business Advisory Services program.
PREPARATORY COURSES
To meet accounting major equivalency requirements, students may be required to complete
some or all of the following courses (University of Baltimore undergraduate equivalent
courses are in parentheses):
ACCT 405
ACCT 504
ACCT 510
Income Taxation (3)
Introduction to Accounting (3) (or ACCT 20 I and ACCT 202)
Intermediate Accounting (3) (or ACCT 301 and ACCT 302)
57

ACCT 511 Imermediatel Advanced Accouming (3) (or ACCT 310 and
ACCT 403)
ACCT 512 Auditing/Accouming Systems (3) (or ACCT 317 and ACCT 401)
ACCT640 Accouming for Managerial Decisions (3) (or ACCT 306)
Note: The preparatory courses listed above are prerequisites and may not be used as substitutes for
the degree requirements (below) of the M.S. in Accounting and Business Advisory Services program.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Thirry credits are required to complete the program as follows:
Required Accounting Courses (12 credits)
ACCT 630 Comemporary Issues in Financial Reporting (3)
ACCT 720 Design of Managerial COSt and Control Systems (3)
ACCT 740 Advanced Topics in Assurance Services (3)
ACCT 752 Advanced Topics in Accouming Systems (3)
or
INSS 640 Information Systems and Technology (3)
Required Finance Courses (6 credits)
FIN 640 Financial Managemem and Policy (3)
FIN 715 Investmem Analysis (3)
Required Information Technology Courses (6 credits)
INSS 651 Database Managemenr Systems (3)
INSS 671 Systems Analysis and Design (3)
Electives (6 credits)
Choose two o/thefollowing:
ACCT 655 Tax Policy (3)
ACCT 680 Taxation of Entities (3)*
ACCT770 Seminar in Current Topics in Accounting (3)*
FIN 705 Advanced Financial Management (3)
FIN 720 International Financial Managemem (3)
FIN 745 Derivative Instruments (3)
FIN 750 Real Estate Investment (3)
FIN 780 Corporate Restructuring (3)
FIN 797 Special Topics in Financial Management (3)
INSS 641 Information Resource Managemem (3)
INSS 650 Telecommunications (3)
INSS 765 Global Electronic Commerce (3)
*Available as electives only for students who have not taken equivalem courses in their
undergraduate program.
58

Master of Science in Taxation
Fred Brown, Director (Schoof o/Law)
The University of Baltimore's M.S. in Taxation program was established in response ro the
increasing complexity of the field of taxation and its critical impact on the effective management
of business, financial, industrial, governmental and nonprofit organizations. The
objective of the program is not only ro prepare students for careers as professional tax
advisers for these organizations, but also to sharpen their skills and knowledge in a sophisticated
and challenging educational environment created by the caliber of the students
themselves, most of whom are working professionals seeking career enhancement or
advancement. The course of study is designed to benefit tax advisers in the legal and
accounting professions and professionals involved in the fiscal policy and management of
public and nonprofit organizations.
Graduate courses in taxation focus on the interrelationship of tax policy with the political
environment and with national social and economic objectives. The program enables
the student to develop broad technical competence in the procedural and substantive provisions
ofcurrent tax Jaw and to engage in research dealing with the theoretical aspects of
taxation. The program also emphasizes the development of strong communication skills so
that students learn to express their ideas and research findings clearly and persuasively.
The Master of Science in Taxation program along with an undergraduate degree in
accounting may fulfill the 150 hours ofeducation required to take the Uniform CPA
Examination in the State of Maryland. Because course work completed as parr of an
undergraduate degree in accounting may vary, students are advised to contact the Maryland
State Board of Accountancy for the specific course requirements. Students who wish
to sit for the CPA examination in other jurisdictions should contact that state's Board of
Accountancy to determine that jurisdiction's specific requirements for taking the examination
and subsequent licensing.
The Master ofScience in Taxation degree is based on the student's having an undergraduate
degree in business with a major in accounting or its equivalent. It is a 30-hour
program with seven required courses covering the basic areas of taxation. A variety ofelectives
in specialized areas of taxation is available to complete the program's required 30
hours of coursework. An individual program ofstudy is designed for each student that
meets the student's career objective.
Persons who do not have the accounting degree or equivalency, but who meet the
admissions requirements for graduate study in the Merrick School of Business, are admitted
to the program but are required to satisfy equivalency in conjunction with completion
of the program. To meet equivalency requirements students may be required to complete
the preparatory courses required for the M .S. in Accounting and Business Advisory
Services as well as the core requirements for the M.S. in Business, Specialization in
Finance.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Required Courses (21 credits)
TAXA 650
TAXA 651
TAXA 652
TAXA 653
Tax Research and Writing (3)*
Fundamentals of Federal Income Taxation I (3)**
Corporate Taxation (3)
Partnership Taxation (3)
59

TAXA 654 Tax Practice and Procedure (3)
TAXA 655 Tax Policy (3)
TAXA 678 Fundamentals of Federal Income Taxation II (3) ,.
,. Students are recommended to take these courses early in the program. Also see **, below:
** This course is a prerequisite for all other tax courses except TAXA 650 Tax Research and
Writing. 7Jpically, it is offered fall semester only. In the fall semester only, TAXA 651 is
a prerequisite or corequisite for TAXA 650. With the approval ofthe program director,
students who do not begin their course work duringfall semester may take courses during
spring and summer terms without meeting this prerequisite requirement; such students
must take TAXA 651 at the earliest opportunity.
Electives (9 credits)
Select from the following:
TAXA 660 Estate and Gift Taxation (3)
TAXA 662 Foreign Taxation (3)
TAXA 663 Qualified Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans (3)
TAXA 664 Executive Compensation (2)
TAXA 665 Tax Exempt Organizations (2)
TAXA 667 Estate Planning (3)
TAXA 668 Business Planning (3)
TAXA 670 Income Taxation of Estates and Trusts (2)
TAXA 671 Corporate Reorganizations (3)
TAXA 672 State and Local Taxation (3)
TAXA 674 Consolidated Corporations (2)
TAXA 675 Advanced Real Estate Taxation (2)
TAXA 679 Welfare Benefit Plans (2)
TAXA 680 Advanced Qualified Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans (3)
TAXA 682 Bankruptcy Taxation (2)
TAXA 683 Basics in Financial Planning (3)
TAXA 684 S-Corporations (1)
TAXA 799 Independent Study (1-2)
Master of Business Administrationl
Master ofScience in Nursing Administration
Graduate Adviser
The Robert G. Merrick School of Business and the University of Maryland School of
Nursing offer a joint M.B.A.lM.S. program to students seeking advanced preparation in
business administration and nursing administration.
The 66-credit curriculum combines elements of the M.B.A. and M.S. programs and
can be completed in two years of full-time study. Students may apply to both programs
concurrently or they may apply to the nursing program and later to the business program
when it is appropriate to begin joint degree course work. Individuals musr meet each
school's admission requirements. Starting on the first day of matriculation, a maximum of
seven years is allowed for the completion of the joint program. Contact the Office of
Admissions at the University of Baltimore and the University of Maryland School of
Nursing for further information, or call the Merrick School, 410.837.4944.
60

Indicated on the student's program plan-of-study are any graduate core courses that
need to be taken. Students will be required to complete those courses listed unless they
have completed the undergraduate equivalent course(s) prior to entering the program. To
earn the M.B.A. degree, students must complete the following curriculum:
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The M.B.A program requires completion of foundation and core courses; 18 credits of
cross-functional courses; and 9 to 13 credits of electives.
Core Courses (18 credits)
ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3)
ECON 504 Economics (3)
MGMT 506 Production and Operations Management (3)
MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3)
NURS 691 Organizational Theory (3)
NURS 701 Science and Research Nursing Practice (3)
Cross-Functional Courses (18 Credits)
INSS 640 Information Systems and Technology (3)
ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3)
ECON 640 Global and Domestic Business Environment (3)
FIN 640 Financial Management and Policy (3)
MKTG 640 Organization Creation and Growth (3)
MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and Renewal (3)
M.B.A. Electives (13 credits)
NURS 606 Systems in Health Care Delivery (3)
NURS 701 Science and Research for Advanced Nursing Practice (4)
One Health Care elective from the Merrick School of Business (3)
Choose either:
NURS692 Administration of Nursing Service (3)
-or-
NURS 709 Managed Care Services (3)
Master of Business Administration!
Ph.D. in Nursing Administration
Graduate Adviser
The M.B.A.lPh.D. is offered to students seeking advanced research and practice-based
study in the fields of nursing and business administration.
The 85-credit curriculum combines elements of the Ph.D. and M.B.A. programs and
can be completed in four years offull-time study. Students may apply to the nursing program
first and later apply to the business program when it is appropriate to begin joint
degree course work. Individuals must meet each school's admission requirements.
61

Core and Cross-Functional Courses
Students follow the same business curriculum as the M.B.A.lM.S. students for the Core
and Cross-functional courses (see preceding pages).
M.B.A. Electives (15 credits)
NURS 812 Seminar in Nursing Measurement (3)
NURS 813 Design ofNursing Research I (3)
NURS 814 Design of Nursing Research 11(3)
NURS 818 Special Topics in Nursing Research (3)
One Health Care elective from the Merrick School of Business (3)
Master of Business Administration/Pharm.D.
GradUilte Adviser
The dual Master of Business Administration/Doctor of Pharmacy (M.B.A.lPharm.D.)
Program provides Doctor of Pharmacy students with management skills and teaches them
how to develop entrepreneurial capabilities for a pharmacy career in a diverse range of
health care areas. The Merrick School of Business at the University of Baltimore (UB) and
the School of Pharmacy, University of Maryland, Baltimore (UMB) offer a combined program
that facilitates the attainment of the Master of Business Administration. Enrollment
in the dual-degree program allows for the transfer ofseven pharmacy courses toward the
M.B.A.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The M.B.A. program requires completion of foundation and core courses; 18 credits of
cross-functional courses; and 12 credits ofelectives.
Core Courses (17 credits)
PHAR 517 Study Design and Analysis (2)
PHMY 521 Financial Reporting (3)
ECON 504 Economics (3)
PHMY 520 Organizational Behavior (3)
MGMT 506 Production and Operations Management (3)
PHMY 524 Marketing (3)
Cross-Functional Courses (18 Credits)
INSS 640 Information Systems and Technology (3)
ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3)
ECON 640 Global and Domestic Business Environment (3)
FIN 640 Financial Management and Policy (3)
MKTG 640 Organization Creation and Growth (3)
MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and Renewal (3)
62

M.B.A. Electives (12 credits)
Select one three-credit Health Care electivefrom the Merrick School ofBusiness and
nine credits from the following:
PHAR 522 Conrext of Health Care (3)
PHAR 523 Ethics in Pharmacy Practice (1)
PHAR 580 Pharmacy Law (2)
PHMY 522 Business Plan Oevelopmenr (2)
PHMY 577 Pharmacoeconomics (3)
PHMY 583 Management of Health Systems (3)
Admission
Pharm.O. students must have a bachelor's degree or four years of college to be eligible for
admission into the M.B.A. program. Applicants need to file an application with the
University of Baltimore and request that the UMB School of Pharmacy Studenr Affairs
Office send a copy of their pre-pharmacy transcripts to UB. If the applicant has not taken
the GMAT, the PCAT will be substituted.
Master ofBusiness Administration/Juris Doctor
Graduate Adviser
With society becoming increasingly complex, the administration of private and public
business enrerprises requires greater interaction with the legal system. Concurrenr with
this development, there is an increasing need for lawyers who are fully trained in administration
and management. A currenr practice of modern professional graduate and law
schools is the inclusion ofsome study in a complementary discipline as an integral pan of
their separate programs.
In recognition of this interdisciplinary need, the Merrick School of Business has
authorized a combined degree program with both the University of Baltimore School of
Law and the University of Maryland at Baltimore School of Law. These twO dual degree
programs lead to both the ].0. and the M.B.A. The program is designed to give students
the most relevant courses in a sequence that most effectively utilizes the relation inherent
between these courses in the two schools.
The M.B.A.lJ.O. program allows a student to obtain M .B.A. and J.D. degrees in an
integrated sequence of courses over a three- to four-year period. The Law School will
transfer nine credits of required M.B.A. courses as law electives. The Merrick School will
transfer nine credits of law electives as M.B.A. electives.
ADMISSION AND ADVISEMENT
Students need to apply and be admitted into both the Law School and the Merrick
School. The LSAT may be used in lieu of the GMAT, if the student has been accepted into
the Law School. The M.B.A.I].O. adviser prepares a program plan of study. This plan lists
the courses required to meet the M.B.A. degree requirements. The School of Law also
counsels students particularly with regard to blending the degree requirements. Students
do not take business courses during the first year of law school and either begin their
M.B.A. after the first year, or interrupt the M.B.A. for two semesters.
63

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Core Courses (18 credits)
ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3)
ECON 504 Economics (3)
MGMT 504 Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 506 Production and Operations Management (3)
MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3)
OPRE 504 Business Statistics (3)
Cross-Functional Courses (18 Credits)
INSS 640 Information Systems and Technology (3)
ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Decisions (3)
ECON 640 Global and Domestic Business Environment (3)
FIN 640 Financial Management and Policy (3)
MKTG 640 Organization Creation and Growth (3)
MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and Renewal (3)
M.B.A. Electives (12 credits)
Nine credits ofelectives are transferred from the School of Law. One three-credit elective
must be taken from the Merrick School ofBusiness in one of the following disciplines:
Accounting, Finance, Information Systems, Management or Marketing.
Graduate Business Certificate
Daniel A. Gerlowski, Adviser
The program leading to the Graduate Business Cenificate emphasizes student choice
toward fulfilling career needs. This certificate is designed primarily for three target audiences:
students interested in learning some of the basic concepts of business in areas of
their choosing, perhaps to enhance their career preparedness; students considering eventual
completion of an M.B.A., but desiring a sampling of courses; and students seeking to
complete the 150-hour requirement for the CPA examination, but not wishing to earn an
entire graduate business degree. Local, national and international organizations frequently
consider the Graduate Business Certificate as an option for maintaining the currency of
their organization's human capital.
ADMISSION
Admission to the Graduate Business Certificate program requires proof ofa bachelor's
degree with a 3.0 Grade Point Average, rwo letters of recommendation, a lerrer of intent,
submission of transcripts for all work completed since the bachelor's degree, completion of
a Universiry of Baltimore application, and a planned course ofstudy approved by the
Graduate Adviser or the Associate Dean of the Merrick School of Business.
APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION
Application for graduation must be made prior to completing the last three credits of the
certificate program. The certificate award will ignore any course waivers or substitutions,
all 12 credits must be completed at the Merrick School of Business.
64

REQUIREMENTS
Subject to the individual student's approved plan, the Graduate Business Certificate
requites completion of four of the following courses:
ACCT 504
ECON 504
MGMT 504
MGMT 506
MKTG 504
OPRE 504
ACCT 510
ACCT 511
ACCT 512
Introduction to Accounting (3)
Economics (3)
Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management (3)
Production and Operations Management (3)
Marketing Management (3)
Business Statistics (3)
Intermediate Accounting (3)
I ntermed iatel Ad vanced Acco unti ng(3)
Auditing Accounting Systems (3)
Certificate in Technology Commercialization
Lanny Herron, Adviser
The program leading CO che Certificate in Technology Commercialization consists of 12
credits (four courses) covering various aspects of technology commercialization, ranging
from an overview of trends in technology to courses in commercialization planning and
implementation. Individual courses also may be taken to supplement a current graduate
program, or to explore a special copic, and classes may be taken for noncredit as well.
This program is offered in conjunction with the University of Maryland, Baltimore
County (UMBC). Classes are held at either campus. At UMBC, classes meet in the
Technology Center, off 1-95 in southwest Baltimore County. At UB, courses meet in the
Business Center building on Mt. Royal Avenue near North Charles Street.
Required Courses (12 credits)
MGMT 761 Technology Trends (3)
MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3)
MGMT 763 Commercialization Planning (3)
MGMT 764 Commercial Scart-up (3)
Doctor ofManagement Information Systems (DMIS)
Dr. Milt Jenkins, Adviser
The Merrick School of Business will begin admitting students into ics Doctor of
Management Information Systems (DMIS) program in January 2003. The DMIS program
is more applied than theoretical in nature and requires a range of courses from several
disciplines. Students will graduate with an understanding of the current world of
information from both a technical and administrative perspective. For further information,
visit http://business.ubalt.edu/catalog/grad/dmis or contact Dr. Milt Jenkins, program
adviser at mjenkins@ubalt.edu.
65

YALE GORDON COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Dr. Carl W. Stenberg, Dean
Dr. Irvin Brown, Associate Dean
Dr. Margaret Potthast, Assistant Dean
Suzanne Behr, M.A., Director ofAcademic Advising
PROFESSIONAL APPUCATIONS IN "HE LIBERAL ARTS
The Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts, an upper-division and graduate institution,
awards bachelor's, master's and doctoral degrees rhat combine traditional liberal arts and
professional studies. This combination, emphasizing inter- and cross-disciplinary work,
makes rhe College unique among rhe institutions wirhin the University System of
Maryland and allows students to pursue academic programs rhat prepare them for rhe
work of the world as well as for rhe life of the mind.
The College was founded in 1937 as a junior college emphasizing the liberal arts. In
1961, it became a four-year institution offering day and evening classes, and offered its
first graduate program in 1974. Since 1975, it has been an upper-division college and
graduate school.
In 1982, the College was named for Yale Gordon, a University of Baltimore alumnus
and businessman who understood the central importance of the humanities in higher
education and in the life ofa community. Thus, wirh his wife, he established the Peggy
and Yale Gordon Trust, which supports organizations, including the Yale Gordon
College, that are dedicated to advancing the humanities. Along wirh this endowment
from the Gordon Trust, the College is supported by a Challenge Grant from the National
Endowment for rhe Humanities and by endowment grants from the Hearst Foundation,
rhe Helen P. Denit Foundation, rhe Klein Family, and others. Support for developing the
General Education Core Curriculum was provided by a planning grant from rhe
National Endowment for the Humanities and by rhe Fund for the Improvement of
Postsecondary Education.
The College's mission is to advance professional applications of the liberal arts, that is ,
to define and explore the linkages between the intellectual and rhe practical, the theoretical
and the functional, and to apply rhe insights and critical perspectives of rhe liberal
arts disciplines to professional studies. The nature of the College, which offers only graduate
and advanced undergraduate programs, helps make this concentrated, innovative
focus possible.
The purpose, strengths, and offerings of the Yale Gordon College are targeted toward
students who are interested in establishing and/or advancing their careers in specific areas
in the humanities and social sciences. Most graduate students in the college work full- or
part-time, and most classes take place in rhe evenings, some on weekends. Student services
are also available during evening hours.
The College places considerable importance on research and public service as well as on
teaching. Theoretical and applied research among faculty members enhances the quality of
the academic programs and represents a significant benefit to students, and in several
areas, faculty members enjoy national recognition for rheir work. As a public institution,
the College recognizes its responsibility to the state and the Baltimore metropolitan area
and carries out this responsibility in numerous ways, notably through rhe work of the
Schaefer Center for Public Policy, rhe Institute for Language, Technology, and Publications
Design, rhe Center for Negotiations and Conflict Management, the Center for
66

Baltimore Studies, the University's Hoffberger Center for Professional Ethics, and various
specific projects undertaken in conjunction with the Merrick School of Business and the
School of Law.
The Yale Gordon College's combination of the liberal arrs and professional studies has
long included integrated, interdisciplinary curricula for individual degree programs. The
College aims to stimulate the integration ofdisciplines at fundamental levels, to foster
professional applications of the liberal arts, and to encourage research and development of
new program and approaches to learning.
DIVISIONS AND SCHOOLS
The College is comprised ofsix academic units - three divisions and three schools - each of
which conjoins [wo or more disciplines. The three divisions focus primarily on academic
work, and the three schools include academic divisions as well as research and service arms.
Both the divisions and the schools award traditional degrees, and each unit includes and interdisciplinaty
studies program as a platform for cross-divisional innovation.
The Division ofApplied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
Dr. Deborah Kohl, Division Chair; Director, Psy.D. in Applied Assessment and Cornulting
Dr. Thomas Bailey, Director, B.A. in Psychology
Dr. Elaine Loebner, Director, B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies-Human Services
Administration and M.5. in Human Services Administration
Dr. Thomas Mitchell, Director, M.5. in Applied Psychology
Encompassing psychology, computer science, mathematics, and statistics, the division
emphasizes applied psychology and statistics. Degrees offered at present are the B.A. in
Psychology, and the M.S. in Applied Psychology with tracks in either Psychological
Applications, Counseling and Industrial/Organizational Psychology, B.S. in Interdisciplinary
Studies-Human Services Administration, and the M.S. in Human Services
Administration. An accelerated B.A.lM.S. program in Applied Psychology is also offered,
as weJl as a non-degree post-master's program to prepare students for Maryland state certification
as a Professional Counselor. The Division's newest program leads to a doctoral
degree, the Psy.D. in Applied Assessment and Consulting.
The Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy
Dr. Benjamin Wright, Division Chair
Dr. Kathleen Block, Director, B.5. in Criminal Justice
Dr. Jami Grant, Director, B.5. in Forernic Studies
Dr. Cindy J. Smith, Director, M.5. in Crimina!Justice and Graduate Certificates in Police
Administration and CorrectionalAdministration
This division brings together faculty members from the disciplines of criminology and
sociology. With complementary emphases on applied research, policy, and administration,
the division's academic programs award the B.S and the M.S. in Criminal Justice; and the
B.S. in Forensic Studies; graduate certificate programs in Police Administration and
Correctional Administration; and, with the University of Baltimore School of Law, the
J.D.lM .S. in Criminal Justice.
67

The Division of Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
Dr. Donald Mulcahey, Division Chair; Director, M.S in Negotiations and Conflict
Management
Dr. Jessica Elfenbein, Director, B.A. in History
Dr. Thomas Carney, Director, B.A. in Jurisprudence
Dr. Thomas Jacklin, Director, B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies
Dr. Jeffrey Sawyer, Director, M.A. in Legal and Ethical Studies,
This division offers undergraduare programs leading to the B.A. in History and
Jurisprudence and an innovative graduate program in Legal and Ethical Studies (M.A.)
and Negotiations and Conflict Management (M.S.). Additionally, the division administers
a B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies. These programs reinforce the natural alliances among
history, jurisprudence, philosophy, and legal studies. Special emphasis is given to the study
of ideas and ethics as well as to regional, economic, and cultural studies. The division is
closely affiliated with the University's Hoffberger Center for Professional Ethics.
School of Communications Design
Dr. Jonathan Shorr, Co-Director 0/the School; Division Chair, English and Communications
Design; Director, B.S. in Corporate Communication
Professor Edwin Gold, Co-Director 0/the Schoo!,· Director, Institute for Language,
Technology, and Publications Design
Dr. Virginia Kirby-Smith Carruthers, Director, M.A. in Publications Design
Dr. Stephen Matanle, Director, B.A. in English
Dr. Stuart Moulthrop, Director, Doctor o/Communications Design
The School of Communications Design encompasses the Division of English and
Communications Design, offering academic programs; and the Institute for Language,
Technology, and Publications Design, which conducts research, sponsors special programs,
and undertakes conrractuaJ, service, and other projects.
The Division of English and Communications Design offers the B.S. in Corporate
Communication, the B.A. in English with three specializations (Literature; and
Professional Writing and Publications, which includes an option to concentrate in
Creative Writing; and Discourse and Technology), the M.A. in Publications Design (with
specializations in Creative Writing and Publishing Arts and in Media Design), and the
Doctor of Communications Design. The Division also offers graduate certificate programs
in Advanced Design, Communications and Design Theory, Information Design, Literary
Publishing, and New Media Publishing.
School ofInformation Arts and Technologies
Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Director 0/the School; Division Chair and Director 0/M.S in Interaction
Design and Information Architecture
Dr. William Clewell, Director, B.S in Applied Information Technology
Dr. Stuart Moulthrop, Director, Doctor o/Communications Design
The School ofInformation Arts and Technologies offers academic programs in computer
science at both the undergraduate and graduate levels, including the B.S. in Applied
Information Technology; M.S. in Interaction Design and Information Architecture, graduate
certificates in Information Design and New Media Publishing, and, jointly with the
School of Communications Design, the Doctor of Communications Design (DCD).
68

School of Public Affairs
Dr. Larry T homas, Director ofthe School and Director, Schaefer Center for Public Policy
Dr. Larry Downey, Director, B.A. in Government and Public Policy
Dr. Kathleen Galbraith, Director, B.5. in Health Systems Management
Dr. Ronald Lippinco((, Director, M.5. in Health Systems Management
Dr. Daniel W. Marrin, Director, Master ofPublic Administration (M.PA.)
Dr. Beryl Radin, Director, Doctor ofPublic Administration (D.PA.)
The School of Public Affairs consists of (Wo componems: the Schaefer Cemer for Public
Policy, which conducts research and public service projects and sponsors conferences and
other special programs; and the Division of Governmem and Public Administration,
which currently offers the B.A. in Governmem and Public Policy, the Master of Public
Adminisnation (M.P.A.), the Doctor of Public Adminisnation (D.P.A.) , the B.S. and M .S.
in Health Systems Managemem. and the J.D.lM.P.A. with the University of Baltimore
School of Law.
STUDENTS
The approximately 2,000 men and women enrolled in the Yale Gordon College of Liberal
Arrs-47 percem in graduate programs-represem about 43 percem of the total University
of Baltimore studem popuJation.
The average age ofstudems in the College is 32, and more than half are women. About
(Wo-thirds of all studems take evening classes, and more than half attend parr time. Some
graduate studems emer master's degree programs right after finishing college, although
most have been working a few or many years in a wide variety of jobs. Some students are
seeking advancemenr in their currem careers. Others are preparing to change careers.This
diversity of age and experience is an imporranr and invigorating parr ofcampus life.
FACULTY
In teaching, research, scholarship, and service to the community, faculty members of the
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts are leaders in the University community. Full-time
facullY members teach both graduate and undergraduate courses, conduct sponsored
research, publish, and engage in public service as consulrams, board members, and volunteers.
Among its teaching faculty the College also includes a cadre of adjunct professors
who are leading professionals in dozens of fields , from governmem to the arrs, from nonprofit
organizations to business.These adjunct faculty members comribute in significam
ways to creating and advancing professional applications of the liberal arts. AJso, a number
of the University's chief administrative officers serve as affiliate faculty members.
A complete list of both full-time and part-time faculty members can be found in the
Directories section of this catalog.
FACII.lTlES
Classrooms, laboratories, and faculty offices for the Yale Gordon College of Liberal ArtS
are located in the Academic Cemer, Charles Hall, the Charles Royal Building, and St. Paul
Hall. The college shares the University of Baltimore's Langsdale Library, Academic
Computing Center, and Academic Resource Center with other componems of the
University.
Advanced laboratories in the School of Communications Design support studem work
in hypermedia, graphics and desktop publishing, audio/video production, and non-linear
editing. These laboratories provide high-end Macimosh and Windows computers, web
69

The Center for Negotiations and Conflict Management
The Center for Negotiations and Conflict Management was established in 1997 as a component
of the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts. Its mission is to broaden the understanding
ofconflict, to provide training and techniques in the field of conflict resolution,
and to expand the application of techniques and approaches for dispute resolution in a
wide variety ofcontexts. Combining the expertise and intellectual resources of the
University's law, business, and liberal arts disciplines, the Center offers alternative dispute
resolution (ADR) services directly to businesses, government agencies, unions and various
interest gtoupS and communities, as well as cutting-edge opportunities for UB students.
The Center for Baltimore Studies
The Center for Baltimore Studies, established in 2000, focuses its efforts in three areas:
archives and community documentation; public programs; and the creation of an undergraduate
major in community studies. The Center is designed to formalize the University's
role as custodian of Baltimore's histoty and culture, especially as it relates to community
making and civic activity. Through the Center's activities, UB's faculty and students are
involved in both theoretical and applied research that uses Baltimore as a laboratory to
focus on urban and regional issues.
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Programs Leading to the Graduate Certificate
• Advanced Design
• Communications and Design Theory
• Correctional Administration
• Criminal Justice
• Information Design
• Literary Publishing
• New Media Publishing
• Police Adminisuation
Programs Leading to the Master's Degree
• Applied Psychology (M.S.)
• Creative Writing and Publishing Arts (M.A. in Publications Design)
• Criminal Justice (M.S.)
• Human Services Administration (M.S.)
• Interaction Design and Information Architecture (M.S.)
• Legal and Ethical Studies (M.A.)
• Media Design (M.A. in Publications Design)
• Negotiations and Conflict Management (M.S.)
• Public Administration (M.P.A.)
• Publications Design (M.A.)
Programs Leading to the Doctoral Degree
• Applied Assessment and Consulting (Psy.D.)
• Communications Design (D.C.D)
• Doctor of Public Administration (D.P.A.)
7 1

Combined Degree Programs
• M .P.A.I].D. (offered in conjunction with the UB School of Law)
• M.S. in Criminal Justice/J.D. (offered in conjunction with the UB School of Law)
• M.S. in Negotiations and Conflict Management/J.D. (offered in conjunction with the
UB School of Law)
The graduate programs in the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts are designed to advance
and forge professional applications of the liberal artS, and all are based on a combination
of theory and practice. They are founded on the idea that professional studies at the graduate
level must be broad based and rooted in the liberal arts, in order to prepare students
for a constantly changing world; as well as skills-specific, in order to provide students with
the mastery of knowledge necessary for superior professional performance.
The College also encourages students to develop specializations that combine elements
of rwo or more master's programs. For example, students in the M.P.A. program may take
courses in Publications Design in order to master the skills of shaping and communicating
ideas in the public arena. Similarly, students in Legal and Ethical Studies and Applied
Psychology may take courses in the M.P.A. program so as to sharpen management skills
and prepare for careers in the public and not-for-profit sectors. Such combinations offer
an exceptionally btoad range of opportunities, and the College continues to develop formal
specializations that cross and integrate the academic divisions.
ADMISSIONS
Applicants to all the programs must have received a bachelor's degree at a regionally
accredited college or university and must satisfy the additional admission requirements of
individual programs. Some programs admit degree-seeking students on a conditional
basis. For more information, see the Graduate Admissions section of this catalog.
Some undergraduate students in the Yale Gordon College may be admitted to accelerated
bachelor's/master's programs or may take graduate courses. See the University of
Baltimore Undergraduate Catalog for more information.
Note: Applicants to doctoral and combined degree ptograms are subject to the specific
admission requirements for those programs, as noted in their program descriptions.
GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS
Assistantships for graduate students are offered by The Dean's Office, each graduate program,
the Schaefer Center for Public Policy, and the Institute for Language, Technology
and Publications Design. See the Financial Assistance section of this catalog for more
information.
ADVISEMENT NOTICE
Students are advised that any deviation from their program of study must be approved in
writing by the graduate program director and the dean of the Yale Gordon College.
Following a period ofabsence of more than rwo semesters from the University and upon
applying for readmission, a student's program of study must be reviewed by the graduate
program director.
72

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE DMSION OF APPLIED
PSYCHOLOGY AND QUANTITATIVE METHODS
Applied Psychology, Master ofScience
Dr. Thomas Mitchell, Program Director
FACULTY: Bailey, Fisher, Kohl, Markowitz, Masreangelo, Mitchell, Neemann, Singleron
ADJUNCT OR AFFILIATED PROFESSORS: Lasson, Lynn, Pelletier, Potthast
The Master of Science in Applied Psychology offers training in the application of psychological
knowledge and skills ro a variety of human situations. The curriculum is designed
to provide a grounding in the science of psychology with an emphasis on statistical analyses,
psychological assessment, and research designs. Students select one of three tracks
(Counseling Psychology, Industrial/Organizational Psychology, or Psychological Applications)
ro learn specific skills for their individual career goals.
The Counseling track, when combined with UB's Professional Counselor Pre-Licensure
program, prepares srudents for licensure in the State ofMaryland as a Master's level counselor.
As a preeminent location for health care, Baltimore features high quality hospitals and
mental health agencies. Students are frequently placed in exciting positions from inpatient
hospitals, residential programs, outpatient programs, and substance abuse clinics.
The Industrial/Organizational (I/O) track is designed ro meet the APA's Division for
Industrial and Organizational Psychology Guidelines regarding Master's level I/O practitioners.
Students from this reack benefit from the vast number of high quality paid internship
opportunities in Baltimore, Washington, and northern Virginia. Our students and
graduates are employed by the State of Maryland, the federal government, private industry,
and consulting firms as Personnel Specialists, Job Analysts, Training Specialists,
Human Resource Managers, and Consultants.
The Psychological Applications track is for students who seek a career in neither counselling
nor I/O, and it requires a 9 credit hour specialization using a UB graduate program
outside of psychology (e.g., forensic/criminal justice, conflict management, communication,
public administration, health systems management). The philosophy of this third
(rack is to learn the methods of psychology, but apply them ro other disciplines.
Most classes have between 10 and 25 students, meet once or twice a week, and are
offered in the late afternoon or evening ro accommodate jobs and internships. Across
courses our faculty emphasize oral and written communication skills as well as relevant
computer skills regarding (for example) SPSS, Power Point, and the Internet. Thus, the
program provides training for a career or for application ro a docroral program.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission ro the Applied Psychology program is determined based on the following parts
of the application: Grade Point Average (calculated across all undergraduate institutions),
full transcripts of undergraduate courses and graduate courses (if applicable), GRE scores
ftom the Verbal and Quantitative tests, personal statement of career goals and programmatic
fit, job and volunteer experience, and letters of recommendation.
73

All candidates for admission to the Applied Psychology program must have a baccalaureate
degree from a regionally accredited institution. Acceptance into the program may be
either unconditional or conditional. Unconditional acceptance requires an undergraduate
major in psychology with a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 and grades of "B" or better
in statistics and research methods courses.
Applicants not meeting these requirements for unconditional acceptance may, with the
approval of the program's admissions committee, be accepted on a conditional basis.
Conditionally admitted students will be notified of the requirements they must meet to
achieve unconditional status.
TRANSFER CREDIT
A maximum of 12 relevant graduate credits may be transferred from another program or
regionally accredited school towards the M.S. degree, subject to the approval of the program
director.
COMPLETION TIME
All requirements for the M.S. degree in Applied Psychology must be completed within
seven years from formal acceptance into the program.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Each student must complete a minimum of 42 credits ofapproved graduate study, meeting
the requirements of the student's chosen track as well as the core program requirements. A
cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 must be maintained, and no more than six
credits with passing grades less than B- can be applied to the degree. Courses may be
repeated with permission of the program director, but only one grade can be replaced using
the university's Repeat and Replace option. Students whose cumulative grade point average
(calculated only from courses taken at the University of Baltimore) drop below 3.0 shall be
placed on academic probation, which requires the student to meet with the program director
for schedule approval and registration for the next semester. For students on academic
probation, failure to raise the grade point average to 3.0 or above within six academic credits
after being placed on probation will result in academic suspension from the program.
THESIS OPTION
Highly motivated and qualified students may request permission from the Program
Director to prepare for the thesis option. Upon completion of the required Research
Methods course, invited students may enroll in APPL 789, Research Proposal
Development. Successful proposals may be used as the basis for the thesis proposal.
Interested students should request faculty sponsorship before the completion of 18 credit
course in the program, and they should plan on extending completion time for the degree
to accommodate data collection and manuscript preparation.
74

SELECTING ELECTIVE COURSES
To maximize career opportuniry, advisement is recommended when selecting elective
courses. Various courses in applied psychology and other disciplines (Criminal Justice,
Management, Human Services Administration, Legal and Ethical Studies, Negotiations
and Conflict Management, Public Administration, Publications Design) are permitted as
electives. However, a maximum of 12 credits outside the department is permitted and
such electives are subject to the approval of the program director. See the Course
Descriptions section at the end of the catalog.
GENERAL CORE COURSES
The foLlowing 12 credits are required for aLL speciaLizations:
APPL 631 Intermediate Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences* (3)
APPL 632 Research Methods* (3)
APPL 601 The Biological Basis of Behavior (3)
APPL 603 Learning and Cognition (3)
* These two courses must be taken sequentially in the first two semesters of attendance.
COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY TRACK REQUIREMENTS
Specialization Core Courses (21 credits)
APPL 602 Ethics and Legal Issues in the Practice of Psyc hology (3)
APPL 605 Advanced Theories of Personaliry (3)
APPL 606 Basic Counseling Techniques (3)
APPL 610 Psychopathology and Diagnosis (3)
APPL 616 Advanced Treatment Techniques (3)
APPL 619 Overview of Psychological Assessment (3)
(formerly Psychological Assessment)
APPL 703 Practicum in Counseling (3)
(formerly Practicum in Behavioral Change)
Electives (9 credits)
INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY TRACK REQUIREMENTS
Specialization Core Courses (18 credits)
APPL 641 Organizational Psychology (3)
(formerly Behavioral Factors)
APPL 642 Motivation, Satisfaction, and Leadership (3)
(formerly Seminar in Organizational Psychology)
APPL 644 Personnel Psychology (3)
APPL 645 Personnel Assessment (3)
APPL 651 Job Analysis (3)
APPL 655 Practical Applications in I/O Psychology (3)
Electives (12 cred i ts )
75

PSYCHOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS TRACK REQUIREMENTS
Specialization Core Courses (21 credits)
APPL 608 Applied Assessment Procedures (3)
APPL 635 Program Evaluation (3)
Choose one ofthe following courses:
APPL 606 Basic Counseling Techniques (3)
APPL 605 Advanced Theories ofPersonaliry (3)
APPL 613 Human Development (3)
Choose one ofthe following courses:
APPL 641 Organizational Psychology (3)
APPL 644 Personnel Psychology (3)
APPL 650 Work Groups in Organizations (3)
Choose one 9-credit specialization from among the following:
Communication
PBDS 635 Communication Theory (3)
PBDS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion (3)
PBDS 719 Imaging Information and Ideas (3)
Conflict Management
CNCM 506 Understanding and Assessing Conflict (3)
CNCM 513 Negotiations: Theory and Practice (3)
CNCM 515 Mediation: Theory and Practice (3)
Forensics
APPL 610 Psychopathology and Diagnosis (3)
APPL 624 Psychology and the Law (3)
CRJU 710 Advanced Criminology (3)
Health Care Management
PUAD 755 Health Administration (3)
PUAD 756 Managed Care AdminiStration (3)
PUAD 757 Strategic Management for Health Care (3)
Human Services Administration
HSAD 602 History and Foundation of Human Services (3)
HSAD 610 Strategies for Human Services Program Planning (3)
HSAD 621 Administrative Decision-Making in Human Service Agencies (3)
Electives (9 credits)
76

Professional Counselor Pre-Licensure Program
Dr. Mark Fisher, Program Director
FACULTY: Members of the Division ofApplied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
The post-master's Professional Counselor Pre-Licensure Program, offered by the Division
of Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods, provides students a guided path to State
licensure as a Professional Counselor. Each student is assigned an adviser who will design,
around his/her previous coursework, a customized program of study that will meet the
preconditions necessary to sit for the National and State Counseling Exam required by the
State Board of Examiners for Professional Counselors.
The University of Baltimore's graduate curriculum in applied psychology includes
courses that cover all of the required content areas for licensure. Further, the division routinely
offers at least twO evening courses during each of the fall and spring semesters that
cover required content areas and at least one such course over the summer. Some courses
are offered at the Gateway Center in Howard County both in the evenings and on
Saturdays.
To become licensed as a Professional Counselor, one must have a master's degree in
counseling or a related field, and have completed 60 graduate credit hours, including the
master's degree. Of these 60 credits, 12 core courses in various psychological areas are
required. Also, 3000 hours of supervised clinical experience is required.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission to this program requires a master's degree in counseling or a related area.
Applied Assessment and Consulting,
Doctorate in Psychology (Psy.D.)
Dr. Deborah Kohl, Program Director
FACULTY: Fisher, Kohl, Mitchell, Neemann, Singleton, Walz
The Psy.D. in Applied Assessment and Consulting is a first professional degree program
that educates psychologists in the application of psychological theory, measurement theory,
assessment techniques, research methods, and quantitative skills to the assessment,
evaluation and development of organizations.
The psychologist with a Psy.D. in Applied Assessment and Consulting works
autonomously as an internal or external consultant to assist private and public sector
employers in assessing and improving their organizational functioning. The Psy.D. in
Applied Assessment and Consulting provides practitioners with the skills to measure individual
and organization performance by using methodologies common to all sub-disciplines
of psychology while implementing behavioral change techniques found in both
industrial/organizational and clinical/counseling psychology. These assessments are used to
evaluate accountability and to develop and implement programs designed to increase organizational
effectiveness.
77

This degree is designed for individuals who hold master's degrees in industrial/organizational
psychology, counseling psychology, clinical social work, or career counseling; and
for individuals with a doctorate in psychology who are seeking skiJls that will permit a
career change into organizational consulting. Members of both of these groups realize that
additional training in assessment and increased knowledge oforganizational structure and
function will permit them to work independently, autonomously and without other professional
supervision. They also are aware of the demand for individuals with these skiJls
and this knowledge base.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
To be admitted to the Psy.D. in Applied Assessment and Consulting, an individual must
hold a master's or doctoral degree in psychology or a related field, with demonstrated master's-level
competencies in the following areas: History and Systems in Psychology,
Biological Basis of Behavior, Cognitive Psychology, Social Psychology, Developmental
Psychology, Tests and Measurements, Intermediate Statistics, and Research Methods.
If there are deficiencies in one or more of these areas, the applicant may be admitted to
the doctoral program, but would be required to complete courses providing these competencies
at the master's level in the Division's master's degree program.
All applicants must submit the following: 1) GRE scores for both the general aptitude
portion of the GRE and the Psychology Test of the GRE; 2) complete transcripts of
undergraduate and graduate education; 3) three letters of recommendation; and, 4) a
statement of his or her educational and career goals. Applicants deemed eligible will be
required to interview with representatives of the program.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Doctoral students are required to complete 42 credits of post-master's course work.
Students are required to complete a 24-credit core, 9-12 credits of electives, a 3-credit
practicum and a 3-6 credit doctoral project. Students must attain a GPA of 3.0 or better in
order to remain in the program, and must complete the program within seven years.
Students may be enrolled full-time or part-time. Transfer credits will not be accepted.
After completion of the required core (excluding the practicum and doctoral project), students
are required to pass a comprehensive examination. Only those students in good academic
standing who have passed the comprehensive examination will be permitted to
proceed to the practicum and doctoral project.
Core Courses (24 credits)
APPL 635 Program Evaluation
APPL 801 Statistics for Assessmenr and Evaluation I
APPL 802 Statistics for Assessment and Evaluation II
APPL 803 Measuremenr Theory
APPL 804 Organizational Theory and Development
APPL 805 Consulting Skills
APPL 806 Survey Development and Implementation
APPL 807 Examination Construction
Elective Courses (9-12 credits)
APPL 810 Qualitative Research Methods
APPL 811 Individual Assessment
78

APPL 812 Group Process and Procedures
APPL 813 Performance Appraisal and Management
APPL830 Special Topics in Organization Development
APPL 840 Special Topics in Program Evaluation
APPL 850 Special Topics in Assessment
Practicum and Doctoral Project (6 -9 credits)
APPL 897 Practicum in Applied Assessment (3)
APPL 899 Doctoral Project (3-6)
Human Services Administration, Master ofScience
Dr. Elaine Loebner, Program Director, University ofBaltimore
Dr. John Hudgins, Program Director, Coppin State College
FACULTY: Loebner (UB); Bright (CSC), Hudgins (CSC)
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Botes, Bowers, Galbraith, Herron, Kemery, Lippincott,
Lyles, Mulcahey, Singleton, Trotter (UB); Buffaloe, Cartwright, Hill-Lyles, Mathura,
Spry, Taylor, Waters, Williams (CSC)
The Master of Science program in Human Services Administration is a fully collaborative
joint program between Coppin State College and University of Baltimore.
Under the guidance of the program directors, students take courses on both campuses,
receiving a joint degree from both institutions.
The 36-credit curriculum prepares students for profeSsional careers in the field of
human services administration in a variety of settings (corporate, governmental, nonprofit
and community). Through 18 credits of required coursework, students will
have the opportunity to develop administrative abilities in the areas of planning, evaluation,
leadership and decision-making. Then, students will individualize their course
ofstudy by choosing 12 credits of coursework in an approved human services content
area such as counseling psychology, entrepreneurship, health care systems, negotiations
and conflict management, addictions counseling, family counseling, gerontology,
rehabilitation counseling, special education, and community recreation for the
disabled. The capstone experience is student's choice ofsix credits of field experience,
or six credits of research in program planning, implementation and/or evaluation.
The market demand for human service administrators is high. Nationally and in
Maryland, the job opportunity growth rate is outpacing the number of trained professionals.
Those with the Master ofScience degree in Human Services
Administration will be uniquely positioned to take advantage of this growth sector of
the economy, while making significant contributions to human service agencies in a
variety of administrative capacities such as: program planning, implementation and
evaluation; grant writing and administration; fundraising; personnel and fiscal
administration; and community outreach.
79

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE CANDIDATES
1) A baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university. The major or specialization
shouJd be re/evanr co the graduate degree program.
2) A minimum cumulative grade poinr average of3.0 on a 4.0 scale in undergraduate
studies. (Under cerrain conditions, a srudenr with a lower average may be admirred
on a conditional basis pending the grade results of the srudenr's first nine credits in
graduate school.)
3) Three lerters of recommendation, preferably from former professors and an employer.
4) A personal inrerview wirh one of rhe graduate program direccors.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL GRADUATE STUDENTS
Baccalaureate applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission as degree candid4tes
or who do not choose formally to enter the graduate degree program may be admitted on a
conditional basis under the following conditiom:
1) They may be required co take additional undergraduate preparacory work rhat is
re/evanr co rhe graduate degree program inro which admission is sought. No credit
toward rhe graduate degree will be granred for rhis work.
2) They may be required co submit Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores for evaluation.
3) They may be required co show evidence of successful work in rhe profession co
which the program is related.
4) No conditional graduate srudenr may become a degree candidate unril the srudenr
completes nine credits of graduate work in the program with a minimum grade
poinr average of 3.0.
5) All changes from conditional scarus co degree candidacy starus must be approved
by one of the graduate program directors.
STANDING
Every person who applies will be evaluated by one of the program directors and, if
admirred, will be given a profile showing any graduate credits, any deficiencies to be
corrected, required courses, and options available. This srudenr profile will become a
permanenr parr of the srudenr's record and will serve as a guide throughout the period
of matricuJation.
COMPLETION 'riME
All requirements for rhe M.S. degree must be completed wirhin seven calendar years
from formal acceptance inro rhe program.
SCHOLASTIC STANDARDS
Graduate studenrs must mainrain an overall grade poinr average of 3.0. No more rhan
six credits of C may be applied coward the M.S. degree. Srudenrs failing to mainrain a
3.0 average may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the degree
program.
80

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The M.S. degree in Human Services Administration requires the successful completion
of 36 credits ofgraduate coursework. This consists of 24 credits of required core
coursework (including student's choice of internship or research option) and 12 credit
hours ofcoursework chosen from one of the program's elective content areas.
CORE COURSES (18 credits required)
The core curriculum is as follows. Each course is offered only at one ofthe participating
campuses, UB or eSc, as indicated
HSAD Administration: Historical and Contemporary Issues
HSAD 602 History and Foundations of Human Service Systems (3) (UB)
HSAD 603 Contemporary Issues in Human Service Administration (3) (CSC)
HSAD Administration: Planning and Evaluation
HSAD 610 Strategies for Human Services Program Planning (3) (UB)
HSAD 611 Program Evaluation and Policy Analysis (3) (CSC)
HSAD Admi.nistration: Leadership and Decision-Making
HSAD 620 Human Services Leadership and Supervision (3) (CSC)
HSAD 621 Administrative Decision-Making in Human Service Agencies (3) (UB)
CAPSTONE PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE (6 credits)
The student chooses one of the following options:
Internship Option
HSAD 695 Field Practicum I: Human Services Administration (3) (UB)
HSAD 696 Field Practicum II: Human Services Administration (3) (CSC)
Research Option
HSAD 698 Research Practicum I: Program Planning, Implementation,
Evaluation (3) (CSC)
HSAD 699 Research Practicum II: Program Planning, Implementation,
Evaluation (3) (UB)
ELECTIVE CONTENT AREAS (12 credits)
In consultation with a program adviser, the student chooses four courses from one of
the following approved elective content areas related to human services. Each elective
content area is offered at only one ofthe participating campuses, ese or UB, as indicated
Addictions Counseling (CSC)
PSYC 621 Addiction Prevention Techniques for the Individual, Family, School
and Communiry (3)
PSYC 641 Advanced Individual Counseling, Diagnosis and Assessment of the
Addicted Client (3)
PSYC 642 Advanced Group Counseling, Diagnosis and Assessment of the
Addicted Client (3)
PSYC 643 Action Research on Alcoholism and Multiple Addictions in the
Inner Ciry (3)
SOCI 520 Counseling for Substance Abuse (3)
81

Counseling Psychology (UB)
APPL 606 Basic Counseling Techniques (3)
APPL 613 Human Development (3)
APPL 621 Substance Abuse Counseling (3)
APPL 622 Group Counseling (3)
APPL 623 Career Counseling (3)
APPL 625 Multicultural Counseling (3)
APPL 661 Death, Dying, Loss and Grief (3)
Entrepreneurship (UB)
ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3)
MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3)
MGMT 763 Commercialization Planning (3)
MGMT 764 Commercial Srarr-up (3)
Family Counseling (CSC)
SOCI513 Group Counseling (3)
SOCI 520 Counseling for Substance Abuse (3)
SOCI 601 Child Abuse and Spousal Abuse (3)
SOCI 602 Techniques of Marriage and Family Counseling (3)
Gerontology (CSC)
ADLT 530 Environment and Aging (3)
ADLT 531 Nutrirional Problems of the Aging (3)
ADLT 532 Developmental Psychology: Adult Years and Aging (3)
ADLT 533 Processes ofAging (3)
Health Care Delivery Systems (UB)
MGMT 765 Managemenr of Healrh Care Organizarions and Professionals (3)
PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care (3)
PUAD 755 Healrh Adminisrrarion (3)
PUAD 756 Managed Care Administrarion (3)
PUAD 757 Straregic Management for Health Care (3)
Negotiations and Conflict Management (UB)
CNCM 506 Understanding and Assessing Conflicr (3)
CNCM 508 Approaches to Managing Conflicr and Methods of
Dispure Resolurion (3)
CNCM 513 Negotiations: Theory and Pracrice (3)
CNCM 515 Mediarion: Theory and Pracrice (3)
MGMT725 Conflicr Management and Dispure Resolurion in rhe Workplace (3)
82

Recreation for the Disabled (esC)
RECR 500 Health and Safety Factors in Recreational Planning (3)
RECR 501 Recreation in Community Settings (3)
RECR 502 Leisure Skills for the Disabled (3)
REHB 502 Medical Aspects of Disability (3)
RECR 503 Outdoor Adventure Programming for the Disabled (3)
SPED 507 Techniques of Measurement and Evaluation of the Disabled (3)
Rehabilitation Counseling (esC)
REHB 504 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability (3)
REHB 513 Introduction to Rehabilitation (3)
REHB 516 Theories and Techniques of Counseling (3)
REHB 536 CaseworkiCaseioad Management (3)
REHB 610 Organization and Administration of Counseling and
Rehabilitation Programs (3)
REHB 636 Multicultural Counseling (3)
Special Education (esC)
SPED 511 Group Dynamics: The Educator's Role (3)
SPED 512 Administration and Supervision ofSpecial Education Programs (3)
SPED 514 Seminar in Interdisciplinary Information (3)
SPED 587 Teaching Exceptional Children in the Regular Classroom (3)
SPED 700 Legal Aspects ofSpecial Education (3)
83

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE DIVISION
OF CRIMINOLOGY, CRIMINAL JUSTICE
AND SOCIAL POLICY
Criminal Justice, Master ofScience
Dr. Cindy J. Smith, Program Director
FACULTY: Block, Grant, Pfeifer, Ross, Smith, Stanley, Wright.
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Coppola, Gersh, Kinlock
The Master of Science program in Criminal Justice is administered through the Division
of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy. Metropolitan Baltimore contains the
headquarters of the Maryland State Police, the Baltimore County Police Department, the
Baltimore City Police Department, the Howard County Police Department, the
Department ofJuvenile Justice, the State Division of Parole and Probation, the State
Division of Corrections, numerous federal agencies, federal and state courtS, and a number
of related correctional institutions and agencies. Representatives from these agencies
currently are enrolled in the undergraduate and graduate programs in Criminal Justice.
The master's degree program in criminal justice assists the student in comprehending
the total concepts of criminal justice. To achieve this goal, the program is designed to:
1) broaden the student's knowledge of the entire justice system and process;
2) teach the student how to integrate knowledge and evaluate scientific and scholarly literature;
and,
3) develop the student's skills in the planning, implementation, and analysis of criminal
justice programs.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE CANDIDATES
1) A baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university.
2) A minimum cumulative grade point average of2.8 on a 4.0 scale in undergraduate
studies. The major or specialization should be relevant to the graduate degree program.
(Under certain conditions, a student with a lower average may be admitted on a conditional
basis pending the grade results of the student's first 12 credits in graduate
school.)
3) A personal interview with the director of the Criminal Justice graduate program and a
recommendation from the director that the candidate be admitted.
4) Two recommendations, preferably from one former professor and an employer.
5) Successful completion of undergraduate courses in statistics and criminological theory.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL GRADUATE STUDENTS
Baccalaureate applicants who do not meet the criteria for admission as degree candidates
or who do not choose formally to enter the graduate degree program may be admitted on
a conditional basis under the following conditions:
1) They may be required to take additional undergraduate preparatory work that is relevant
to the graduate degree program into which admission is sought. No credit toward
the degree will be granted for this work.
84

2) They may be required ro submit Graduate Record Exam (GRE) scores for evaluation.
3) They may be required ro show evidence ofsuccessful work in the profession to which
the program is related. No conditional graduate student may become a degree candidate
until the studenr completes 12 credits of graduare work at the University wirh an
overall grade point average of 3.0. All changes from conditional sratus to degree candidacy
starus must be approved by the graduate program director.
TRANSFER CREDIT
A maximum of 12 relevant graduate credits may be transferred from another regionally
accredired school toward rhe M.S. degree in Criminal Justice, subjecr to the approval of
the program director. None of the 12 credits may be applied to the five Core Course; all
Core Courses musr be raken at UB.
STANDING
Every person who applies will be evaluated by the graduate program director and, if
admitted, will be given a profile showing graduate credits (if any), deficiencies ro be corrected,
required courses, and options available. This student profile will become a permanent
parr of the student's record and will serve as a guide throughout the period of
matriculation. This will be given to the student at the initial interview with the direcror.
COMPLETION TIME
All requirements for rhe M .S. degree must be complered within seven calendar years. In
some instances, the direcror may require a student, prior ro graduation, ro repeat or
replace a course or courses rhat have become clearly outmoded or outdated. This requirement
is in addition ro all previous degree requirements.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Completion of the M.S. degree may be accomplished rhrough one of two plans:
Plan J, an option of 30 credits and successful com pieri on ofa thesis for six credits, for a
rotal of 36 credits; or
Plan II, 36 credits and a written comprehensive examination.
Under either plan the student must complete ar least 24 credits ofgraduate Criminal
Justice course work at the University of Baltimore, including the five Core Courses and at
least one course in each of the three Criminal Justice components - Law Enforcement,
Courts, and Corrections
The Criminal Justice core consists of five courses required ofall students. The student
specializes in Law Enforcement, CourtS, Juvenile Justice, or Corrections by taking nine
credits in one of these areas. In addition, graduare students may select electives from other
University of Baltimore graduate programs. These electives within the 36 credit rotal allow
students ro tailor their studies to meet their professional, educational and career goals. The
graduate program direcror or an adviser designared by the direcror will approve each Stu ­
dent's course selecrion.
Non-thesis candidates must take a written comprehensive examination thar covers the
core mare rial and rhe chosen specialty area. This may be taken only after 27 credits ofsatisfacrory
graduate work. Srudents are allowed only two attempts ro pass the comprehensive
examination. Thesis candidates will be expected ro show competency in all speciality areas
during the oral defense.
85

Core Curriculum
CRJU 602 Research Techniques I (3)
CRJU 603 Srarisrical Techniques in Criminal Jusrice (3)
CRJU 610 Adminisrrarion ofJus rice (3)
CRJU 615 Criminal Jusrice Planning/Sysrems Analysis (3)
CRJU 710 Advanced Criminology (3)
Specialty Areas
Law Enforcement
CRJU 631 Police and Society (3)
CRJU 640 Managing Police Organizarions (3)
CRJU 712 Seminar in Law Enforcemenr (3)
Courts and Law
CRJU 606 Conremporary Criminal Courr Issues (3)
CRJU 645 Consrirurional Law (3)
CRJU 713 Seminar in Judicial Adminisrrarion (3)
Correctiom
CRJU611 Conremporary Correcrions (3)
CRJU 642 Managing Correcrional Organizarions (3)
CRJU 707 Community Correcrions (3)
Juvenile Justice
CRJU 608 Juvenile Jusrice (3)
CRJU 635 Youch Problems in Society (3)
CRJU 708 Solurions ro Youch Problems (3)
NOTE: Some courses folfill requirements in more than one Specialty Area. Please refer to your standing
form developed during your admitting interview.
SCHOLASTIC STANDARDS
Graduare srudenrs musr maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. No more than six
credirs of C may be applied roward rhe M.S. degree. Srudenrs failing ro mainrain a 3.0
average may be placed on probarion, suspended or dismissed from rhe degree program,
according ro University policies.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Graduarion requiremenrs are 30 credirs wirh an overall average of 3.0, rogerher with a rhesis
(six credirs); or 36 credits wirh an overall average of 3.0, rogerher wirh rhe successful
complerion of rhe comprehensive examinarion.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATION
Srudenrs elecring rhe comprehensive examinarion as their rerminal srep should discuss
their plans wirh eheir advisers ar lease one semeseer prior ro rhe examinarion. This examinarion
consriruees a comprehensive review in which each srudenr demonsrrares an ability
ro inregrare and synrhesize his/her academic experience in criminal jusrice.
86

THE MASTER'S THESIS
If a student chooses the thesis option for completion of the master's degree, a thesis adviser
must be selected by the student. Two additional thesis committee members will be selecred
from among the faculry by the student in consultation with the thesis adviser. A wrinen
thesis proposal must be sub mined [0 the comminee for a formal defense.
The three-member thesis comminee will oversee the student's thesis research.
Following completion of the thesis, an oral defense of the thesis will be scheduled and the
defense will be open [0 the Universiry communiry. The three-member comminee must
unanimously vote [0 accept the thesis, otherwise a second defense must be scheduled.
Failure to pass the second defense will constitute thesis failure.
FolJowing successful completion of the thesis requirements, the original ryped manuscript
with the thesis adviser's signature on the approval page will be provided to the graduate
program director. Two copies of the thesis also must be provided to the coordinator of
special collections, Langsdale Library and another signed copy must be given to the dean
of the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Am. Grades for the thesis will not be issued until
the signed copies have been received.
There are additional requirements for successful completion of the thesis. Students
considering the thesis option should obtain copies of these requirements from the graduate
program director prior to beginning the thesis research.
Combined Program, J.D. and M.S. in Criminal Justice
Dr. Cindy J. Smith, Program Director
Tony Torain, Assistant Dean, School ofLaw
The Universiry of Baltimore School of Law and the Yale Gordon College Division of
Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy offer students the opponuniry [0 obtain
Juris Doctor O.D.) and Master of Science (M.S.) in Criminal Justice degrees by completing
courses over a three- [0 four-year period. Students seeking the combined degree will
find their training useful in managerial and legal positions in federal, state, and local criminal
justice agencies.
Students in the combined program will be required to complete a minimum of90
credits in law school and a minimum of 36 credits in the M .S. program. However, the
School of Law recognizes six credits of the Criminal Justice requirements as transferable to
its program and the Criminal Justice program reciprocally allows the transfer of nine credits
of law school courses to satisfY coursework requirements in its program. Thus, students
who are admitted to this program have the opponuniry to obtain both the J.D. degree and
M.S. in Criminal Justice for 15 fewer credits than would be required were the rwo degrees
obtained independently.
All other requirements for the J.D. degree apply to students in this program. Students
in the combined program must also successfully pass the Criminal Justice comprehensive
examination or defense of a master's thesis.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Applicants for the combined program must meet the admissions standards of both the
School of Law and the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy.
Students may enter the combined program after having entolled in either the J.D. or M.S.
program.
87

Law School Criteria
Admission co the School of Law is determined by the Commirree on Admissions which
bases its decisions on a variety of faccors. This commirree, which is composed of members
of the faculty, the associate-dean for admissions, and student representatives, evaluates all
material in an applicant's file but places substantial emphasis on the cumulative undergraduate
grade point average and the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) score. In most
cases, a combination of these criteria will be sufficient for the admissions decision.
The commirree also recognizes non-traditional factors that may be relevant in determining
the applicant's ability co complete law school successfUlly. The committee seeks co
include persons of diverse racial, ethnic and cultural backgrounds. It considers the level of
difficulty of the undergraduate field of study, graduate degrees and other indications not
susceptible co measurement by traditional academic criteria, such as demonstrated ability to
overcome adversity, individual achievement, motivation, work experience, and character.
M.S. in Criminal Justice Criteria
Admission co the M.S. program in Criminal justice is determined by the graduate program
direccor, with the assistance of the faculty. A student may be admitted to the program
in two different categories:
1) A student with a degree from an accredited college or university who has maintained at
least a 2.8 grade point average during undergraduate work and who has strong lerrers of
recommendation from persons who can assess the applicant's academic and career
potential may be granted admission as an unconditional degree student.
2) Students who do not meet these standards or have not completed undergraduate course
work in statistics andlor criminology may apply for a conditional admission.
ADVISEMENT
Responsibility for the overall administration of the combined].D IM.S. program is vested
in the Assistant Dean in the School of Law and the M.S. program director. If a student has
interest in the program, the first step is to talk co the Assistant Dean of the School of Law.
The M.S. Program Direccor is available for program and academic advisement during regular
office hours.
Application materials for admission to the combined program may be obtained from
the Assistant Director of Law School Admissions and Assistant Director of Graduate
Admissions. The law school application form should be completed and returned to the
Associate Dean of Law School Admissions, together with a non-refUndable application fee
and an Application Marching Card from the Law School Admission Services (LSAS)
packer. All first-year applicants must take the Law School Admissions Test (LSAT), and
register with the Law School Data Assembly Service (LSDAS). A transcript from each college
and university arrended must be submirred to LSDAS, which will prepare an official
candidate's report containing the LSAT test score, transcripts, and computation of a uniform
undergraduate grade point average, for use by the law school in evaluating the application.
Application materials for admission to the Criminal justice program may be obtained
from either the Admissions Office or from the director of the Criminal justice graduate
program. The completed application form, the application fee, and official transcripts of
all prior college work must be submirred to the Admissions Office. Lerrers of recommendation
and other relevant materials should be sent directly to the program director.
No student will be considered for admission to the combined ].D.lM.S. program until
the Law School Admissions Commirree has acted favorably. Candidates are, however,
encouraged to file applications to both programs concurrently.
88

CURRICULUM
The combined ].O.lM.S. in Criminal Justice is divided into required and elective courses
for a (Otal of 112 credits. Students must successfully complete 52 credits of required law
courses, in addition (0 fulfilling the upper-level writing and upper-level advocacy requirements.
They must also successfully complete 15-18 credits of required criminal justice
courses.
Under this program, students begin work on their master's degree either the summer
preceding the beginning of their law school career or the summer after finishing the first
year of law school. Most of the work toward the master's degree is completed during the
various summer semesters but in no event maya student take courses within their master's
program during the fall and spring semesters of their first year of law school.The schedule
shown below is designed (0 illustrate a typical sequencing of courses for students in the
combined J .O.lM.S. program.
First Year, Fall Semester (15 credits)
LAW Contracts I (3)
LAW Civil Procedure I (3)
LAW Torrs I (3)
LAW Criminal Law (3)
LAW Legal Analysis, Research, and Writing (3)
First Year, Spring Semester (14 credits)
LAW Contracts II (3)
LAW Civil Procedure II (3)
LAW Torrs 11(2)
LAW Property (3)
LAW Moot Court (2)
First Year, Summer Semester (6 credits)
CRjU 610 Administration ofJustice (3)
CRJU One Criminal Justice elective (3)
Second Year, Fall Semester (18 credits)
LAW Commercial Transactions I (3)
LAW Constitutional Law 1(3)
LAW Corporations (3)
LAW Constitutional Criminal Procedure (3)
LAW Professional Responsibility (3)
CRJU 602 Research Techniques I (3)
Second Year, Spring Semester (18 credi ts)
LAW Commercial Transactions II (3)
LAW Evidence (3)
LAW Constitutional Law II (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
CRjU 603 Statistical Techniques in Criminal Justice (3)
Second Year, Summer Semester (6 credits)
CRjU Criminal Justice elective (3)
CRJU Criminal Justice elective (3)
89

Third Year, Fall Semester (18 credits)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
CRJU 710 Advanced Criminology (3)
Third Year, Spring Semester (15 credits)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
LAW Law elective (3)
CRJU 615 Criminal Justice Planning Systems/Applications (3)
Third Year, Summer Semester (3-6 credits)
CRJU Criminal Justice elective (3)
-or-
CRJU 799 Thesis (3-6)
Total Credits: 111-114
LAW Credits: 84
CRJU Credits: 27-30
Correctional Administration, Graduate Certificate
Dr. Cindy J. Smith, Program Director
FACULTY: Members of the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice and Social Policy;
and members of the Division of Government and Public Administration.
The graduate certificate program in Correctional Administration, offered by the Division
of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy, provides an intensive and focused
course ofstudy in management and administration designed for individuals already
employed in the corrections field. Upon the successful completion of the 21-credit program,
students are awarded the graduate certificate in Correctional Administration.
Completion of this program provides correctional personnel with knowledge and skills
directly relevant to the management and administration ofcorrectional organizations.
The certificate is not the equivalent of a master's degree, but rather recognizes the completion
ofa unique and rigorous course ofgraduate study. Students may elect to continue
their studies toward a master's degree. The certificate program is specifically articulated
with the M.S. in Criminal Justice and Master of Public Administration degrees.
The 21-credit certificate program consists offour required courses and three electives.
Of the required courses, rwo are offered by the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice,
and Social Policy; and rwo by the Division of Government and Public Administration.
With the elective courses, students choose to specialize in personnel administration, labor
relations, program analysis and evaluation, or general administration.
90

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) A baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university.
2) A minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of2.8 on a 4.0 scale.
Students with lower undergraduate grade point averages may be admitted on a conditional
basis at the discretion of the certificate ·program director. Students accepted conditionally
must achieve a 3.0 average for their first nine hours in the program in order
to be allowed to continue.
3) A personal interview with the director of the certificate program.
4) Current or former employment with a correctional agency. In exceptional circumstances
this requirement can be waived by the certificate program director, but the program
is primarily intended to enhance the administrative skills and career prospects of
correctional practitioners.
5) Two letters of recommendation from superiors or other officials knowledgeable of the
applicant's work and potential.
CERTIFICATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Each student must complete the program's four required courses plus three elective courses
within one of the approved specializations. Students must maintain an overall grade point
average of 3.0. No more than six credits of C may be applied toward the requirements of
the certificate program. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average may be placed on probation,
suspended, or dismissed from the certificare program, according to University
policies.
Required Courses (12 credits)
PUAD 623 Bureaucracy and the Political Process (3)
PUAD 624 Public Organization Theory (3)
CRJU 642 Managing Correctional Organizarions (3)
CRJU 707 Community Corrections (3)
Specialization in Correctional Personnd Administration
Choose three ofthefollowingfor a total ofnine credits:
PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human Resource Management (3)
PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel Management (3)
MGMT 710 Human Resource Management* (3)
MGMT 715 Compensarion, Evaluation, and Motivation (3)
APPL 604 Interviewing (3)
APPL 605 Theories of Behavior Change (3)
APPL 644 Personnel Psychology (3)
*MGMT 71 0 is a prerequisitefor MGMT 715.
Specialization in Correctional Labor Rdations
Take the followingfor a total ofnine credits:
PUAD 731 Public Employee Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3)
MGMT 710 Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 720 Labor Management Relations (3)
91

Specialization in Correctional Program Analysis and Evaluation
Choose three ofthe followingfor a total ofnine credits:
PUAD 628 Statistical Applications in Public Administration (3)
PUAD 629 Public Program Evaluation (3)
PUAD 630 Analytic Techniques for Public Decision Making (3)
-or-
CRJU 615 Criminal Justice Planning Systems Applications (3)
Specialization in General Administration
Choose three ofthe followingfor a total ofnine credits; only one coursefrom CRJU selectiom:
CRJU 707 Community Corrections (3)
CRJU 611 Contemporary Corrections (3)
PUAD 740 Administrative Law and Regulation (3)
PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human Resource Management (3)
PUAD 622 Public Budget and Fiscal Administration (3)
PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical Environment of Public Administration (3)
PUAD 731 Public Employee Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3)
MGMT 710 Human Resource Management (3)
Please note: Students may not apply more than nine total credits from business courses to
the certificate requirements.
Police Administration, Graduate Certificate
Dr. Cindy J. Smith, Program Director
FACULTY: Members of the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy,
and the Division ofGovernment and Public Administration.
The graduate certificate program in Police Administration, offered by the Division of
Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy, provides an intensive and focused course
ofstudy in management and administration designed for individuals already employed in
the police field. Upon the successful completion of the 2 I-credit program, students are
awarded the graduate certificate in Police Administration.
The certificate is not in any respect the equivalent ofa master's degree, but rather recognizes
the completion of a unique and rigorous course ofgraduate study. Students may
elect to continue their studies toward a master's degree. The certificate program is specifically
articulated with the M.S. in Criminal Justice and Master of Public Administration
degrees.
The 21 -credit certificate program consists of four required courses and three electives.
Of the required courses, two are offered by the Division of Criminology, Criminal Justice,
and Social Policy and two by the Division ofGovernment and Public Administration.
With the elective courses, students choose to specialize in personnel administration, labor
relations, program analysis and evaluation, or general administration. Completion of this
program provides police personnel with knowledge and skills directly relevant to the management
and administration ofpolice organizations.
92

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) A baccalaureate degree from an accredited coUege or university.
2) A minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of2.8 on a 4.0 scale.
Students with lower undergraduate grade point averages may be admitted on a conditional
basis at the discretion of the certificate program director. Students accepted
unconditionally must achieve a 3.0 average for their first nine credits in the program in
order to be allowed to continue.
3) A personal interview with the director of the certificate program.
4) Current or former employment with a police agency. In exceptional circumstances this
requirement can be waived by the certificate program director, but the program is primarily
intended to enhance the administrative skills and career prospects of police practitioners.
5) Two letters of recommendation from superiors or other officials knowledgeable of the
applicant's work and potential.
CERl'lFICAIE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Each student must complete the program's four required courses plus three elective courses
within one of the approved specializations. Students must maintain an overall grade point
average of 3.0. No more than six credits of C may be applied toward the requirements of
the certificate program. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average may be placed on probation,
suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program, according to University
policies.
Required Courses (12 credits)
PUAD 623 Bureaucracy and the Political Process (3)
PUAD 624 Public Organization Theory (3)
CRjU 640 Managing Police Organizations (3)
CRjU 712 Seminar in Law Enforcement (3)
Elective Courses (9 credits)
Select one of the following specializations:
Specialization in Police Personnel Administration (9 credits)
Choose three ofthe following
PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human Resource Management (3)
PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel Management (3)
MGMT 710 Human Resource Management* (3)
MGMT 715 Compensation, Evaluation, and Motivation (3)
APPL 604 Interviewing (3)
APPL 605 Theories of Behavior Change (3)
APPL 644 Personnel Psychology (3)
* M GMT 710 is a prerequisitefor M GMT 715.
93

Specialization in Police Labor Relations (9 credits)
Choose the following:
PUAD 731 Public Employee Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3)
MGMT 710 Human Resource Management (3)
MGMT 720 Labor Management Relations (3)
Specialization in Police Program Analysis and Evaluation (9 credits)
Choose the followingfor a total ofnine credits:
PUAD 628 Statistical Applications in Public Administration (3)
PUAD 629 Public Program Evaluation (3)
PUAD 630 Analytic Techniques for Public Administration (3)
Specialization in General Police Administration (9 credits)
Choose three ofthe following:
CRJU 631 Police in Society (3)
PUAD 740 Administrative Law and Regulation (3)
PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human Resource Management (3)
PUAD 622 Public Budget and Fiscal Administration (3)
PUAD 731 Public Employee Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3)
PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical Environment of Public Administration (3)
MGMT 710 Human Resource Management (3)
Please Note: Students may not apply more than nine total credits from business courses to
the certificate requirements.
94

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE SCHOOL OF
COMMUNICATIONS DESIGN
Publications Design, Master ofArts
Dr. Virginia Kirby-Smith Carrurhers, Program Director
FACULTY: Carrutbers, Fitz, Gibson, Gold, Kaplan, Magida, Matanle, Moulthrop,
Patschke (affiliate), Peirce, Pointer, J. Shorr, Simon, B. Smitb, Summers, Yarrison
WRITERS IN RESIDENCE: Keller, Kopelke, Magida
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Boam, Blinkoff. Connor, Genovese, Heisse, McDonald,
Montfort, Pointer, Segreti, Spencer, Stri((mater, Thomas,Wasmer, Weiss
The Master ofAm in Publications Design is administered by the Division of English and
Communications Design in the School of Communications Design. Combining theory
and practice, the liberal arts and skills training, words and images, the Master ofArts in
Publications Design integrates conceptual tbinking, writing, and graphic design-in both
traditional and new electronic media. Founded in tbe late 1970s, the program anticipated
the day when computers would make possible (if not require) such an integrated
approach. The evolving curriculum has consistently prepared students to adapt to often
rapid changes in publications technology.
Students come to tbe Publications Design program from a wide variety ofeducational
backgrounds and employment histories. Their undergraduate majors range from tbe predictable
(English, journalism, mass communication, graphic design, studio art) to tbe
unexpected (geography, music, foreign languages, biology, business administration).
Though many are already working in publications as writers or designers, a good number
have no experience in tbe field . What these students share is a fascination witb tbe interaction
of words and images and a commitment to exploring new modes of visual and verbal
communication.
The faculty includes scholars, literary and media critics, graphic designers, hypermedia
specialists, fiction and nonfiction writers, poets, film-makers and videographers, and publications
professionals who, like the program itself, combine the intellectual, the academic,
and tbe worldly. Also, adjunct professors from Baltimore's sophisticated publications community
share their expertise in advanced courses in writing, design, and business practices.
CURRICULAR OPTIONS
Applicants choose from among tbree options. The principal program in Publications
Design is appropriate for students who are interested in the integration of professional
writing and graphic design in public relations, advertising, corporate publications, journalism,
and magazine editing and design. The specialization in Creative Writing and
Publishing Arts is tailored for writers of fiction, literary nonfiction, and poetry who would
like to explore nontraditional avenues to publication ofcreative work. The specialization
in Media Design offers students the opportunity to focus on tbe relationships among communications
theory, video production, and tbe integration of print, graphic design, and
aural and visual images. Students in tbe principal program and either of tbe two specializa­
95

tions may elect courses in hypermedia which explore the role of writing and design in electronic
publishing.
Each of the three options involves the completion of 36 credits of course work. All
three share a set of core requirements, including fWO 6-credit, team-taught courses that
frame the program; an advanced writing course; an elective from a category of courses
focusing on significant backgrounds and ideas that inform both writing and design; and a
course concerned with business practices relevant to publications professionals. (Specific
requirements for each option are detailed on subsequent pages.) The minimum amount of
time in which a student can complete a degree is four semesters. Since many students are
working lUll time, it is more common to take six or even eight semesters. To accommodate
working students, all courses are offered in the evenings or on weekends.
COURSE SEQUENCING
Although there is considerable flexibility in the order in which students may take electives
in writing, backgrounds and ideas, and business practices, courses involving graphic design
generally have prerequisites.
To enroll in PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication, a student should have
a working knowledge of QuarkXPress. (The Graphics Lab offers noncredit courses in the
software to prepare students for the Workshop.) For students with little or no prior experience
in graphic design, PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication is a prerequisite
for PBDS 601 Writing and Graphics: Integration ofForms and for all advanced design
courses.
Ordinarily, a student is not permitted to enroll in any advanced design course (for
example, PBDS 640 Design Principles and Strategies, PBDS 645 Typographic Form and
Function, or PBDS 650 Advanced Design) until he or she has completed PBDS 601 or
PBDS 620.
In order to be eligible to enroll in PBDS 730 Seminar in Publications Design or PBDS
731 Seminar in Creative Writing and Publishing, a student must have completed all other
requirements for graduation, with the possible exception of three to six hours of free electives.
BEYOND THE CLASSROOM
Through the Institute for Language, Technology, and Publications Design, faculty and
students engage in design, writing, and research projects that link the study and the practice
ofwriting and graphic design. They undertake writing and design projects (for example,
identity campaigns), produce video and multimedia presentations, and serve as
consultants on publishing ventures.
The Institute also offers noncredit seminars and workshops on topics as diverse as communications
law, electronic publishing, marketing and management, portfolio preparation,
media relations, entrepreneurship, the art and craft of writing, and the business of
design.
From time to time the Institute brings to campus distinguished writers, designers, and
scholars, often with the backing of local corporations. The Institute also co-sponsors the
International Lawrence Durrell Conference and Deus Loci: The Lawrence DurrellJournal,
and supports Passager, a literary magazine.
Selected students and alumni who are appointed Fellows of the Institute may take special
courses or collaborate with faculty members on significant projects. Members of the
faculty who are particularly active in developing or supporting projects are designated
Senior Fellows of the Institute.
96

AWARDS
The group projects prepared each spring by students enrolled in the capstone Seminar in
Publications Design are judged by a jury of publications professionals. Prizes awarded to
the winning projects include The Agora Publishing Award, presented for a traditional print
publication; and The Robert W Deutsch Award, given for creative work in the new media.
Also each year, The AmpersandAwardhonors the graduating student who best exemplifies
the spirit of the Publications Design program through exhibiting extraordinary achievement
in the integration ofwords and images. This award is endowed by the Bobbye Gold Memorial
Fund, esrablished in memory of the wife of Ed Gold, professor in the Division of English and
Communications Design, and carries a prize of $500.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Candidates for admission to the M.A. program in Publications Design must present
evidence of the following:
1) an earned bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited college or university;
2) the ability to do graduate work in professional or creative writing, graphic design ,
media design, or hypermedia design, usually indicated by a strong undergraduate background
in one of these areas, or substantial professional experience documented by a
portfolio; and,
3) an undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 or better, except when a combined portfolio
and grade point average of 2.6 or better indicate high potential.
Applications for admission may be obtained from the Admissions Office. The completed
application form, the application fee , and official transcripts of alJ prior college and
university work must be sent to the Admissions Office. A letter of application and a
resume must be sent to the program director. An interview with the program director is
required.
TRANSFER CREDIT
A maximum of nine relevant graduate credits may be transferred from another regionally
accredited school toward the M.A. in Publications Design degree, subject to the approval
of the program director.
FOLINDATION COURSES
A student admitted to the Publications Design program may be required, on the basis of
an evaluation of his/her academic background and portfolio, to complete one or two foundation
courses before beginning the sequence of courses required of all students. The
foundation courses, PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication and PBDS 503
Workshop in Written Communication help students develop and refine basic graphic
design and writing skills. Only one foundation course may be counted toward the 36
credit hours required for the degree.
PRINCIPAL PROGRAM IN PUBLICATIONS DESIGN
Students in the principal program develop complementary skills in professional writing
and graphic design as they prepare to pursue careers in corporate or nonprofit settings, to
found publications, or to establish their own businesses. Free electives may be used to create
informal concentrations in writing, design, hypermedia, backgrounds and ideas, or
business practices. Students who have not already worked in the field of publications are
encouraged to register for an internship.
97

Required Courses (36 credits)
PBDS 601 Writing and Graphics: Integration of Forms (6)
PBDS 645 Typographic Form and Function (3)
PBDS 730 Seminar in Publications Design (6)
Advanced Writing elective (3)
Backgrounds and Ideas elective (3)
Business Practices elective (3)
Free electives (12)
Advanced Writing Electives
PBDS 602
PBDS 603
PBDS 604
PBDS 605
PBDS 606
PBDS 611
PBDS 622
PBDS 623
PBDS 624
PBDS 625
PBDS 626
PBDS 627
PBDS 628
PBDS 680
PBDS 690
PBDS 750
PBDS 752
Language and Form
Editorial Style
Writing for the Marketplace
Public and Private Languages
Creating Technical Documents
The Craft of Popularization
The Arr of Narrative
The Lyric Spirit
Workshop in Novel Writing
Script Writing
Literary Nonfiction
The Art of Memoir
Screenwriting
Image Making
Research: A Writing Tool
Writing: Special Topics
Creative Writing: Special Topics
Background and Ideas Electives
PBDS 635 Communication Theory and Ethics
PBDS 710 History of Print
PBDS 711 History of Communication
PBDS 7 12 History of Graphic Design
PBDS 713 Language Theory: Syntax, Semantics, and Style
PBDS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign
PBDS 715 Modern and Postmodern: Aesthetic Backgrounds
PBDS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion
PBDS 717 Perception and Meaning
PBDS 718 Imitation and Creativity
PBDS 719 Imaging Information and Ideas
PBDS 720 The Digital Economy
PBDS 721 Gifts of the Goddess
PBDS 755 Backgrounds and Ideas: Special Topics
Business Practices Electives*
PBDS 700 Publications Management
PBDS 701 Media Management
PBDS 702 Literary Publications
PBDS 704 Copyright and Publishing
98

PBDS 706 The Business of Graphic Design
PBDS 708 Promotional Strategies
PBDS 754 Business Practices: Special Topics
* With the program director's permission, a student may fUlfill the business practices requirement
by taking an appropriate course in the School ofBusiness, the School ofLaw, or
another graduate program in the College ofLiberal Arts.
Free Electives
As free electives, students may take, in addition to any offerings in the Publications Design
program, courses in illustration, photography, graphic design, or production offered for
graduate credit in the day or evening programs of the Maryland Institute College of Art.
SPECIALIZATION IN CREATIVE WRrrlNG AND PUBLISHING ARTS
Professor Kendra Kopelke, Director
This specialization brings together writers of fiction, literary nonfiction, and poetry who
share an interest in the relationship between creative writing and publications arts. It is
ideally suited to writers who are interested in not only creating their own work but seeing
it through to publication. Students complete manuscripts of publishable qualiry and learn
to give them visual form through understanding and applying the principles of graphic
design.
Required Courses (36 credits)
PBDS 620 Creativity: Integration of Forms (6)
Choose one ofthe flllowingfour courses:
PBDS 622 The Art of Narrative (3)
PBDS 623 The Lyric Spirit (3)
PBDS 624 Workshop in Novel Writing (3)
PBDS 626 Literary Nonfiction (3)
PBDS 627 Art of Memoir (3)
Take the following four courses:
PBDS 629 Advanced Creative Writing Workshop (3)
PBDS 645 Typographic Form and Function (3)
PBDS 702 Literary Publications (3)
PBDS 731 Seminar in Creative Writing and Publishing (6)
Take one Backgrounds and Ideas elective, chosen from the following:
PBDS 710 History of Print
PBDS 712 History of Graphic Design
PBDS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign
PBDS 7 15 Modern and Postmodern: Aesthetic Backgrounds
PBDS 71 7 Perception and Meaning
PBDS 718 Imitation and Creativity
PBDS 721 Gifts of the Goddess
Take three recommended electives, chosen from thefollowing in cornultation with the program director:
PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communication
PBDS 510 Workshop in Video Production
PBDS 511 Paper and Printing
99

PBDS 628 Screenwri ting
PBDS 639 Video Aesthetics and Techniques
PBDS 640 Design Principles and Strategies
PBDS 641 Magazine Design
PBDS 642 Book Design
PBDS 650 Advanced Graphic Design
PBDS 660 Hypermedia: An Introduction
PBDS 662 Design of Interactive Environments
PBDS 664 Hypermedia Production
PBDS 750 Writing: Special Topics
PBDS 752 Creative Writing: Special Topics
PBDS 775 Internship in Publicarions Design
SPECIAUZATION IN MEDIA DESIGN
Dr. Jonathan Shorr, Director
This specialization brings together writers, graphic designers, videographers, and media
producers who share an interest in the relationship between communication theory and
media production and the integration of graphic design, kinetic visual images, and sound.
Faculty teaching in the specialization share their expertise in script writing, video production/direction,
hypermedia, audio technology, and computer graphics.
Required Courses (36 credits)
PBDS 600 Media Design (3)
PBDS 60 I Writing and Graphics: Integration of Forms (6)
PBDS 625 Script Writing (3)
PBDS 639 Video Aesthetics and Technique* (3)
PBDS 645 Typographic Form and Function (3)
PBDS 730 Seminar in Publications Design (6)
One Backgrounds and Ideas e1ective** (3)
One Business Practices elective (3)
Two Free electives (6)
"Students with no prior video production experience will be required to take PBDS 510
Workshop in Video Production as a prerequisite for this course.
*" PBDS 635 Communication Theory and Ethics is particularly recommended.
Backgrounds and Ideas Electives
PBDS 635 Communication Theory and Ethics
PBDS 710 History of Print
PBDS 711 History of Communication
PBDS 712 History of Graphic Design
PBDS 713 Language Theory: Syntax, Semantics, and Style
PBDS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign
PBDS 715 Modern and Postmodern: Aesthetic Backgrounds
PBDS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion
PBDS 717 Perception and Meaning
PBDS 718 Imitation and Creativity
PBDS 719 Imaging Information and Ideas
PBDS 720 The Digital Economy
100

PBDS 721 Gifts of the Goddess
PBDS 755 Backgrounds and Ideas: Special Topics
Business Practices Electives*
PBDS 700 Publications Management
PBDS 701 Media Management
PBDS 702 Literary Publications
PBDS 704 Copyright and Publishing
PBDS 706 The Business of Graphic Design
PBDS 708 Promotional Strategies
PBDS 754 Business Practices: Special Topics
* With the program director's permission, a student may folfiLL the Business Practices requirement
by taking an appropriate course in the SchooL ofBusiness, the SchooL ofLaw, or another
graduate program in the CoLlege ofLiberaL Arts.
Free Electives
As free electives, students may take, in addition to any offerings in the Publications Design
program, courses in illustration, photography, graphic design, or production offered for
graduate credit in the day or evening programs of the Maryland Institute College ofAn.
Graduate Certificate in Advanced Design
Professor Edwin Gold. Program Director
The Graduate Certificate in Advanced Design is intended for graphic designers, art directors,
publications managers, writers, editors, and other communications professionals. It is
a project-oriented program ofstudy that provides these professionals an opportunity to
acquire a level of knowledge and expertise in design that increasingly is being demanded
throughout their chosen careers.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of 3.0
2) A grade ofB or better in PBDS 645 Typographic Form and Function or its equivalent
3) A portfolio that demonstrates proficiency in design
4) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admission
CERl'IFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Each student must complete two required courses plus twO elective courses. Students must
maintain an overalJ grade point average of 3.0. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average
may be placed on probation, suspended. or dismissed from the certificate program,
according to University policies.
Required Courses (6 credits)
PBDS 540 Creative Concepts (3)
PBDS 640 Design Principles and Strategies (3)
Electives (6 Credits)
For a comprehensive List ofapproved electives, see website: http://raven.ubaLt.edulcertificates
101

Graduate Certificate in Communications and Design Theory
Dr. Jonathan Shorr, Program Director
The Graduate Certificate in Communications and Design Theory is intended for writers,
designers, publication editors, video and hypermedia specialists, and other communication
professionals. It is a program of study that will allow professionals to study the foundational
concepts and procedures of communications design. It is intended to enhance
advanced professional careers by providing an understanding of the theory and history
that informs the practice ofcommunications design.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of 3.0
2) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admissions
CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Each student must complete one course in theory, one course in history, and cwo elective
courses. Srudents must maintain an overall grade point average of3.0. Students failing to
maintain a 3.0 average may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the certificate
program, according to University policies.
Required Courses (6 credits)
Take one course in theory and one course in history selectedfrom the following:
Theory
PBDS 635 Communication Theory and Ethics (3)
PBDS 713 Language Theory: Syntax, Semantics, and Style (3)
PBDS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign (3)
PBDS 715 Modern and Postmodern (3)
PBDS 720 Digital Economy (3)
History
PBDS 710 History of Print (3)
PBDS 711 History ofCommunication (3)
PBDS 712 History ofGraphic Design (3)
Electives (6 credits)
For a comprehemive list ofapproved electives, see website: http://raven.ubalt.edulcertificates
102

Graduate Certificate in Information Design
Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Program Director
The Graduate Cenificate in Information Design is imended for graphic designers, writers,
edirors, publication managers, and other communication or informacion professionals
who wam ro acquire demonsrrable competence in the techniques and concepts required
for the emerging field of information architecture. By inrroducing studems ro the disciplines
of graphic design, psychology, information architecture and related fields, the program
prepares studems ro consrruct an information space and ro create a user experience
that balances the goals of the business, the comem collection, and the needs of the users.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) M .A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credirs with a GPA of 3.0
2) A grade ofB or bener in PBDS 660 Introduction ro Hypermedia or a passing grade on
the Proficiency in Hypermedia Examination
3) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admissions
CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Each studem must complete twO required courses plus two elective courses. Studems must
maintain an overall grade poim average of3.0. Studems failing ro maimain a 3.0 average
may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the cenificate program,
according ro University policies.
Required Courses (6 credits)
IDIA612/PBDS 662 Imeraction and Imerface Design (3)
IDIA 642 Research Methods for Imeraction Design (3)
Electives (6 credirs)
For a comprehemive list ofapproved electives, see website: http://raven.ubalt.edulcertificates
Graduate Certificate in Literary Publishing
Professor Kendra Kopelke, Program Director
The Graduate Cenificate in Literary Publishing is a practice-oriemed program ofstudy,
providing an opportunity ro acquire a level of knowledge and set ofskills required for creating,
developing, and producing literary publications. The cenificate program consists of
a set of courses that provide tangible evidence of the work that studenrs have completed
and the competency they have acquired. Courses cover diverse aspects ofliterary publishing,
from concept and design ro production and promotion. Studenrs have an opponunity
ro explore the medium of print or electronic publishing environments such as the World
Wide Web.
103

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
• M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 posr-baccalaureare credirs wirh a GPA of 3.0
• A grade ofB or better in PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic Communicarion or demonstrable
proficiency in design.
• Complerion of rhe University Applicarion for Graduare Admission
CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Each student musr complere two required courses plus two elective courses. Students musr
maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average
may be placed on probarion, suspended, or dismissed from rhe cerrificare program,
according to University policies.
Required Courses (6 credits)
PBDS 702 Lirerary Publicarions (3)
PBDS XXX An appropriare graphic design course (3)*
Electives (6 credirs)
For a comprehensive list ofapproved electives, see website: http://raven.ubalt.edulcertificates
Graduate Certificate in New Media Publishing
Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Program Director
The Graduare Cerrificare in New Media Publishing is intended for graphic designers,
wrirers, editors, publicarion managers, and other communicarion professionals who want
to acquire demonsrrable comperence in the rechniques and conceprs required for publishing
in electronic media. Graduares will be prepared to develop, design, produce, and manage
a range of online and new media publicarions.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 posr-baccalaureare credirs with a GPA of3.0
2) A grade ofB or berrer in PBDS 660 Introducrion to Hypermedia or a passing grade on
the Proficiency in Hypermedia Examinarion
3) Complerion of the University Applicarion for Graduare Admission
CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Each srudent musr complere 12 credirs of insrrucrion. Students musr maintain an overall
grade point average of 3.0. Students failing to maintain a 3.0 average may be placed on
probarion, suspended, or dismissed from the cerrificare program, according to University
policies.
Required Courses (6 credirs)
PBDS 662 Design ofInteracrive Environments (3)
PBDS 664 Hypermedia Producrion (3)
Electives (6 credits)
For a comprehensive list ofapproved electives, see website: http://raven.ubalt.edulcertificates
104

Communications Design, Doctor of (D.C.D.)
Dr. Stuarr Moulrhrop, Program Director
FACULTY: Members of the School of Communicarions Design, rhe School of
Informarion Arrs and Technologies, and affiliared faculty in rhe Yale Gordon College of
Liberal Arrs and the Merrick School of Business.
The Docror of Communicar ions Design (D.CD.) is jointly adminisrered by the Division
of English and Communicarions Design in the School ofCommunicar ions Design and
rhe Division ofInformarion Arrs and Technologies in rhe School ofInformarion Arrs and
Technologies.
The D.CD. is a firsr professional degree thar prepares srudents to lead in developing
and applying advanced communicarions rechniques to commerce, culture, and society.
Mulridisciplinary in srructure, the program requires students ro develop a number ofskills
and perspecrives. Students acquire advanced understanding ofcompuring, networks, and
communicarions media on both practical and conceprual levels. Students are expecred to
develop crirical and analytical abiliries based on a broad, hisrorically informed undersranding
of media development, and also to achieve proficiency in ar leasr one area of elecrronic
communication or projecr development.
CALENDAR AND SCHEDULE
Srudents may enroll fulJ - or parr-rime. Since many students in the program are working,
all classes are offered in the evenings or weekends. Hours for labs and other faciliries
emphasize weekend and evening availability.
For the mosr parr, graduare courses are offered only during rhe regular academic year. A
limired number ofcourses are offered during the summer rerm.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission to the D.CD. is comperirive. In mosr cases, applicarions are reviewed in the
spring for fall admission. Applicarions for orher semesrers may be considered as places
become available.
Students wishing to apply for admission to the D.CD. musr have complered (or expecr
ro complere) a masrer's degree in some field appropriare ro further study in media, communicarion,
and applied rechnology. Such areas mighr include informarion sysrems, compurer
science, communicarion, business, instrucrional design, professional wriring, applied
psychology, video producrion, informarion design, graphic design, and publicarions
design. Significant experience in print or e1ecrronic publishing, communicarions, or rechnology
management will count in a candidare's favor. Applicants musr have earned a grade
point average ofar leasr 3.2 in previous graduare study.
Applicarion marerials are available from the Admissions Coordinator of the D .CD.
Program and also from the Office of Graduare Admissions. In addirion to the University
Applicarion for Graduare Admission, rhe applicarion package includes a Srarement of
Intent outlining the applicant's reasons for doctoral study, a brief essay on one ofseveral
105

suggested topics, and an annotated list of readings indicating the applicant's intellectual
and professional interests. Applicants may be required to submit a portfolio demonstrating
competence in their area of expertise.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The Doctor of Communications Design consists of a minimum of 48 hours of course
work beyond an appropriate master's degree. Students are required to take courses covering
various aspects of design, business or public sector management, history, economics,
and cultural theory. As they move through the program they will specialize in one of the
following areas: publishing; business applications; government and public-sector applications;
or educational applications.
Students are also required to develop a high degree of competence in at least one productive
technology involving digital information systems. As a prerequisite for this part of
their studies, students must either pass a Proficiency Examination in basic Web publishing
skills or satisfactorily complete an introductory course whose credits do not count toward
the 48 required for the degree.
In addition to course work, students must submit a major project to be evaluated by a
committee of faculty and experts in the relevant field.
With the approval of the Program Director, doctoral students may take up to 15 graduate
credits through articulated programs at universities in the University System of
Maryland, or at other universities. These credits can satisfY particular degree requirements,
or be taken as electives.
REQUIRED COURSES AND DISTRIBUTION
Core Courses (12 credits)
The following courses are required of all students:
PBDS 720 Digital Economy and Culture (3)
lOlA 612 Interaction and Interface Design (3)
PBDS 810 Proseminar (3)
Students must take one of the following:
MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3)
MGMT 763 Commercial Planning (3)
MGMT 797 New Venture (3)
PUAD 626 Information Resource Management (3)
Skills Courses (9 credits)
Students select three advanced courses from the following areas:
Interaction and Information Design
Graphic Design
Videography
Writing
106

Applications and Audience Courses (6 credits)
Students select two courses in one of the foUowing areas:
Publishing and cultural production
Business and commerce
Public-sector applications
Education
Electives (9 credits)
Students select three elective courses.
Advanced Topics
Students select six doctoral-level courses in support or preparation for the Docroral
Project.
Project-Related Work
Students earn six credits for work on the Docroral Project.
COMPETENCY
Students entering the D.C.D. program are expected ro be prepared for advanced work in
information or interface design, visual design, and professional writing and research.
Students with deficiency in one or more of these areas may be required to take additional
coursework above the 48 credits required for the degree.
QUALIFYING EXAMINATION
After completing 24 credits, a candidate for the D.C.D. must take a qualifYing examination
containing both written and oral components. The examination is based upon questions
developed by the candidate in consultation with an examining committee of faculty
and professionals.
PROJECT
The project must be a significant, useful and executable work ofapplication that demonstrates
ability to apply professional skills of design and expression, to analyze a problem, to
define an audience, and to integrate content, medium, and market. The work may be
done in any of a number of media, e.g., print, digital interactive, audio, video.
Although the project will reflect a primary emphasis on application and problem solving,
each project must include a weU-developed, reflective written discussion which will include an
audience and market analysis and a business or implementation plan, along with a rationale
for the approach taken and a discussion ofpossible alternatives. In all cases the projects undertaken
must have a direct application ro the business community, to education, ro government,
or be easily translatable into a publishing or enuepreneurial venture.
The project will be judged by a panel of faculty and outside professionals.
107

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE SCHOOL OF
INFORMATION ARTS AND TECHNOWGIES
Interaction Design and Information Architecture,
Master ofScience
Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Program Director
FACULTY: Andrews, Clewell, Kaplan, Lamey, Lankford, Moulthrop, Summers
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Montfort, Spencer
The Master of Science in Interaction Design and Information Architecture is administered
by the Division of Information Arts and Technologies in the School of Information Arts
and Technologies.
Combining aspects of computer science with liberal arts perspectives, this degree
blends theoretical work with practical engagement. Students become proficient in specific
applications of significant information technologies, well-versed in methods for understanding
and structuring human interactions with those technologies, and critically aware
of social and cultural implications arising from technological developments. The program
focuses on designing and developing information technologies to realize their potential to
satisfY human needs and desires. It teaches students vital skills for developing new applications
of information technology through user-centered design practices.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The IDIA ptogram is open to students from all disciplines, bur it is especially appropriate
for people with degrees in the humanities and social sciences who want to apply their liberal
arts backgrounds to an emerging technology field.
Candidates for admissions to the M.S. in Interaction Design and Information
Architecture must have received a baccalaureate degree ftom a regionally accredited institution
with an undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or better. Applicants must submit scores for the
general G RE or Miller Analogy test.
Please submit the following along with your University of Baltimore application:
• a letter of intent
• 3 letters of recommendation
• a resume
TRANSFER CREDIT
A maximum of 12 graduate credits may be applied toward the IDIA degree for relevant
graduate courses completed at other regionally accredited colleges or universities with the
approval of the IDIA program director.
108

SCHOLASTIC STANDARDS
Graduare srudents musr mainrain an overall grade poinr average of 3.0. No more rhan six
credirs of C may be applied roward rhe M.S. degree. Srudents failing ro mainrain a 3.0
average may be placed on probarion, suspended, or dismissed from rhe degree program.
COMPLETION TIME
All requiremenrs for rhe Masrer of Science in Interacrion Design and Informarion
Archirecrure musr be complered wirhin seven years from formal acceprance into rhe program.
PREREQUISIUS
All IDIA courses require eirher a passing score on rhe Hypermedia Proficiency Exam or a
grade of B or berrer in PBDS 660 (Hypermedia: An Inrroducrion). See Program Oirecror
for derails abour rhe exam or ro regisrer for rhe course.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Complerion of rhe M.S. degree may be accomplished rhrough one of rwo plans:
Plan I, an oprion of 36 credirs and successful complerion of a rhesis for six credirs, for a
roral of 42 credi rs; or
Plan II, 36 credirs and successful complerion of a projecr for six credirs, for a roral of 42
credirs.
Core Curriculum
IOIA 610 Programming for Informarion Archirecrure (3)
IOIA 612 Interacrion and Inrerface Design (3)
IOIA 614 Sequential Visualizarion and Analysis (3)
IOIA 620 Informarion Culrure (3)
IOIA 630 Informarion Archirecrure (3)
IOIA 640 Humans, Compurers, and Cognirion (3)
IOIA 642 Research Merhods for Interacrion Oesign(3)
IOIA 730 Thesis/Projecr (6)
Elective Courses
Srudenrs musr rake five courses chosen from rhe following list. Subsrirurions or addirions
ro rhis lisr may be approved by rhe program direcror. For a current and comprehensive lisr,
consulr rhe Web sire: hrrp:lliar.ubalr.edu/idia.
109

Students may choose to concentrate their electives in one ofthe focus areas listed below, but they
are not required to do so.
Technical focus:
IDlA 616 Hypermedia Production (3)
IDlA 618 Dynamic Web Sites (3)
IDlA 619 Multimedia for the Internet (3)
IDlA 750 Special Topics (3)
INSS 610 Information System Techniques (3)
INSS 650 Telecommunications (3)
INSS 651 Database Management (3)
INSS 775 End-User Computing (3)
INSS 777 Human Factors in Information Systems (3)
PBDS 606 Creating Technical Documents (3)
Arts and Culture focus:
lOlA 624 Virtual Worlds: Simulation and Invention (3)
IDlA 750 Special Topics (3)
PBDS 540 Creative Concepts (3)
PBDS 600 Media Design (3)
PBDS 640 Design Strategies (3)
PBDS 646 Typography across Media (3)
PBDS 711 History ofCommunication (3)
PBDS 719 Imaging Information and Ideas (3)
Cognitive and Ethnographic focus:
APPL 603 Learning and Cognition (3)
APPL 810 Qualitative Research Methods (3)
IDlA 644 Ethnography of Digital Culture (3)
IDlA 750 Special Topics (3)
Management and Entrepreneurship focus:
FIN 797 Entrepreneurial Finance (3)
IDlA 750 Special Topics (3)
MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3)
MGMT 764 New Venture Creation (3)
MGMT 797 Intellectual Property Issues (3)
PBDS 708 Promotional Strategies (3)
PBDS 720 Digital Economy (3)
PBDS 754 Design Business Link (3)
PUAD 626 Information Resources Management (3)
PUAD 780 Public Information Management (3)
PUAD 789 Business Process Re-engineering (3)
110

Graduate Certificate in Information Design
Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Program Director
The Graduate Cerrificate in Information Design is intended for graphic designers, writers,
edi(Ors, publication managers, and other communication or information professionals
who wam (0 acquire demonstrable competence in the techniques and concepts required
for the emerging field of information architecture. By introducing students (0 the disciplines
ofgraphic design, psychology, information architecture and related fields, the program
prepares studems (0 construct an information space and (0 create a user experience
that balances the goals of the business, the coment colJection, and the needs of the users .
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) M.A.lM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of 3.0
2) A grade of B or bener in PBDS 660 (Introduction (0 Hypermedia) or a passing score
on the Hypermedia Proficiency Examination
3) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admissions
CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Each student must complete twO required courses plus twO elective courses. Students must
maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. Students failing (0 maintain a 3.0 average
may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program,
according (0 University policies.
Required Courses (6 credits)
lOlA 612/PBDS 662 Interaction and Interface Design
lOlA 642 Research Methods for Imeraction Design
Electives (6 credits)
For a comprehemive list ofapproved electives, see the Web site: http://raven.ubalt.edu/
certificates.
Graduate Certificate in New Media Publishing
Dr. Nancy Kaplan, Program Director
The Graduate Certificate in New Media Publishing is intended for graphic designers,
writers, edi(Ors, publication managers, and other communication professionals who want
(0 acquire demonstrable competence in the techniques and concepts required for publishing
in electronic media. Graduates will be prepared (0 develop, design, produce, and manage
a range of online and new media publications.
111

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1) M.A.IM.S. degree or 12 post-baccalaureate credits with a GPA of3.0
2) A grade of B or better in PBDS 660 (Introduction [0 Hypermedia) or a passing score
on the Hypermedia Proficiency Examination
3) Completion of the University Application for Graduate Admissions
CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
Each student must complete two required courses plus two elective courses. Students must
maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0. Students failing [0 maintain a 3.0 average
may be placed on probation, suspended, or dismissed from the certificate program,
according [0 University policies.
Required Courses (6 credits)
lOlA 612 I PB OS 662 Interaction and Interface Design
lOlA 616 I PBDS 664 Hypermedia Production
Electives (6 credits)
For a comprehensive list ofapproved electives, see the Web site: http://raven.ubalt.edu/
certificates
Doctor of Communications Design (DoCoDo)
Dr. Stuart Moulrhrop, Program Director
FACULTY: Members of the School of Communications Design, the School of
Information Arts and Technologies, and affiliated faculty in the Yale Gordon College of
Liberal Arts and the Merrick School of Business
The Doctor of Communications Design (D.C.D.) is joinrly administered by the Division
of English and Communications Design in the School of Communications Design and
the Division of Information Arts and Technologies in the School of Information Arts and
Technologies.
The D.C.D. is a first professional degree that prepares students [0 lead in the development
and application of digital information systems in commerce, culture and society.
Mulridisciplinary in structure, the program requires students to develop a number of skills
and perspectives. Students acquire advanced understanding of computing, networks, and
digital media on both practical and conceptual levels. Students are expected to develop
critical and analytical abilities based on a broad, historically informed understanding of
media development, and also to achieve proficiency in at least one area of digital production
or project development.
For more detailed information, please see "Programs Offered by the School of
Communications Design."
112

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE DIVISION OF LEGAL,
ETHICAL AND HISTORICAL STUDIES
Legal and Ethical Studies, Master ofArts
Dr. Jeffrey Sawyer, Program Director
FACULTY: Albrecht, Botes, Carney, Cohen, Eghbal, Elfenbein, Guy, Jacklin, Legon,
Middleton, Mulcahey, Sawyer, Walen, Wayne
ADJUNCT FACULTY: McDermitt
The graduate degree program in Legal and Ethical Studies, offered through the Division of
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies, is designed for students who are interested in the
graduate level study of law and ethics in a liberal arts setting. The curriculum emphasizes
practical applications, contemporary problems, and historical and philosophical perspectives.
All courses are in the evenings.
The curriculum is divided into three general areas. First, introductory courses provide
students with a foundation for advanced study and for the development of research and
writing skills. Second, advanced courses focus on basic concepts and contemporary issues
in particular areas oflaw, philosophy, and historical inquiry. Third, students may take several
electives in other graduate programs for the purpose of broadening or deepening their
knowledge, or exploring other disciplines related to their educational objectives.
The program is most appropriate for the student who is motivated by intellectual interest
as well as career goals. * Courses emphasize the connections berween knowledge and
practice. The curriculum serves the serious student aiming for a liberal arts master's degree,
while also serving career-oriented students with a desire for graduate courses in specialized
areas such as business-related law, real property, professional ethics, family law and public
policy, constitutional issues and contemporary debates, administrative law and organization,
legal and ethical issues in health care, wills and trusts, and legal and constitutional
history. Advanced students may enroll in specific courses in the School of Law, School of
Business, and other College of Liberal Arts graduate programs such as Criminal Justice,
Public Administration, and Applied Psychology; permission from the appropriate instructors
and administrators is required. Students interested in alternative dispute resolution
and in any of the areas ofarbitration, mediation, and negotiation should solicit the advice
of the Program Director concerning appropriate courses.
*Please note: The Legal and Ethical Studies program makes many students more competitive
for law school admission, but does not qualifY students for admission to or
advanced standing in the University of Baltimore's School of Law. The program
does not lead to formal certification as a paralegal, nor does it qualifY students for the
Maryland State Bar Examination.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The requirements include a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university,
earned with a grade point average of 3.0 or better. Individuals with lower grade point averages
may be admitted on a conditional basis with the approval of the director. Application
forms and information can be obtained from the Admissions Office.
113

With the approval of the director, individuals who are not interested in the degree program
but who would like to enroll in one or more courses may be admitted upon submission
of an application with a written statement of purpose explaining their reasons for
taking the course and providing a resume of relevant qualifications. If interested in receiving
credits, non-degree students will be graded on the same basis as degree-seeking Students.
Please note: Courses are usually available in the summer, bur students must enter the
program in the fall or spring term.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS
A maximum ofsix credits earned in related courses may be transferred from other accredited
graduate programs with the approval of the graduate program director.
FOUNDATION COURSES
After being admitted, students are required to complete the following 15 credits of foundation
course work:
LEST 500 Legal Research (3)
LEST 50 I Legal and Ethical Foundations (3)
LEST 506 Historical Perspectives (3)
LEST 507 Legal and Ethical Arguments (3)
LEST 508 Law and Morality (3)
ADVANCED COURSES
Students then complete 18 credits of advanced course work. Students must take at least
one course from the Principles in Action group, and at least one course from the Problems
and Perspectives group. Students may take up to nine credits from other graduate programs,
on a selective basis and with the approval of the director.
Principles in Action (3 credits minimum)
LEST 603 Law of Contracts (3)
LEST 604 Law of Business Organizations (3)
LEST 605 Topics of Law (3)
LEST 606 Family Law (3)
LEST 607 Real Property (3)
LEST 608 Wills and Trusts (3)
LEST 612 Health Law (3)
LEST 613 Products Liability Law (3)
LEST 614 Tons (3)
Problems and Perspectives (3 credits minimum)
LEST 600 Advanced Research (3)
LEST 60 I Ethics and Advocacy (3)
LEST 602 World Legal Systems (3)
LEST 610 Special Topics (3)
LEST 620 Philosophy of Law (3)
LEST 624 Professional Ethics (3)
LEST 629 Lawyers as Villains in Literature and Film (3)
LEST 630 Law and History Seminar (3)
114

Electives (9 credits maximum)
With the approval of the program director, students may take up to nine credits ofgraduate
course work in any other division of the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts, in the
School of Law,* or in the Merrick School of Business. Some suggested electives are:
LAW 837 Civil Liberties
LAW 854 Environmental Law
CRJU 645 Constitutional Law
CRJU 705 Juvenile Justice
PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical Environment of Public Administration
PUAD 740 Administrative Law and Regulation
* Please note: Students who enroll in School ofLaw courses are subject to the following
stipulations:
1) They must obtain permission to enroll from the law school instructor, the Associate
Dean of the Law School, and the director of the Legal and Ethical Studies program
2) While enrolled the student is subject to the course requirements and grading procedures
of the School of Law.
3) No more than six credits may be completed in courses offered in the School of Law.
Negotiations and Conflict Management, Master ofScience
Dr. Donald Mulcahey, Program Director
FACULTY: Selected faculty from the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts, the Merrick
School of Business and the School of Law
The M.S. in Negotiations and Conflict Management is a 42-credit program designed to
prepare students for professional careers in the field of negotiations and conflict management.
Although it is administered by the Division of Legal, Ethical, and Historical
Studies, the program is intensely interdisciplinary. The curriculum draws upon the courses
and expertise of all three of the Universiry's academic units: the School of Law, the
Merrick School of Business and the Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts.
In addition to specialized courses in conflict theory and methods of dispute prevention
and resolution, the program requires courses in a variety of disciplines that provide a specific
focus on the contextual serrings in which conflicts and disputes arise, and on the
potential alternatives for resolution or serrlement in that context. The infusion of/egal,
business, social science, and humanities perspectives into this program is designed to challenge
students to gain a broad and rich understanding ofconflict and conflict management.
Such understanding enhances their abiliry to develop successful careers in this
rapidly growing field of scholarship and professional practice, which spans both the public
and private sectors.
115

Comprised of theoretical and practical components designed to enhance students'
understanding ofconflict and their ability to manage it effectively in a variety ofcontextual
settings, the program requirements lead the student through three levels of coursework
and experience, as below:
Level One - a series of three-credit Core Courses that introduce the field and enable
students to develop the skills necessary for a career in the field.
Level Two - a series ofAdvanced Perspective Courses and Electives that deepen the
student's appreciation of the impact of the contextual setting on the nature, prevention
and resolution of conflict, and promote an understanding of the distinction between conflict
settlement and conflict resolution. When appropriate, Special Topics courses in various
disciplines may be taken. Although some overlap is inevitable, Level Two courses are
categorized according to their focus on one of three distinct perspectives: Individual and
Interpersonal perspectives; Managerial and Governmental perspectives; and Cultural,
Ethical and Policy perspectives.
Level Three - the Capstone Experience, which consists of two components: a clinical
experience; and a reflective paper that integrates theory and practice, and equips the student
with a well thought-out approach to future involvement and professional practice in
the field.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Applicants who have earned a bachelor's degree with a GPA of 3.0 or better from an
accredited institution are eligible for unconditional admission to the program. Applicants
must also submit a written personal statement, summarizing their experience and/or interest
in the field, and they may also be required to obtain letters of recommendation and to
meet with the program director.
Applicants who do not meet the 3.0 GPA requirement may be eligible for conditional
admission. Conditional admission is a probationary statuS affording those admitted in this
category the opportunity to demonstrate performance sufficient to succeed in the program.
Upon completion of 12 credits in the program, conditional students who have
achieved the requisite 3.0 GPA are admitted unconditionally.
PROGRAM SEQUENCE
Level One - Core Courses (18 credits)
CNCM 500 Methods of Research (3)
CNCM 506 Understanding and Assessing Conflict (3)
CNCM 508 Approaches to Managing Conflict/Methods of Dispute Resolution (3)
CNCM 513 Negotiations: Theory and Practice (3)
CNCM 515 Mediation: Theory and Practice
CNCM 517 Arbiuation:Theory and Practice (3)
Level Two - Advanced Perspective Courses (9 credits)
Select one coursefrom each ofthe foLlowing three groupings:
IndividuaL and InterpersonaL Perspectives
APPL 604 Interviewing (3)
APPL 605 Advanced Theories of Personality (3)
APPL 612 Human Relations (3)
APPL 662 Seminar in Organizational Psychology (3)
116

CRJU702
INSS 797
LAW 651
LAW 652
LAW 805
LAW 813
LAW 817
LAW 827
LAW 832
LAW 850
LEST 603
LEST 606
PUAD705
PUAD705
SOCI 605
The Victim: Crime Victims and Society (3)
Topics: Game Theory (3)
Evidence (3)
Professional Responsibility (3)
Collective Bargaining (3)
Interviewing, Negotiating and Counseling (3)
Litigation Process (3)
Domestic Relations Workshop (3)
Mediation Skills (3)
Alternative Dispute Resolution Seminar (3)
Law of Contracts (3)
Family Law (3)
Special Topics: Bargaining and Negotiation (3)
Special Topics: Judgement and Decision Making (3)
Human Services Throughout the Life Cycle (3)
ManageriaL and GovernmmtaL Perspectives
APPL641
APPL 646
APPL650
CRJU 640
CRJU 642
ECON 504
ECON765
MGMT504
MGMT710
MGMT725
MGMT750
MGMT760
MGMT765
MGMT797
PUAD731
SOCI601
SOCI682
Behavioral Factors (3)
Employment Law in Human Resource Management (3)
Work Groups in Organizations (3)
Managing Police Organizations (3)
Managing Correctional Institutions (3)
Economics (3)
The Health Services Systems (3)
Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management (3)
Human Resource Management (3)
Conflict Management and Dispute Resolution in the Workplace (3)
Labor Management Relations(3)
Organizational Creativity, Change and Conflict (3)
Management of Health Care Organizations and Professionals (3)
Special Topics in Management (3)
Public Employee Union Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3)
Community Organization of Human Services (3)
Sociology ofWork and Organizations
CuLtural EthicaL and Policy Perspectives
APPL 624 Psychology and the Law (3)
APPL 643 Advanced Social Psychology (3)
CRJU 610 Administration of Social Justice (3)
CRJU 631 Policing and Society (3)
CRJU 713 Seminar in Judicial Administration (3)
ECON 640 Global and Domestic Business Environment (3)
LAW 604 Criminal Law (3)
LAW 719 Environmental Law (3)
LAW 763 Sports Law (3)
LAW 764 Weclands Law (3)
LEST 507 Legal and Ethical Arguments (3)
LEST 508 Law and Morality (3)
LEST 605 Special Topics (3)
117

LEST 624 Professional Ethics (3)
MGMT712 Employment Law (3)
PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care (3)
PUAD 761 Environmental Policy and Administration (3)
SOCI 606 Sociology ofWelfare/Public Assistance (3)
SOCI 655 Seminar on Race and Ethnic Relations (3)
Electives (9 credits)
Take any three additional courses from the Advanced Perspectives courses.
Level Three - CNCM 798 Capstone Course (6 credits)
In concert with the program direcror, the student selects an appropriate internship/clinical
experience and develops a written expression ofwhat has been learned. This paper provides
an opporruniry for the student ro integrate his or her knowledge and experience, and
to develop a thoughtful philosophy and approach ro practice in the field.
Combined Program, J.D. and M.S. in Negotiations and
Conflict Management (J.D.lM.S.)
Dr. Donald Mulcahey, Program Director
Tony Torain, Assistant Dean, Law School
The Universiry of Baltimore School of Law and the Yale Gordon College of Liberals Arts
offers students the opportuniry to earn the Juris Doctor O.D.) and M.S. in Negotiations
and Conflict Management degrees through a combined program that accelerated their
progress. Participants must complete 81 law credits and 33 (rather than 42) master's credits
to receive the J .D.lM.S. in Negotiations and Conflict Management. The majoriry of
the work for the master's degree is completed during the last two years oflaw school.
Thus, it's important that students taking this route secure admission to the School of Law
very early in their master's studies (or before). For information, contact the Direcror of the
M.S. in Negotiations and Conflict Management or the Assistant Dean of Student Affairs
in the Law School.
ll8

PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS
Public Administration, Master of (M.PA..)
Dr. Daniel W. Martin, Program Director
FACULTY: Darling, Downey, Duranr, Galbraith, Gawthrop, Haynes, Henderson,
Lippincott, Lyles, Martin, Radin, Stenberg, Swaim, Thomas, Wilson-Genrry.
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Brown (affiliate), Qualls (affiliate), Wilson.
The Master of Public Administration (M .P.A.) is a two-year professional degree offered by
the Division of Governmenr and Public Administration, School of Public Affairs. The
program is designed to provide graduate education for persons currently holding or seeking
administrative careers in the public sector or nonprofit organizations. Studenrs with all
types of undergraduate backgrounds are considered for admission.
The objective of the program is to educate administrative generalists. Based on this
premise, the course ofstudy is designed to improve the studenr's understanding of the
political and legal environmenr in which public managers function, to enhance knowledge
of managerial processes and organizational behavior, and to improve skills in research
methods and quantitative techniques.
The program is structured to prepare studenrs for administrative positions in agencies
and departmenrs at all levels of governmenr and in private, nonprofit organizations. The
M.P.A. program also is designed to:
1) increase the promotional potenrial of in-service personnel;
2) prepare students for further graduate study in doctor of philosophy and doctor of public
administration programs;
3) provide pre-service students with on-the-job training through an internship program;
4) allow studenrs to participate in the University of Baltimore's combined Juris
Doctor/Master of Public Administration Program; and,
5) offer students the opportunity to earn the M.P.A. degree and the Ph.D. degree in cooperation
with University of Maryland Baltimore County.
NASPAA ACCREDITATION
The University of Baltimore's Master of Public Administration program is accredited by
the National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration (NASPAA).
Programs seeking NASPAA accreditation must undergo a lengthy evaluation involving a
detailed self-study, a site visit, and an examination by a peer group review committee comprising
NASPAA members from other universities.
The evaluation is based on the following criteria: quality of faculty, conrent of the curriculum,
policies for admission, library and computer facilities, and placement opportunities
for studenrs.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The M.P.A. program requires students to complete 42 credits ofgraduate coursework.
A student may graduate with Cs (2. 0) or lower in no more than two core courses.
119

Students with little or no public sector work experience must successfully complete a
three-credit internship. Students who have been employed for more than one year as midlevel
managers, supervisors, systems analysts, personnel specialists, budget examiners, or in
similar managerial positions are not required to complete an internship.
All requirements for the M.P.A. degree must be completed within seven calendar years
after admission. The requirements for completion of the M.P.A. degree are those listed in
the catalog which is current at the time the student enters the program.
The M.P.A. program also requires all incoming students to be computer literate. This
can be demonstrated by passing an examination on the subject matter. The School of
Public Affairs offers a series ofapproved workshops to help prepare students for the exam.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
To be considered for admission to the M.P.A. program, an applicant must have obtained a
bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited university or college and meet the admissions
criteria of the School of Public Affairs.
Application materials may be obtained from the Admissions Office. The completed
application form , the application fee, letters of recommendation and official transcripts of
all prior college work must be submitted to the Admissions Office. GRE scores, when supplied
voluntarily or requested, and other relevant materials must be sent directly to the
program director.
Applicants may be admitted to the program in two different categories - unconditional
degree students and conditional degree students.
Unconditional Degree Students
Applicants who have achieved at least a 3.0 grade point average (B average) while completing
their undergraduate degree or have 12 graduate credits with a B average may be admitted
as unconditional students. Applicants are also required to submit three letters of
recommendation that assess a student's academic and career potentials. Students who fail
to meet this standard may apply for conditional admission.
Conditional Degree Students
Students with less than a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or less than a 3.0 graduate
grade point average (if transferring into the M.P.A. program) may be granted conditional
admission by demonstrating the potential to do graduate work. The program director will
evaluate a combination of indicators of potential graduate level success, including
Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores; grade point average from the last two years
of undergraduate work; current employment status; letters of recommendation and/or
interview with applicant.
The above indicators provide flexibility in evaluating students who have been out of
school for several years or who have demonstrated professional competence and the ability
to undertake graduate-level studies. In the case ofpracticing administrators, a record of
accomplishment in administrative performance will be considered in combination with
the above criteria. Students admitted on a conditional basis will be granted unconditional
status upon completion of 12 specified hours ofgraduate course work with a B average.
Students who fail to do so will be dismissed from the M.P.A. program.
120

CURRICULUM
The M.P.A. 42-credit curriculum is divided into Core and Specialization courses. Core
courses, which are required ofall students, are designed to provide a general background
in administrative theory, public policy, and program management; an understanding of
the ethics, role, and methods of public administrators in achieving policy objectives; a
thorough knowledge of the political, economic, and legal processes which affect administrators;
and specialized training in research methods, management information systems,
and quantitative techniques. There is no strict sequencing ofcore courses; however, it is recommended
that students take the following courses early in their program: PUAD 621, PUAD,
623, PUAD 624, PUAD 625, and PUAD 627.
Core Courses (33 credits required)
Take the following 11 courses:
PUAD 621 Public Personnel and Human Resource Management (3)
PUAD 622 Public Budgeting and Fiscal Administration (3)
PUAD 623 Bureaucracy and the Political Process (3)
PUAD 624 Public Organization Theory (3)
PUAD 625 Innovations in Public Management (3)
PUAD 626 Information Resource Management in Public Administration (3)
PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical Environment of Public Administration (3)
PUAD 628 Statistical Applications in Public Administration (3)
PUAD 629 Public Program Evaluation (3)*
PUAD 630 Analytical Techniques in Public Administration (3)*
PUAD 798 Problem Solving Seminar in Public Administration (3)**
*PUAD 628 is a prerequisite to PUAD 629 & 630.
**Students will not be permitted to take PUAD 798 unless they have a 3.00 cumulative
C.P.A., or higher, have completed all core courses, except PUAD 626, by the start ofthe course,
and have the permission ofthe program director.
Specializations (9 credits required)
Upon completion of the core courses, students are required to choose an area of
specialization based upon their personal interests and career objectives within public
administration or within another graduate program offered by the University of
Baltimore, e.g., applied psychology, criminal justice, legal and ethical studies, or business.
Specializations outside of public administration must be developed in consultation with
the student's M.P.A. faculty adviser and approved by the M.P.A. program director. A student
is required to complete at least nine credits of electives within the specialization of
his/her choice (for pre-service students, an internship in their specialization can serve as
part of the nine credits).
Within public administration, the possible areas ofspecialization are: public policy
administration, health care administration, budgeting and fiscal administration, and public
and nonprofit management. (The courses which comprise these specializations come
from both public administration and other graduate programs at the University of
Baltimore; for a listing of the courses included in these specializations, see the M.P.A.
Student Handbook.) These specializations provide instruction in important subject areas
and respond to the career interests ofstudents in the M.P.A. program. The areas ofspecialization
are as follows:
121

Public Policy and Administration
This specialization covers a variety of issue areas in the field of public administration. The
course work provides students with knowledge in the formulation, implementation, and
evaluation of public policies. Students in this area would most likely seek employment in a
public agency which operates within the domain of their substantive policy fields.
Health Care Policy and Administration
This specialization provides students with an understanding of major administrative concerns
in the health field, including the roles of managed care programs, financing the
health care system, health care planning, and strategic planning for health care. It includes
courses on health administration, health policy, health systems, health finance, managed
care administration, and strategic health care evaluation. The program is designed for
those seeking advancement in or preparing for a career in public or private health care
organizations.
Budgeting and Fiscal Administration
This specialization covers the governmental budgeting process, the techniques of budget
analysis, and fiscal management. It also includes courses which deal with accounting, public
finance, public economics, cost-benefit analysis, and taxation policy. This specialization
is designed for students who currently hold or anticipate taking a position as a budget analyst
in a governmental agency.
Public Information Management
This specialization provides students with knowledge of the major issues surrounding the
role of information in government senings and the application of information technology
in public and nonprofit organizations. It explores problems of governance, financing,
strategic planning, organizational design, and policy at government-wide, agency, and
department levels. This specialization also provides training in techniques useful for specific
project design, planning, and implementation. The increasingly broad application of
information resource management and information technology makes this specialization
of interest to those seeking advancement in, or preparing for, careers in a wide variety of
public and nonprofit program areas.
Public and Nonprofit Management
This specialization deals with the processes by which public agencies and nonprofit organizations
are structured and managed. Fundamental management issues such as planning,
decision-making, COntrol, leadership, personnel motivation, and ethics are examined. It
also includes courses on organizational design, organizational change, and organizational
conflict. Srudents who are interested in nonprofit management can explore topics such as
risk management, managing volunteers, and board management. This specialization is
designed for students who presently administer or envision administering programs in the
public or not-for-profit sectors.
Elective Courses
Students must complete their credit requirement either by taking elective courses in public
administration or by selecting courses in some other appropriate University of Baltimore
graduate program. All elective coursework must be approved by the student's faculty
adviser and the M.P.A. program director.
122

The following is a list ofelective courses available in public administration:
PUAD 701
PUAD 702
PUAD 703
PUAD 705
PUAD 708
PUAD 709
PUAD 720
PUAD 730
PUAD 731
PUAD 732
PUAD 740
PUAD 750
PUAD 751
PUAD 752
PUAD 755
PUAD756
PUAD 757
PUAD760
PUAD761
PUAD 763
PUAD 764
PUAD 770
PUAD 775
PUAD 777
PUAD 780
PUAD 781
PUAD 785
PUAD 786
PUAD789
PUAD 795
PUAD 797
Public Administration and Public Finance (3)
Public Financial Management (3)
Urban Management (3)
Special Topics in Public Administration (3)
Government and Aging (3)
Individual Research (1-4)
Urban Politics and Policy Planning (3)
State and Local Personnel Management (3)
Public Employee Union Labor Relations and Collective Bargaining (3)
Leadership and Organizational Change (3)
Administrative Law (3)
Health Care Systems, Organization, and Management (3)
Policy Issues in Health Care (3)
Special Topics in Public Health Administration (3)
Health Administration (3)
Managed Care Administration (3)
Strategic Management for Health Care (3)
Regulatory Policy and Administration (3)
Environmental Policy and Administration (3)
Public Policy Making (3)
Public Policy Implementation (3)
Government-Business Cooperation in Community Development (3)
Intergovernmental Administration (3)
Political Economy of Nonprofit Organizations (3)
Public Information Management and Policy Issues (3)
Information Technology: Public Sector Applications (3)
Public Sector Performance Measurement (3)
Activity-Based Costing for Public Administration (3)
Business Process Re-Engineering in the Public Sector (3)
Advanced Quantitative Techniques in Public Administration (3)
Nonprofit Management: Applied Skills Seminar ( I )
INURNSHIP
An essential part of the program is a three-credit internship for students who lack significant
public sector work experience. Internships are designed to enable the student to gain
practical experience as a productive member of a governmental or nonprofit organization.
There are numerous opportunities in the Baltimore-Washington area for internships in
federal, State, county, city, or nonprofit agencies.
TRANSFER CREDIT
A maximum of 12 graduate credits may be applied toward the M.P.A. degree for relevant
graduate courses completed at other regionally accredited colleges or universities with the
approval of the M.P.A. program director.
123

Combined Program, J.D. and M.P.A.
in Public Administration (J.D.lM.P.A.)
Dr. Daniel W. Marrin, Program Director
Tony Torain, Assistant Dean, School ofLaw
The University of Baltimore School of Law and the School of Public Affairs offer students
the opportunity to obtain Juris Doctor 0.0.) and Master of Public Administration
(M.P.A.) degrees by completing an integrated sequence ofcourses over a three- to fouryear
period.
Students seeking the combined degree will find their training useful in managerial and
legal positions in federal, state, or local government agencies, and in not-for-profit or
quasi-governmental organizations. Students in the combined program will be required to
complete a minimum of90 credits in law school and a minimum of 42 credits in the
M.P.A. program . However, the School of Law recognizes nine credits of the M.P.A. core
requirements as transferable to its program, and the M.P.A. program reciprocally allows
the transfer of 12 credits of law school courses to satisfY course requirements in its program.
Specifically, the M.P.A. program agrees to waive PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical
Environment of Public Administration for students in the combined program as well as
nine additional credit hours.
Thus, students who are admitted to this program have the opportunity to obtain both
the J.D. degree and the M.P.A. degree for 18 fewer credits than would be required were
the rwo degrees obtained independently. All other requirements for the J.D. degree apply
to students in this program.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Applicants for the joint program must meet the admissions standards of both the School of
Law and the School of Public Affairs. Students can enter the combined program after having
enrolled in either the J.D. or M.P.A. program. To obtain the full benefit of the creditsharing
under the combined program, Public Administration students should enter the law
school program no later than after the completion of 15 credits in the M.P.A. program.
LAW SCHOOL CRITERIA
Admission to the School of Law is determined by the Committee on Admissions, which
bases its decisions on a variety of factors. This committee, which is composed of members
of the faculty, the Associate Dean for Admissions, and student representatives, evaluates all
material in an applicant's file but places substantial emphasis on the cumulative undergraduate
grade point average and the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) score. In most
cases, a combination of these criteria will be sufficient for the admissions decision.
The committee also recognizes non-traditional factors that may be relevant in determining
the applicant's ability to complete law school successfully. The committee seeks to
include persons of diverse racial, ethnic, and cultural backgrounds. It considers the level
of difficulty of the undergraduate field ofstudy, graduate degrees, and other indications
not susceptible to measurement by traditional academic criteria, such as demonstrated
ability to overcome adversity. individual achievement. motivation, work experience. and
character.
124

ADVISEMENT
Responsibility for the overall adminisrrarion of rhe combined ].D.lM.P.A. program is
vesred in rhe assisram dean in rhe School of Law and the M.P.A. program direc(Of. Ifa srudem
has any imeresr in rhe program, rhe firsr srep is (0 ralk (0 the assisram dean of rhe
School of Law. The M.P.A. program direc(Or is available for program and academic advisemem
during regular office hours.
Applicarion marerials for admission (0 rhe combined program may be obrained from
rhe direc(Or of law school admissions and rhe assisram direc(Or ofgraduare admissions.
The law school applicarion form should be complered and rerurned (0 rhe direc(Or of law
school admissions, (Ogerher with a $35 nonrefundable applicarion fee and an applicarion
marching card from rhe Law School Admission Services (LSAS) packer. All firsr-year
appJicanrs musr rake rhe Law School Admissions Tesr (LSAT), and regisrer with rhe Law
School Daca Assembly Service (LSDAS). A rranscripr from each college and university
arrended musr be submirred (0 LSDAS, which will prepare an official candid are's repon
comaining rhe LSAT resr score, rranscriprs, and compucarion of a uniform undergraduare
grade poim average, for use by rhe law school in evaluaring rhe appJicarion.
Applicarion marerials for admission (0 rhe M.P.A. program may be obrained from the
Admissions Office. The complered applicarion form, rhe applicarion fee, and official rranscriprs
of all prior college work musr be submirred (0 rhe Office ofAdmissions. Lerrers of
recommendarion, job resume and orher relevam marerials should also be sem direcdy (0
rhe Admissions Office.
No srudem will be considered for admission (0 rhe combined ].D.lM.P.A. program
umi! rhe Law School Admissions Commirree has acred favorably. Candidares are, however,
encouraged (0 file applicarions (0 borh programs concurrendy.
M.P.A. CRITERIA
Admission (0 the M.P.A. program is derermined by rhe program direc(Or and/or
Admissions Commirree. Srudems may be admirred (0 the program in cwo differem caregories.
A srudem with a degree from an accredired college or university who has mainrained
ar leasr a 3.0 grade poim average during undergraduare work or who holds a
masrer's degree from an accredired college or university is gran red admission as an uncondirional
degree srudem. Srudems who fail (0 meer these srandards may apply for condirional
admission.
Condirional admission allows srudents who can demonsrrare rhe ability (0 do graduarelevel
work the opponunity (0 enroll in the M.P.A. program. To derermine the srudem's
ability (0 perform graduare-Ievel work, rhe M.P.A. program direc(Or evaluares a combinarion
of indica(Ors, including:
1) Craduare Record Examinarions scores;
2) academic success in rhe srudem's undergraduare major (based upon CPA in major);
3) currem employmem scarus;
4) ierrers of recommendarion rhar assess rhe applicanr's academic and career poremial;
and,
5) imerview with the applicanr.
These indica(Ors provide flexibility in evaluaring srudems who have been our of school
for several years or who have demonsrrared professional comperence and rhe ability (0
underrake graduare-level srudies. Srudems admirred on a condirional basis are gran red
uncondirional srarus upon complerion of 12 specified hours of graduare course work if
rhey have maimained a B average and receive no more rhan one C in rhe specified courses.
Srudems who faiJ (0 do so are dismissed from rhe M.P.A. program.
125

CURRICULUM
The J .D.lM.P.A. curriculum is divided into required and elective courses for a total of III
credirs. Srudents must successfully complete 52 credirs of required law courses, in addition
to fulfilling me upper-level writing and upper-level advocacy requirements. They must
also successfully complete 30 credits of required M.P.A. courses.
Under this program, srudents begin work on their master's degree the summer preceding
the beginning of their law school career. Most, if not all, of me work toward the master's
degree is completed during me various summer semesters bur in no event maya
srudent take courses wimin the master's program during me fall and spring semesters of
the first year of law school.
Public Administration, Doctor of (D.P..A.)
Dr. Beryl A. Radin, Program Director
FACULTY: Darling, Downey, Durant, Galbraith, Gawthrop, Haynes, Henderson,
Lippinco((, Lyles, Marrin, Stenberg, Swaim, Thomas, Wilson-Gentry
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Brown (affiliate), Qualls (affiliate)
DESCRIPTION
The Doctorate of Public Administration (D.P.A.) at the University of Baltimore is an
applied degree program dedicated to providing in-service public and quasi-public managers
wim me substantive skills, knowledge, and values that are needed to direct me public
service in me 21st century. In our evolving public sector environment, high level managers
need skills in me political arena, and mey need to be able to reflect on their roles in a democratic
society and to understand the ethical requirements of operating in me public trust.
Also, to an increasing degree they need me skills to enable their agencies and subordinates
to seek measurable goals based on me defined needs of meir relevant stakeholders.
They need to be able to generate measures of outcomes mey provide to meir target audiences,
and to interpret and explain mose ourcomes to their stakeholders. Furthermore,
they need to be able to anticipate changes in their environment, and to have me flexibility
and the skills to adapt their programs so mey can continue to meet stakeholder needs.
To accomplish those goals, me D.P.A. curriculum is structured in me following manner:
• core courses on the meoretical and historical foundations of me field, providing a context
in which the modern emphasis on strategic management techniques evolved;
• core courses on statistical techniques, program evaluation, and analytical techniques;
• core courses on decision-making techniques, financial analysis, and the interpersonal
and social skills required to communicate organizational goals and performance standards;
and,
• a final project in which the skills described above are applied to an analysis of an existing
public or quasi-public agency.
126

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
To be considered for admission to the D.P.A. program, an applicant must have obtained a
master's degree from a regionally accredited university or college and meet the admissions
criteria of the School of Public Affairs. All admissions decisions are made by the D. P.A.
Admissions Committee, which is composed of selected members of the faculty who teach
in the program. Application materials may be obtained from the Admissions Office of the
University.
Completed application packets must be submitted to the University by April 1 preceding
admission for the Fall semester. Completed application packets contain:
1) the completed application form with the application fee;
2) three letters of recommendation, at least one of which should be from someone familiar
with the applicant's academic potential;
3) a resume showing significant managerial experience (a typical student will have at least
5 to 10 years of significant management or related experience);
4) a personal statement of at least 1000 words explaining the applicant's general philosophy
of management and reason for pursuing this degree; and,
5) scores from the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or, with the Director's permission,
scores from another similar examination.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Students are expected to bring to the D.P.A. program a master's degree in public administration
or a related discipline, and enough managerial experience to understand the basics
of budgeting, human resources, and related managerial functions. To the extent that the
D.P.A. program director determines that the incoming student is deficient in some of the
basics needed to perform well in doctoral-level core courses, one or more M.P.A. core
courses (see relevant section of this catalog) might be required as prerequisites. The
requirements for the D.P.A. must be completed within seven academic years.
Core Courses (24 credits required)
PUAD 810 Foundations of Public Administration
PUAD 811 Strategic Management in the Public Sector
PUAD 813 Advanced Quantitative Techniques in Public Administration
PUAD 814 Program Implementation
PUAD 815 Public Sector Financial Analysis
PUAD 816 Advanced Public Sector Management and Decision Techniques, and
PUAD 81 7 Public Management Skills Seminar
PUAD 824 Organizational Theory or
PUAD 875 Federalism and Intergovernmental Relations
Specialization Courses (12 credits required)
AlL students must completeJour courses in a specialized field. Student requestsJor substitute specialization
areas will be considered based on the academic soundness ofthe proposal and course
availability. Current specializations are as Jollows:
Program Administration
PUAD 701
PUAD 702
PUAD 730
PUAD 731
PUAD 732
Public AdminiStration and Public Finance
Public Financial Management
State and Local Personnel Management
Public Sector Unionism and Collective Bargaining
Leadership and Organizational Change
127

PUAD775 Intergovernmental Administration
PUAD785 Public Sector Performance Measurement
PUAD786 Activity-Based Costing and Management for Public Administrators
PUAD789 Business Process Re-engineering in the Public Secror
Public Sector Information Resource Management
PUAD 780 Public Information Management: Organizational and Policy Issues
PUAD 781 Information Technology: Public Sector Applications
INSS 650 Telecommunications
Take one ofthe following two courses:
INSS 651 Database Management
INSS 738 Advanced Database Management Systems
Take one ofthe following two courses:
INSS 671 System Analysis and Design
INSS 739 System Analysis and Design: Tools and Techniques
PUAD 812 Advanced Information Resources Management
Administration ofJustice
CRjU 615 Criminal Justice Planning/Systems Applications
CRjU 640 Managing Police Organizations
CRjU 742 Managing Correctional Organizations
CRjU 703 Seminar in Criminal Justice
CRjU 611 Contemporary Corrections
CRjU 713 Seminar in Judicial Administration
Competency Tests in Computer Technology and in Statistics
Early in their programs, students must pass examinations offered by the School of Public
Affairs to demonstrate competence in the use of selected computer technology and in statistics.
Satisfactory performance in these examinations may be prerequisites ro some
courses.
Final Project/Organizational Analysis (6 credits)
Two requirements must be completed prior to the student beginning work on his/her findl
project:
The final written project has three primary purposes. First, it affords students an opportunity
to demonstrate to the faculty's satisfaction their ability to apply the theoretical, substantive,
practical, and methodological knowledge, skills, and values acquired during their
coursework in the D.P.A. program. Second, the project affords students an opportunity to
apply what they have learned to a topic that not only has personal and professional meaning
to them, but also advances the quality of the practice of public administration in policy
or program areas in their organizations. Third, the project affords students an
opportunity to step back from their everyday experience, place that experience within the
larger context of public administration practice and theory, and leaven the quality of public
administration practice, knowledge, and theory more generally.
A successfully completed final project, thus, has three components: it deals with a topic
of interest to the student; it explicitly addresses and is related to core problems and enduring
questions of public administration broadly defined; and it studies the topic in methodologically
rigorous ways. Topics meeting these criteria may come from, but are not limited
128

to, issues oforganizational dynamics, diagnosis, and prescription; program or policy planning,
development, implementation, and evaluation; and the legal, ethical, and political
implications of public management. The faculty is less concerned about the specific
methodology (qualitative, quantitative, or both) used to study the topic than it is about the
quality of analysis employed, the topic's relationship to substamively important research
questions in the field of public administration, and the project's potential or actual contribution
to improving public administration practice, understanding, and theory.
Students employed in public or not-for-profit agencies may focus their analyses on the
operations of their own organization. They may also, or conjointly, address research questions
dealing with other organizations affecting or affected by, their organization's programs
or policies. Alternatively, students not presently employed in either public or
not-for-profit agencies, those looking for a career change or expertise in another policy
area, or those merely interested in exploring research questions outside their organization's
responsibilities, are encouraged to pursue their interests wherever they may lead in public
administration.
The process ofcompleting the final project begins with the student developing a
research project ptospectus that is defended orally before a three-person faculty committee.
Led by a chair of the committee (typically, the student's major professor), and comprised
of faculty members selected for their expertise in the substantive and/or
methodological focus of the project, the committee will approve, approve with minor
modifications, or disapprove the project subject to significant revision. In particular cases,
membership on the committee may include a faculty member(s) from outside the
Division of Public Administration (including, more rarely, faculty members from other
institutions). However, the chair of the committee must be a Division member and
Division faculty must constitute a majority of the committee.
A student may nOt proceed with the final project until the prospectus has been
approved by the committee. Students are advised to begin thinking about the composition
of the project committee as early as possible. While students also should begin as early as
possible to think about possible topics for the final project and to discuss their ideas with
their major professor and potential faculty members, the formal prospectus defense occurs
only after all coursework is completed.
TRANSFER CREDITS
A maximum of 12 graduate credits may be applied toward the D.PA. degree for relevant
graduate courses completed at other regionally accredited colleges or universities with the
approval of the D .PA. program director. In no cases can transfer credits be used to reduce
degree requirements to fewer than 42 credits beyond the student's Master's degree(s).
SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS
Students who complete six credit hours coward the Doctorate of Public Administration
(core and/or elective courses) and who have a grade point average below 3.0 will be placed
on probation. Such students have six additional hours to recover at least a 3.0 grade point
average, or they will be academically dismissed from the program. Within the D .PA. program,
no course may be repeated for the purpose ofsubstituting for an earlier grade in the
same course. These provisions supercede the more general college provisions stated elsewhere
in this catalog.
129

Health Systems Management, Master ofScience
Dr. Ronald Lippincott, Acting Director
FACULTY: Andrea, Bento, Ford, Galbraith, Lippincott, Lyles
ADJUNCT FACULTY: Acari, D'Annunzio, DiFranco, Gillingham, Heimall,
Huddleston, Kaelin, Laopodis, Roquemore
The M .S. in Health Systems Management program is designed to provide graduate education
for careers in health systems administration. Through a comprehensive program of
quantitative and qualitative approaches to health systems management, students will
obtain balanced professional development in the core disciplines of management including
finance, epidemiology, quantitative methods, organization behavior, ethics, law and
information systems. One of this program's strengths is its focus on multi-disciplinary
approaches, employing concepts and experiences from political, socio-cultural, financial
and administrative disciplines.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The M .S. in Health Systems Management requires students to complete 36 to 45 credits
of graduate course work, depending on prior preparation.
I) Students who have not completed an undergtaduate major in Health Systems
Management, or an equivalent major as judged by the program director, with a grade of
3.0 or higher in their major, or who have not passed a challenge examination, must rake
PUAD 750 Health Care Systems, Organization and Management (3 credits).
2) Students who have not complete six (6) credit hours of undergraduate courses in managed
care administration, or their equivalent, with a grade of 3.0 or better in both
courses, or who have nor passed a challenge examination, must take PUAD 756
Managed Care Administration (3 credits).
3) Students who lack work experience in the health care field are required to complete an
Internship (3 credits). Students who have been employed for more than one year in a
mid-level health care administrative position may apply to the graduate program director
to have the internship requirement waived.
4) All students must participate in three health ethics colloquia during the program. These
colloquia will include presentations by a speaker with recognized expertise in the field.
5) Students must demonstrate computer literacy by passing a divisional exam.
All requirements for the M.S. in Health Systems Management must be completed within
seven (7) calendar years following admission.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Successful applicants will have earned a bachelors degree from a regionally accredited university
or college. Experience in a health systems organization is highly recommended,
although a wide range of educational, work and life experience will be considered admission
criteria. Students who satisfy all of the requirements for admission to the M .S. in
Health Systems Management program, including a 3.0 grade point average, are accepted
as unconditional degree students.
130

Applicants who fail to meet one of the admissions requirements detailed above may be
accepted as conditional degree students, meaning they may begin classes but have admissions
criteria to satisfy. In instances where applicants have not achieved at least a 3.0 grade
point average (B average) in either undergraduate or graduate studies, they are designated
"conditional" until they have completed 12 hours ofgraduate work and maintained a 3.0
average.
SCHEDULE OF CLASSES
The M.S. in Health Systems Management Program offers courses on an accelerated 10week
term. Classes are offered exclusively on Saturdays. There are two ten-week terms in
one semester and four terms (two semesters) comprise each academic year. There is a
three-week break after each term. Students may, under this structure, complete the M.S.
degree within two academic years. Students typically take four courses over two terms each
semester. They must, however, take a minimum of three courses (or nine credits) each
semester to maintain full-time graduate student status.
CURRICULUM
The program comprises four core content areas: Management, Epidemiology,
Quantitative, and Financial/Information Technology. Distribution ofcourses in each core
is as follows.
Management Core Courses (6 courses, 18 credits)
PUAD 750 Health Care Systems, Organization and Management (3)
PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care (3)
PUAD 755 Health Administration (3)
MGMT 765 Management of Health Care Organizations and Professionals (3)
HSMG 766 Health Systems Management: Organizational Design and Human
Resources (3)
HSMG 630 The Legal Environment of Health Care Management (3)
PUAD 757 Strategic Management in Health Care (3)
Epidemiology Core Courses (1 course, 3 credits)
HSMG 640 Epidemiology (3)
HSMG 641 Cardiovascular Epidemiology (3)
HSMG 642 Infectious Disease Epidemiology (3)
Quantitative Core Courses (3 course, 9 credits)
Required:
HSMG 632 Biostatistics (3)
HSMG 650 Quantitative
Management Methods for Decisions in Health Systems (3 Credits)
Choose one elective:
HSMG 651 Survey Research and Data analysis for Health Administrators (3)
HSMG 691 Health Planning and Program Evaluation (3)
FinanciallInformation Technology Core Courses
ACCT 761 Accounting for Health Care Organizations (3)
ACCT 762 Accounting for Medicare Regulations (3)
FIN 504 Financial Management (3)
131

ECON 765 The Health Services System (3)
HSMG 695 Health Care Management Information Systems (3) *
PUAD 756 Managed Care Administration (3)
ADDITIONAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Internship:
HSMG 752 Internship (3):
The internship serves to build a bridge between theory and practice; students have the
opportunity to apply their knowledge and acquire insights into the management of health
service organizations.
HEALTH ETHICS COLLOQUIA
Participation in three health ethics colloquia during a student's graduate program at the
University of Balrimore is a requirement for graduation. The format of the colloquia will
include a presentation by a speaker with recognized expertise in the field, followed by a
panel discussion by practitioners and/or questions and discussion.
COMPUTER LITERACY
The graduate program also requires all students ro be computer literate as demonstrated
by passing a divisional exam.
GRADUATUIN REQUIREMENTS
Students may apply to graduate when they have earned a minimum of 36 credits and have
completed the ethics colloquia requirement.
TRANSFER CREDIT
A maximum of 12 graduate credits may be applied toward the Master of Science in Health
Systems Management degree for relevant graduate courses completed at other regionally
accredited colleges or universities with the approval of the Health Systems Management
Program Direcror
132

SCHOOL OF LAW
HISTORY AND PURPOSE
The School of Law was first opened with the founding of the Universiey of Baltimore in
1925. In 1970 the Mount Vernon School of Law at Eastern College was merged with the
Universiey of Baltimore School of Law, combining the faculey, facilities, and other assets of
the two institutions. The School of Law is fully accredited by the American Bar
Association, and is a member of the Association ofAmerican Law Schools. It is housed in
the John and Frances Angelos Law Center at Maryland and Mount Royal Avenues.
The day division offers a full-time, three-year program. The evening division offers a
part-time, four-year program. A part-time day program is also available. Both the full-time
and part-time programs require the same standards of performance by students. Full-time
faculey members teach in both day and evening divisions. Part-time lecturers, who teach
primarily in the evening, include some of the foremost practicing attorneys, judges, and
government officials in Maryland. Clinical and internship programs are integral parts of
the curriculum.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The Juris Doctor (J.D.) is the first professional level in law, conferred on candidates who
satisfactorily complete 90 credits in required and elective law courses. To graduate, students
must maintain a grade point average ofat least 2.0, and meet specified advocacy,
upper-level writing and perspective course requirements.
ADMISSION TO COMBINED PROGRAMS FOR GRADUATE S'WDENTS
Students who independently satisfy the entrance requirements for both School of Law and
four designated graduate programs may participate in the Combined Graduate/Juris
Doctor program. The designated programs at the Universiey of Baltimore are: the Master
of Business Administration (see the Merrick School of Business section of this catalog);
Master of Public Administration, Master of Science in Criminal Justice, and the Master of
Science in Negotiation and Conflict Management (see the Yale Gordon College of Liberal
Arts section of this catalog,).
GENERAL LAW ADMISSIONS INFORMATION
The number of acceptable applicants greatly exceeds the number of spaces available in the
entering class at the School of Law. Selections are made by the Committee on Admissions
on the basis of several factors. The Committee places significant emphasis on the Law
School Admissions Test (LSAT) score and the cumulative undergraduate grade point average
(GPA). The Committee also recognizes non-traditional qualities that may be relevant
in determining the applicant's abiliey. It considers the undergraduate field ofstudy and
graduate work as well as other factors that are not susceptible to measurement by traditional
academic criteria, such as demonstrated abiliey to overcome adversiey, individual
achievement, motivation, work experience and character. The Committee seeks to include
persons of diverse racial, ethnic and cultural backgrounds.
133

HOW TO APPLY
Application forms are available from the Office of Law Admission, Universiry of
Baltimore, 1420 North Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. The application form
should be completed and returned to that office. A $35 nonrefundable application fee is
required.
For additional information on School of Law admission, scholarships, financial aid,
and tuition, please see the Prospectus of the Universiry of Baltimore School of Law.
MINIMUM COURSE REQUIREMENTS
First Year Day/Evening Students
Students admitted to the School of Law must begin their studies in the fall semester.
Entering students are expected to complete both semesters of the first-year curriculum
during the academic year in which they enroll.
In the first year, the day division is divided into three sections. There is one section in
the evening division. First-year students are assigned to sections and to the courses in those
sections. After the first year, students are no longer assigned to sections.
Each graduate must have earned six residence credits. Full or partial residence credit is
awarded depending on the number of academic credits a student earns in a semester and
on whether he/she is a day division or evening division student. For a detailed explanation
of the formula, consult the School of Law catalog.
After completion of one full year of study, students who are in good standing may
apply for transfer from the day to the evening division or from the evening to the day division,
subject to prior approval of the Associate Dean of Student Mfairs.
134

ACcr 655 Tax Policy (3) The evolution
and structure of the federal income tax system
from a public policy perspective.
Focus is placed on legal , economic, social,
and practical considerations. Alternatives,
including current legislative proposals, are
considered. Students prepare a research
paper on a topic related to tax policy.
ACcr 680 Taxation ofEntities (3) Federal
income taxation of corporations, partnerships,
estates, and trusts, and the taxation of
gifts and esr.ates. Analysis includes consideration
of the sources of t.ax law, weight or
authority, ethical issues, planning, and
administrative procedures. Prerequisite:
ACCT405 or equivalent.
ACCT 710 Accountancy Law and
Professional Ethics* (3) The professional
responsibilities of accountants and the legal
implications for business transactions, particularlyas
they relate to accounting and
auditing. Emphasis is on the recognition of
relevant legal issues and implications for
business transactions, the application of the
underlying principles of law to these issues
and transactions, and the professional srandards
and responsibilities of accountants.
Prerequisite: ACCT 504 or equivalent.
ACcr 720 Design ofManagerial Cost
and Control Systems (3) The design of cost
and control systems for decision making and
for measurement of the performance of
processes, product lines, managers, and organizational
comper.itiveness. Case studies
highlight the experiences of companies, and
include modifying cost and control systems
in response to technological, institutional,
and global changes. Prerequisites: ACCT306,
ACCT640, or equivalent.
ACcr 740 Advanced Topics in Assurance
Services (3) A study of the application of
Generally Accepted Auditing Standards to
auditing practice issues, of academic and
practitioner research, ofimernal auditing, of
EDP auditing and of governmental auditing
issues. Prerequisite: ACCT512 or equivalent.
136
ACcr 752 Advanced Topics in
Accounting Systems* (3) Current and
emerging trends, technologies, and practices
in accounting systems. Topics include
accounting software for specific industries,
evaluation of accounting software, electronic
data interchange, client/server and
other accounting systems, work flow and
technology, decision support and expert
accounting systems, auditing computerbased
accounting systems, analyzing benefits
and costs, implementation issues, and
research in accounting systems. Projects
require the use of advanced transaction processing
systems and database software.
Prerequisite: ACCT 512 or equivalent.
ACCT 755 Governmental and Not-for­
Profit Accounting* (3) Advanced study of
generally accepted accounting principles
and procedures of governmental units and
not-for-profit organizations, emphasizing
current issues, external financial reporting,
and the relevant authoritative accounting
pronouncements. Topics include: characteristics
and types of not-for-profit organizations,
accounting and reporting entity, fund
accounting, budgetary accounts, contributions
received and made, investments, and
the encumbrance system. Prerequisite:
ACCT403 or equivalent.
ACCT 761 Accounting for Health Care
Organizations (3) Financial reporting,
analysis and strategy principles applied to
for-profit and not-for-profit health care
organizations. Financial and managerial
accounting issues related to strategic decision-making
are emphasized. Review of the
authoritative health care accounting literature,
overview of the health care accounting
environment, issues in revenue and expense
recognition, balance sheet valuations, budgetary
control systems, cost accounting, and
performance measurement, and the financial
implications of third-party payment
systems and managed-care arrangements.
Prerequisite: ACCT504 or equivalent.

ACCT 762 Accounting for Medicare
Regulation (3) Principles and applications
of Medicare payment systems and rate regulation
for health care providers, emphasizing
understanding the Medicare system,
developing the technical skills required to
identify and research problems in Medicare
payments, isolating relevant regulatory
issues, and developing documentary support
and arguments for proposed solutions
to problems in health care payment claims.
Topics include Medicare and the American
health care system, Part A hospital insurance
benefits, Part B supplementary medical
insurance benefits, exclusions from
coverage, fraud and abuse, physician selfreferral,
payments rules, cost reports, claims
and appeals, and managed care plans.
Prerequisite: ACCT504 or equivalent.
ACCT 770 Seminar in Current Topics in
Accounting (3) A study ofcurrent developments
and contemporary problems in
accounting. Topics vary from year to year.
A significant writing and research experience
is provided. Prerequisite: ACCT511
or equivalent.
ACCT 7

ment. Psychodynamic, humanistic, and
cognitive-behavioral models are emphasized;
some discussion of treatment implications
related to each therapy.
APPL 606 Basic Counseling Techniques
(3) Basic skills and techniques required for
conducting counseling sessions. Listening
skills, initial interviewing, taking case histories,
etc., are explored. Basically experiential
in nature with students practicing and evaluating
counseling styles and abilities, and
participating in varied classroom activities
such as mock counseling interviews. Lab
fee may be required.
APPL 607 Behavioral Medicine (3) An
examination of theory and practice in the
field of behavioral medicine, emphasizing
the role of mind-body interaction in physical
health and illness as well as approaches
to prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of
physical disease and psychophysiological
dysfunction. Topics include doctor-patient
communication, specific physical conditions,
modification of health behavior, and
coping strategies.
APPL 608 Applied Assessment
Procedures (3) An exploration ofcurrent
procedures employed in the evaluation of
behavior. Attention to the observation and
interpretation of behavioral information
and its relationship to choice ofassessment
procedures. Representative measures of
intelligence, achievement, aptitude, personality,
and psychological motor functioning
are reviewed. Lab fee may be required.
APPL 610 Psychopathology and
Diagnosis (3) Problems in the epidemiology,
diagnosis and treatment of behavior
disorders. Major attention is given to
changing applied and theoretical perspectives
in the light ofcontemporary research
methodologies and findings.
138
APPL 612 Human Relations (3) An
examination of human interactions in work
settings that impact individual mental
health and organizational health and productivity.
Emphasis on preventing and
intervening to reduce stress, frustration,
conflict and violence, sexual harassment,
and other social problems in the workplace
by applying research in emotional intelligence,
personality, social perception, communication,
persuasion, and teamwork.
APPL 613 Human Development (3)
A survey of the biological, psychological,
and social changes that accompany the
developmental process. Includes a study of
the physical, intellectual, emotional, and
social development of the individual from
conception to death, with special emphasis
on adulthood.
APPL 614 Ethical, Historical, and Social
Foundations (3) Covers material for three
competency areas within the basic fields of
psychology that are considered essential at
the master's level. Primary focus is on the
basic theories, findings and their relevance
to fields ofapplied psychology. Topics covered
are: history and systems of psychology,
social psychology, and ethical concerns of
psychologists.
APPL 615 Cognitive and Psychological
Foundations (3) Covers material for three
competency areas within the basic fields of
psychology that are considered essential at
the master's level. Topics include biological
bases of behavior, learning theories, and
cognition.
APPL 616 Advance Treatment
Techniques (3) Acquaints students with
specialized skills and treatments beyond the
basic counseling techniques. Counseling
techniques and treatments needed for specific
populations and problem areas are
discussed. Marital counseling, family counseling,
sexual disorders, and crisis intervention
are some of the areas of focus. An

overview of treatments of major mental disorders
is presented. Prerequisites: APPL 605
and APPL 606 or equivalent. Lab foe may be
required.
APPL 619 Psychological Assessment (3)
Examines the rationale and validity of the
more popular intelligence tests, projective
measures, interest inventories, and personality
measures currently in use. Focus also
includes professional and ethical responsibilities
associated with the assessment
process, and provides familiarity with
administration and interpretation procedures.
Prerequisite: APPL 610 and either
APPL 608 or an undergraduate Tests and
Measurements course. Lab foe may be
required.
APPL 620 Introduction to Clinical
Neuropsychology (3) A survey of basic
clinical neuropsychology, focusing on the
psychometric foundations of different diagnoses
based on the clinical presentation of
human brain dysfunction. Discusses cognitive,
behavioral, emotional and social
symptoms of the major neuropsychological
disorders. Issues of assessment in impaired
populations are addressed, including the
provision of effective psychological services
to the neuropsychologically impaired individual.
APPL 621 Substance Abuse Counseling
(3) A review of current literature regarding
the prevalence, etiology, physiology, psychology,
risk factors, and social phenomena
associated with substance (including alcohol)
abuse and dependence. Emphasizes
contemporary and traditional trearment
methods employed by outpatient clinics
and inpatient units. Prerequisite: APPL
606.
APPL 622 Group Counseling (3) An
introduction into the theory and practice
of group psychotherapy, including consideration
of history and theory, as well as
practical considerations and clinical techniques.
Ethical considerations for therapists
who lead groups are discussed. An experiential
component may be incorporated into
the class periods. Prerequisite: APPL 606.
APPL 623 Career Counseling (3)
Introduces the primary theories that
explain how individuals make career
choices, and specific strategies the counselor
can use to help the client make
informed career choices. Students gain
exposure to specific instruments designed
to assist in career decisions. Prerequisite:
APPL 606. Lab foe may be required.
APPL 624 Psychology and the Law (3)
The application of the fundamental principles
of psychology to facets of the legal system,
including an overview of the field as
well as specialized topics such as competency,
commitment, psychology of juries,
and the psychology of evidence. Emphasis
on current newsworthy topics as well as
rapidly changing controversial issues and
ethical considerations.
APPL 625 Multicultural Counseling (3)
Explores the impact of social and cultural
norms on several groups in the population,
with emphasis on aging, ethnicity, gender
issues and psycho-sexual orientation.
Cultural differences and their impact on
the counseling relationship are examined.
Prerequisites: APPL 605 and APPL 606.
APPL 626 Family Therapy (3) Presents
an overview of various family therapy theories
and techniques including sysrems theory.
An integration of these techniques into
the therapy process with couples and families
will be explored. Special attention is
given to specific issues such as the impact
of gender and ethnicity on a family therapeutic
intervention. Sexual issues in a marriage/family
context are examined.
Prerequisite: APPL 606
APPL 629 Special Topics: Topics in
Counseling (3) The theoretical assumptions,
techniques, and effectiveness ofinterventions
associated with behavioral and
psychological problems of the aged, alco­
139

holics, sexual deviants, criminal offenders,
and/or problems encountered in marriage
and family situations. Specific topic may
vary from semester to semester. May be
repeatedfor credit as course topic changes.
Prerequisites: to be determined by the instructor.
Lab fee may be required.
APPL 631 Intermediate Statistics for the
Behavioral Sciences (3) The logic of
hypothesis testing and assumptions underlying
its use are the framework for studying
Analysis ofVariance and Covariance and
Multiple Regression. These tools are
learned in the context of application to psychological
research. Students learn to complete
statistical analyses using a
microcomputer statistical package and to
interpret the results. Prerequisites: APST
308 or APST531 or an equivalent course.
APPL 632 Research Methods for Applied
Psychology (3) Builds on the fundamentals
of research design and on knowledge of
basic statistical techniques to ptovide a
broad overview of the major research methods
ofapplied psychological research.
Students learn to frame inquiries and problems
as research questions. The relative
merits and drawbacks of the major research
methods are explored. Students develop a
research proposal to investigate an applied
research question. Prerequisite: APPL 631.
APPL 635 Program Evaluation (3) A
study of the theories, constructs, and analytical
skills needed to develop, implement,
and evaluate organizational programs and
policies. Emphasis is on the research methods
used to measure and track programs
and their outcomes over time. Prerequisites:
APPL 631 and 632, or permission ofthe program
director.
APPL 639 Special Topics: Applied
Statistics (3) The study ofone major statisrical
topic, such as Multivariate Sratistics,
Structural Equarion Modeling, Meta­
Analysis, Analysis of Ordinal and
Categorical Variables, Nonparametric
140
Statistical Techniques. Offered when student
demand is sufficient and matches
instructor interests. Topic may vary from
semester to semester. May be repeated for
credit as course topic changes. Prerequisites:
APPL 631, APPL 632, andpermission of
instructor.
APPL 641 Organizational Psychology
(3) Studies how principal rheories and
empirical findings from research in organizational
psychology are used ro improve
employee performance and satisfaction.
Emphasizes the interactive effects of situational
and individual djfference variables as
they influence organizational behavior.
Overview includes motivation, leadership,
employee morale, group dynamics, and
interpersonal communication. Srudents
apply theorerical and empirical findings to
solutions of work-related problems in case
studies. Lab fee may be required.
APPL 642 Motivation, Satisfaction and
Leadership (3) Examines critically and indepth
the research evidence for theories of
leadership and job satisfaction. Using motivarion
as a central concept, students gain
understanding ofhow group dynamics and
personal, environmental, and cultural factors
influence organizational behaviors.
Students work in teams to solve performance-related
problems presented in case
studies. Prerequisite: APPL 641 or program
director's approval. Lab fee may be required.
APPL 643 Advanced Social Psychology
(3) A survey of rhe theoretical positions,
research methodology and current findings
seeking to explain how interpersonal interacrions
affect individual and group behavior.
Consideration is given to such
consrructs as attitudes, arrributions and
cooperation.
APPL 644 Personnel Psychology (3)
Overview of the area of personnel psychology.
Topics include job analysis, personnel
selection and placement, rraining and
development, and performance appraisal.

Special arrention to measurement procedures
involved in personnel selection and
performance appraisal. Equal employment
opporrunity laws and their effect on personnel
practices are discussed. Prerequisite:
for non-psychology majors. permission ofthe
instructor. Lab fee may be required.
APPL 645 Personnel Assessment (3)
Application of the technical material
learned in Personnel Psychology related ro
assessment techniques used ro select, promote,
and evaluate personnel. Hands-on
experience with these methods, including
development of the most common ones.
Assessment techniques discussed may
include ability tests. personality and honesty
tests, drug testing, work samples, interviews.
training and evaluation forms,
performance appraisals, etc. Students go
through the process of developing surveys
for arritude assessment. Prerequisite: APPL
644 or permission ofinstructor. Lab fee may
be required.
APPL 646 Employment Law in Human
Resource Management (3) Review and
analysis of federal laws and their application
to human resource management
(including employee selection, promotion.
performance appraisals, discipline, termination,
compensation, benefits, and safety).
Covers EEO, Affirmative Action, Civil
Rights Acts, Americans with Disabilities
Act and other anti-discriminatory legislation,
as well as FLSA and OSHA; and legal
issues such as privacy, sexual harassment,
drug testing, and employees' rights versus
employers' rights. Addresses strategies for
creating policy and legal concerns in a context
of organizational behavior and motivation
theories.
APPL 647 Training and Organizational
Development (3) Theory, findings. and
methods relating ro how an organization
ensures that its employees are equipped to
accomplish its mission. Students learn
about techniques to assess and implement
organizational change. Through hands-on
activities, they learn ro develop and imple­
ment programs such as skills training, team
building, and management development.
Prerequisite: APPL 644.
APPL 648 Employee Selection (3)
Examines testing and decision theory, legality,
and societal issues involved in matching
individual knowledge, skills, abilities, and
other characteristics with organizational
needs. Discussions include employment
interviews. cognitive abilities testing,
integrity and substance abuse testing, personality
measures, biographical data, and
other procedures. Prerequisite: APPL 644.
Lab fee may be required.
APPL 649 Special Topics:
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
(3) Studies a topic of industrial/organizational
psychology of mutual interest ro Students
and faculty that is not currently part
of course offerings. Topic may vary. May be
repeatedfor credit as course topic changes.
Prerequisites: determined by the instructor.
Lab fee may be required.
APPL 650 Work Groups in
Organizations (3) A study of group
dynamics in the COntext of organizations,
focusing on the predominant psychological
theories and research findings that explain
the formation and development of work
groups. Emphasis on learning how effective
strategies and techniques can be used ro
enhance teamwork in organizations.
APPL 651 Job Analysis (3) A survey of
job analysis methodology and issues, using
experiential projects. Includes rools used in
conducting a job analysis: data gathering
techniques, legal and technical standards,
and the Occupational Information
Network. Emphasis is on variation in
approach dependent on subsequent application
of the results.
APPL 655 Practical Applications in 110
Psychology (3) An opporrunity to practice
real-world application ofthe competencies
acquired in the degree program. Students
propose solutions to simulated or actual
141

challenges faced by organizations and
demonstrate their ability to integrate and
apply broad knowledge of personnel and
organizational psychology. Prerequisites:
APPL 632, 642, 645, and 651.
APPL 659 Special Topics: Applied
Psychology (3) Readings and discussions
of topics in applied psychology. Topic may
vary. May be repeatedfor credit as course
topic changes. Prerequisites: determined by
the instructor. Lab fee may be required.
APPL 661 Death, Dying, Loss and Grief
(3) Models of adjustment to loss and their
application to counseling individuals and
groups who have experienced significant
loss through death, illness and injury,
divorce, and major life transitions.
Emphasis on issues related to death and
dying (including social, psychological, and
cultural factors that influence grieving).
Also explores significant loss areas to which
grief intervention perspectives and techniques
can be applied.
APPL 664 Geropsychology: Psychosocial
Factors (3) A survey of the empirical data
and theoretical formulations relating to the
psychosocial concomitants of aging.
Consideration of the interactional effects of
individual, familial, social and culcural variables
as they influence successful adaptation
to later life.
APPL 665 Anxiety Disorders in
Children (3) Introduces current knowledge
on a broad spectrum of anxiety disorders
in youth. Topics include
prevalence/ epidemiology, assessmen t/ diagnosis,
etiology, and treatment.
APPL 700 Special Topics: Applied
Psychology (3) Readings and discussions
of topics in applied psychology. Topic may
vary. May be repeatedfor credit as course
topic changes. Prerequisites: determined by
the imtructor. Lab fee may be required.
142
APPL 701 Seminar in Applied
Psychology (3) Readings and discussions
of research scudies and theoretical papers in
areas of special interest to seminar participants.
Prerequisite: completion of15 hours of
applied psychology core courses.
APPL 702 Field Experience (1-3) A
supervised prior-to-practicum experience at
a setting that supporrs preparation for a
career in counseling or industrial/organizational
psychology. Not a clinical experience.
To earn one credit a student spends
approximately 60 hours at the site and provides
a journal of the experience for the
supervising faculty member. The requirements
are agreed to in writing prior to registration
by the student, supervising faculty
member and on-site supervisor. A maximum
ofthree credits may be applied to the
degree. Course is NOT eligible for continuing
studies (CS) grade and does NOT count as
part ofthe 60 credits required to qualify for
certification by the State Board of
Professional Coumelors. Prerequisite: Prior
approval (see above). Pass/Fail grading.
APPL 703 Practicum in Counseling
Psychology (3) Experience in the application
of behavioral change methods and
skills in a clinical or counseling setting. The
scudent 1) functions as a professional under
the supervision and guidance of an on-site
director and, 2) attends scheduled group
supervision meetings on campus, several
times during the course of the semester.
Students must complete arrangements for
the experience with the Practicum
Coordinator in the semester preceding
enrollment. Prerequisites: permission of
imtructor (prior to registration), APPL 602,
605, 606, and 610. Co-requisite: APPL
616. Lab fee may be required. A maximum
ofsix credits may be applied toward the
degree. Eligible for continuing studies (CS)
grade.

APPL 704 Practicum in Research (3)
Supervised participation in experimental
studies designed by either the student or an
individual approved by the instructor.
Prerequisites: APPL 631 and APPL 632 or
equivalent and approval ofinstructor. A
maximum ofsix credits may be applied
toward the degree. Eligible for continuing
studies (CS) grade.
APPL 705 Practicum in Assessment (3)
Supervised experience in the use ofassessment
procedures in situations relevant to
student interest and vocational goals.
Students spend the equivalent ofone day
per week at an approved training site.
Prerequisites: APPL 606 and APPL 619 or
APPL 645 or other appropriate course work
in assessment, and approval ofinstructor. A
maximum ofsix credits may be applied
toward the degree.
APPL 706 Practicnm in Applied
Psychology (3) An opportunity to gain
practical experience in the application of
psychology at various work sertings. The
work and/or field research is designed and
mutually agreed upon by the student, the
Practicum Coordinator, and the workplace
supervisor. Includes regular on-campus
meeting. Enrollment may be limited by
availability of settings. Student must complete
arrangements for the experience with
the Practicum Coordinator in the semester
preceding enrollment. Prerequisites: permission
ofthe instructor (prior to registration)
and coursework deemed pertinent to the project
by the Practicum Coordinator. A maximum
ofsix credits may be applied to the
degree. Eligible for continuing studies (CS)
grade.
APPL 707 Practicnm in Industriall
Organizational Psychology (1-4)
Supervised participation in field research in
applied job settings. Hands-on experience
with I/O work assignments is performed
and evaluated. The work and/or field
research is designed by the student or sen­
ior personnel, and should enhance a student's
vita/resume. Government, industry,
public/community service, or other settings
may be generated by the instructor or the
student. Setting and research/job duties
must be proposed and agreed upon in writing
by the student, the instructor, and an
authorized representative from the organization.
To the extent that settings/positions
must be generated by the instructor, enrollment
is limited according to availability.
Prerequisite:permission ofinstructor. A maximum
ofsix credits may be applied toward
the degree. Eligible for continuing studies
(CS) grade.
APPL 779 Directed Study in Applied
Psychology (1-3) The pursuit of in dependent
work under the supervision ofa
faculty member. This work should relate to
a topic not covered by the regular departmental
offerings and may provide a basis
for entrance into courses with special prerequisites.
The student writes a proposal
that is approved by the supervising faculty
member and the graduate program director
prior to registration. Prerequisites: completion
ofrequired core and approval prior to
registration. Passlfail grading. Eligible for
continuing studies (CS) grade.
APPL 789 Research Proposal
Development (3) Independent study in
which the student develops a proposal for
research which is founded in the literature
and practice ofapplied psychology. The
student must have the requisite skills for
bringing the proposal to completion. The
end product of the course is a research proposal
that may be presented to the division
as a thesis proposal. Course is NOT eligible
for continuing studies (CS) grade. Pass/Fail
grading. Prerequisites: prior permission offaculty
member.
APPL 799 Thesis in Applied Psychology
(3-6) An independent and original research
effort, supervised closely by full-time faculty.
It should be founded in the literature
143

of applied psychology. The student is
expected to demonstrate an ability to formulate
research questions as testable
hypotheses, to analyze data using apptOpriate
research methods and design and statistical
tOols, and to present the entire work in
a well-written document using APA style.
The number of credits is determined when
the proposal is approved. Prerequisites:
approval ofthe thesis prior to registration.
Pass/Failgrading. Eligible for continuing
studies (eS) grade.
APPL 801 Statistics for Assessment and
Evaluation I (3) An advanced course covering
statistics common to field research,
including partial and semi-partial correlation,
ANCOVA, and multiple regression,
and statistics used with dichotomous
dependent variables, including logistic
regression and nonparametric procedures
(e.g., Chi-square, Cohen's Kappa, Fisher
Exact test, Wilcoxon's Matched-Pairs
Signed-Rank Test). Exams and projects
involve examples of field assessment with
an emphasis on interpreting results calculated
using SPSS.
APPL 802 Statistics for Assessment and
Evaluation II (3) An advanced course covering
multivariate statistical procedures,
including factOr analysis, MANOVA and
MANCOVA, discriminant analysis, confirmatOty
factor analysis and causal modeling.
Exams and projects involve examples of
field assessment with an emphasis on interpreting
results calculated via SPSS.
Prerequisite: APPL 801.
APPL 803 Measurement Theory (3)
An advanced course in psychometrics that
focuses on understanding the internal
structure of scales used primarily for measuring
abilities, personality traits, interests,
values, and attitudes. Emphasis is on scale
construction based on True Score Theory,
GeneralizabilityTheory, and Item Response
Theory. This course assumes the understanding
of reliability, validity, and scaling
models.
144
APPL 804 Organizational Theory and
Development (3) Survey of organizational
theory and techniques used in Organizational
Development. Topics include organizational
structure and communication,
sources of power, organizational culture,
Lewin's Change Model, Action Research,
and Schein's Process Change.
APPL 805 Consulting Skills (3) Focuses
on the essential skills and abilities needed
for successful consulting to organizations.
Topics include business development, project
management, cost estimation, and
report writing. Emphasizes learning techniques
used ror successful group presentations
and developing skills for effective oral
and written communication.
APPL 806 Survey Development and
Implementation (3) Students learn how
to plan, design, and implement surveys to
assess organizational characteristics. Emphasis
placed on how to collect, analyze
survey data, and present findings to the
organization.
APPL 807 Examination Construction (3)
An advanced course that develops skills in
constructing examinations (primarily written)
for employment and educational testing.
Measurement theory is reviewed
through data analysis projects that involve
calculating estimates of reliability and validity,
item difficulty and item discrimination,
criterion-referencing, methods for setting
cutOff scores, cross-validation, and jackknife
procedures.
APPL 810 Qualitative Research Methods
(3) Focuses on the predominant techniques
for designing, collecting, and analyzing
qualitative data. Various methods of data
collection such as naturalistic observation,
informal interviewing, in-depth immersion
(ethnography), and focus groups are studied.
Covers tOpics relating to content analysis,
coding responses, ethical issues and
comparing qualitative and quantitative
measures.

APPL 811 IndividuaJ Assessment (3)
Focuses on assessing, interpreting, and
communicating individuals' work-related
characteristics, primarily for the purpose of
staffing (hiring, promotion), development
(competency building, rehabilitation,
employee counseling) , and career planning.
Skills in testing and interviewing are learned
for the purpose of evaluating ability, personality,
aptitude, and interest characteristics.
Students are familiarized with standardized
measures used in employment settings and
learn to administer evaluate, and repott
results to employees and managers.
APPL 812 Group Process and
Procedures (3) A study of the interpersonal
interaction and task interdependence
of work groups in organizations. Focus is
on theory and research concerning group
dynamics and teamS, drawing from social
psychology, organizational psychology,
sociology, and organizational behavior.
Topics include group leadership, motivation,
interpersonal influence, group effectiveness,
conformity, conflict, role behavior,
and group decision making.
APPL 813 Performance Appraisal and
Management (3) A review of techniques
for assessing and improving individual and
group work performance. Topics include
performance appraisal systems, assessment
centers, structured interviews, and performance
feedback and motivation.
APPL 830 SpeciaJ Topics in Organizational
Development (3) A course based
upon faculty expertise and student interest.
Representative topics include: Behavioral
Prevention, The Mental Health Setting,
Cross-cultural Issues, Organizational
Culture and Learning, Change Models.
APPL 840 SpeciaJ Topics in Program
EvaJuation (3) Advanced topics in program
evaluation methodology. Topic to be
selected based on student interest. Representative
topics include: Measuring Efficacy
ofTherapy Outcome, Time-Series Designs
and Methods, Evaluation of Programs in an
Elementary School Setting.
APPL 850 SpeciaJ Topics in Assessment
(3) Topical areas of interest to students
relating to issues in assessment. Representative
topics include: Legal and Ethical Issues
in Testing, Cognitive Biases in Performance
Appraisals and Interviewing, Assessment of
Non-Verbal Behaviors, Computerized Data
Collection, and Development ofAssessment
Centers.
APPL 897 Practicum in Applied
Assessment (3) Supervised practicum
experience with applied projects in public
or private sector organizations. Emphasis
on the development and implementation of
an assessment instrument and feedback of
findings to the organization. Projects will
vary on a semester basis. Proposal writing
and presentation skills will also be covered.
Prerequisite: APPL 806 Survey Development
& Implementation or coment ofimtructor.
APPL 899 DoctoraJ Project (3-6) An
independent and original applied empirical
research project that addresses an existing
problem or opportunity in an organization.
It must be founded in the literature and
theory of applied psychology. The student
is expected to demonstrate the ability to
formulate a researchable question and test
it in a field setting. The student is supervised
closely by a full-time faculty member.
A report of the project in APA style musr
be submitted to the project committee for
approval.
145

Applied Statistics (APST)
Applied Statistics courses (APST) are offered
by the Division ofApplied Psychology and
Qytantitative Methods, Yale Gor(um College
ofLiberal Arts.
APST 531 Introductory Statistics for the
Behavioral Sciences (3) An introduction
to statistics for behavioral sciences. Provides
a thorough development of descriptive statistical
tools for one and two variables, both
numeric and graphic. Students are introduced
to statistical techniques through
computation and a statistical micro-computer
package. Includes the normal distribution,
sampling distributions, the logic of
hypothesis testing and the t-test. Analysis of
variance is covered as time permits.
Prerequisite: Microcomputer literacy.
APST 789 Special Topics in Applied
Statistics (3) One or more specific applied
statistical topics or techniques may be studied
by advanced students. Topics arise from
mutual interests of faculty and students.
May be repeated if the topic differs.
APST 799 Independent Study (1-3)
Independent study of particular statistical
topics or techniques in an applications setting.
The topic and number of credits will
vary with individual student interest and
the extent of the study. Students submit a
written proposal with the consent and
advice of a full-time faculty member. The
faculty member approves the proposal and
agrees to supervise the study prior to registration.
146
Computer Science (COSC)
Computer Science courses (COSC) are offered
by the School ofInformation Arts and
Technologies, Yale Gordon College ofLiberal
Arts.
COSC 789 Special Topics in Computer
Science (3) One or more specific topics in
computer science or its applications may be
studied by advanced students. Topics arise
from mutual interests of faculty and students.
May be repeated if topic differs.
COSC 799 Independent Study (1-3)
A problem-solving project, a programming
project and/or independent research in some
aspect of computer science. The topic and
number of credits vary with individual student
interest and the extent of study. Prior to
registration, the students submit a written
proposal with the consent and advice ofa
full-time faculty member, who approves it
and agrees to supervise the study.
Criminal Justice/Law Enforcement
(CRJU)
CriminalJustice courses (CRJu) are offered
by the Division ofCriminology, Criminal
Justice, and Social Policy, Yale Gordon College
ofLiberal Arts.
CRJU 602 Research Techniques in
Criminal Justice (3) Provides knowledge
of and experience with the methods used in
studying social science problems. Emphasis
is on research, designs and instruments, and
policy implications. Critical and analytical
skills are developed for use in future
research and proposal writing. This course is
a prerequisite for CRJU 603.

CRJU 603 Statistical Techniques in
Criminal Justice (3) Provides knowledge
of and experience with the statistics used
in studying criminal justice problems.
Second semester of a rwo-parr course
focusing on the application of statistical
methods used in the preparation and evaluation
of formal research reports. Required
for all criminal justice students. Prerequisite:
CRjU602.
CRJU 605 Graduate Internship (3) An
opportunity to work 80 hours in a selected
agency, institution, or office within the
criminal justice field. A journal and a
research paper are required. Requires the
permission of the graduate program director
to enroll. Eligible for continuing studies
(CS) grade.
CRJU 606 Contemporary Criminal
Court Issues (3) An in-depth analysis of
selected current issues pertaining to criminal
court systems. Focuses on the current
research literature and will consider the
operational consequences of alternative
responses to the issues discussed.
CRJU 608 Juvenile Justice (3) An
overview of the history, legal and philosophical
bases, procedures, structures, and
related juvenile justice issues. This course
provides insight into the foundation of the
juvenile system.
CRJU 610 Administration ofJustice (3)
Analysis of the major conceptions of justice
and the ways these conceptions affect
the manner in which social and legal systems
are constituted. Examines theoretical
perspectives with a view to understanding
the relationships berween various institutions
and the administration ofjustice.
Presents a comparative and historical focus
on local, national, and international systems
of justice.
CRJU 611 Contemporary Corrections
(3) An examination of the of the historical
and contemporary structure, theory
research, problems and solutions in connection
with corrections in the United
States. Classic and current research and
theory are emphasized.
CRJU 615 Criminal Justice Planning/
Systems Applications (3) The application
of planning theory and techniques to the
criminal justice system as well as to agencyspecific
problems. Emphasizes problem
identification, goal setting, forecasting, and
the selection of alternative courses of
action. Students become familiar with
computerized data analysis and simulation
applied within the context ofcriminal justice
planning.
CRJU 631 Police and Society (3) Analysis
of what the police do, why they do it, and
the effects of their actions on society. The
social and political context of police functioning
is examined through current theory
and research. Major social science works on
the police institution and police behavior
are emphasized.
CRJU 635 Youth Problems in Society (3)
Discusses the role of demographics, developmental
issues, family, school, peers, and
individual roles in youth behavior and
victimization. Analysis of the major studies
and theoretical foundations of youth
problems.
CRJU 640 Managing Police
Organizations (3) Application of managerial
and administrative practices to police
agencies. Emphasis on executive processes
including planning, decision making,
implementation, and evaluation.
Structuring discretion, providing leadership,
dealing with corruption, and other
abuses. The role of the police administrator
in the community and the governmental
structure.
147

CRJU 645 Constitutional Law (3) The
constitutional system of the United States,
the judicial function, separation of powers,
problems of federalism, procedural and
substantive due process, constitutional protection
of individual rights including rights
of persons accused of crime, freedom of
speech and freedom of religion.
CRJU 702 The Victim: Crime, Victims,
and Society (3) Analysis of crime and
social reaction from the point of view of the
offended. Focuses on the relatively recent
emphasis on how crime creates problems
for those victimized by criminals and analysis
of whole populations victimized by persons
known ro them . Includes an analysis
of the idea of restitution.
CRJU 703 Seminar in Criminal Justice
(3) A seminar devoted to a particular topic
related to research, theory and/or applications
in criminal justice. Sample topics
include: qualitative research in criminal
justice, community crime prevention , and
juvenile justice history. May be repeated for
credit when the topic changes. No prerequisite
unless listed in the schedule ofclasses
booklet.
CRJU 704 Seminar in Criminal Behavior
(3) A seminar in specific categories of criminal
behavior. Each semester is devoted to a
particular criminal activity-its causes,
nature, and impact upon individuals and
the society. Semester topics include: aggressive
crime, victimless crime, professional
and organized crime, white collar crime,
bio-criminology, and drugs and crime. May
be repeated when the topic changes.
CRJU 707 Community Corrections (3)
An analysis of the types, procedures, problems,
theories and evaluation ofsupervision
of adults and juveniles in the various forms
of community-based corrections. Students
will be responsible for understanding classic
and contemporary research on this subject
matter.
148
CRJU 708 Solutions to Youth Problems
(3) Identification and analysis of the current
"solutions" to youth problems, including
corrections, prevention, policies, and
programs. A contemporary issues course
with a focus on alternatives, evaluation, and
what works.
CRJU 710 Advanced Criminology (3)
Studies of classical and contemporary theories
of criminal behavior. Causal and noncausal
models of criminological theory.
Cultural components of crime peculiar to
the 20th century will be examined. Also
considers the contributions of modern psychology
and sociology to criminological
analysis.
CRJU 712 Seminar in Law Enforcement
(3) Evaluation of police problems ofcrime
control, prevention and maintenance of
order. Review of latest research on the
effects of police policies, programs, and
practices.
CRJU 713 Seminar in Judicial
Administration (3) Evaluation of management
problems relating to courts and the
role of court functions and personnel.
CRJU 715 Directed Studies/Readings in
Criminal Justice (1-3) Designed to give
the graduate student academic flexibility.
Permission ofthe program director is required.
Eligible for continuing studies (CS) grades.
CRJU 799 Thesis (3-6) Supervised preparation
of an original work displaying
research and writing skills. Six hours, plus
defense. Students may register for three
hours in each of two semesters, or six hours
in one semester. Permission ofthe program
director is required. Passlfoil grading. Eligible
for continuing studies (CS) grade.

Economics (ECON)
Economics courses are offered by the Merrick
School ofBusiness.
ECON 504 Economics (3) The fundamentals
of economic theory and implications
of economic policies for managerial
decision-making. Topics include supply
and demand analysis, the role of the price
system, market structure and pricing,
externalities, production and COStS, the
Federal Reserve System, money creation,
and economic policies affecting economic/business
performance. Prerequisite:
Graduate standing.
ECON 640 Global and Domestic
Business Environment (3) Using an economic
perspective while also drawing on
philosophical, political, and psychological
theories, rhis course covers regulatory and
erhical issues, including international business
policy, federal law and regularion of
indusrry and the use of knowledge in sociery.
The importance of public policies as
rhey impact on the domestic and global
markerplace. Prerequisite: ECON 504.
ECON 650 Business Economics and
Forecasting (3) Basic and advanced skills
ofapplied regression methodology, optimization.
and strategy. Sratistical and analytical
techniques are applied across
traditional business disciplines to develop
the rechnical com petence necessary for
managers in today's competirive global
business environment. Prerequisites: ECON
504, OPRE 504 or equivalent.
ECON 765 The Health Services Systems (3)
An overview of the U.S. health care system,
including healrh care as a producr and the
role of all srakeholders: patients, physicians,
scaff, hospitals, insurers, employers. and
governments. Topics include: impact of
cosr containment and competirion on
management within hospitals and on
physician-hospital relarions; alrernate delivery
sysrems (HMOs, PPOs); multiunit sysrems;
what makes healrh care different
from standard economic markets; healrh
care marketing; healrh insurance, including
(a) uninsured/uncompensared care, and (b)
poorly informed bur heavily insured customers;
a larger nor-for-profit sector and
heavy government involvement; legal
aspecrs of healrh care, including social,
moral, and ethical issues. Prerequisite:
ECON 504 or equival.ent.
ECON 720 International Economics and
Finance* (3) The framework of international
economics and finance. Topics covered
include classical (fade rheory, balance
of payment, models of open economy.
export and import economic policies and
trade performance, foreign exchange markers,
currency oprions and furures markers,
internarional money markets, and capital
markets. Specific application will be made
to European, Asian. and Larin American
markets. Prerequisite: ECON 504.
ECON 797 Special Topics in Economic
Management * (3) Specialized topics in
economics allowing flexibiliry for both rhe
changing developments in business and rhe
educational needs ofstudents. Topic areas
may include econometrics, entrepreneurship,
or organizarional archirecrure. Exacr
lisring of topics and prerequisites may be
lisred in schedule of classes. Prerequisite:
ECON 504 or area approval.
ECON 799 Individual Research (1-3)
Individual research in an area of interesr to
rhe student. The expecrarion is rhar work
equivalent to a regular graduare course will
be complered. Formal paper(s) will be wrirten
under rhe supervision ofa full-rime faculry
member. Prerequisite: Approval by an
economicsfoculty member and the Director,
Division ofEconomics, Finance, and
Management Science.
149

FIN 780 Corporate Restructuring (3)
Building on the theory and techniques of
cash flow analysis, valuation and investments,
this course involves a study of the
methods and motives for corporate restructuring.
Topics include market discipline
and incentive alignment, reinvestment and
distribution of cash flows; managing capital
structure, mergers, acquisi tions and divestitures.
Prerequisite: FIN 640.
FIN 797 Special Topics in Financial
Management (3) Specialized topics in
finance, allowing flexibility for both the
changing developments in finance and the
educational needs of students. Topic areas
may include entrepreneurial finance, cash,
and liquidity. Exact topics are posted in the
University schedule of classes. May be
repeated for credit as topics vary.
Prerequisite: FIN 640 or area approval.
FIN 799 IndividuaJ Research (1-3)
Individual research in an area of interest to
the srudent. The expectation is that work
equivalent to a regular graduate course will
be completed. Formal paper(s) will be written
under the supervision of a full-time fac ­
ulty member. Prerequisite: Approval by the
Director, Division ofEconomics, Finance,
and Management Science and graduate
adviser.
Human Service Administration
(HSAD)
Human Service Administration (HSAD)
courses are offered by the Division ofApplied
Psychology and Quantitative Methods, Yale
Gordrm College ofLiberal Arts and the Social
Science Department, Coppin State College.
HSAD 602 History and Foundations of
Human Service Systems (3) The history
and foundations of human service practice.
Societal factors that have fostered the evolution
of human services are emphasized,
and basic strategies and tactics common to
the delivery of human services are reviewed.
HSAD 603 Contemporary Issues in
Human Service Administration (3) An
overview of the current status of the field of
human services and the political, socio-cultural,
and economic contexts of administration.
Discussion of the conceptual and
theoretical issues related to the practical
skills necessary for administering human
service agencies. Prerequisite: HSAD 602 or
permission ofthe imtmctor. Offered at CSc.
HSAD 610 Strategies for Human
Services Program Planning (3) Focuses
on the various properties and implications
of planned change. Emphasis on models,
strategies, and roles required when working
within organizations and in the community
to develop new programs with input from a
variety of stakeholders.
HSAD 611 Program Evaluation and
Policy Analysis (3) A srudy of the conceprual
and methodological issues concerning
the evaluation of human service programs.
Includes focus on statistical and data analysis
skills, and on the relationships berween
the program/policy design and
analysis/evaluation. Prerequisite: HSAD
610 or permission ofthe imtmctor. Offered
at CSc.
HSAD 620 Human Services Leadership
and Supervision (3) A theoretical and
practical analysis of organizational leadership,
personnel (employee and volunteer)
supervision, workplace design, and the ethical
dimension of leadership in human
service agencies. Provides training in organizational
relationships and staff development.
Job-related case studies are used to
apply principles of supervision and leadership.
Offered at CSc.
HSAD 621 Administrative Decision­
Making in Human Service Agencies (3)
Decision-making at the individual, work
group, departmental and organizational
levels within the context of human service
agencies. Emphasizes development ofskills
necessary for securing consistency of practice,
the coordination of various planning
151

that are typically used in health care settings.
The course emphasizes surveys and
their application to managerial decisions.
HSMG 691 Health Planning and
Program Evaluation (3)This course
explains the theoretical and historical foundations
of health planning; the relationship
between health planning and regulation;
and the application of planning methods.
HSMG 695 Health Care Management
Information Systems (3) This course provides
an extensive overview of information
systems in health care organizations from
the perspective of health systems managers.
HSMG 752 Internship (3)The internship
serves to build a bridge between theory and
practice; students have the opportunity to
apply their knowledge and acquire insights
into the management ofhealth service
organizations.
HSMG 766 Health Systems Management:
Organizational Design and
Human Resources (3)This course builds
on PUAO 755 and provides an in-depth
examination oforganizational design theories,
their applicability to various health
care settings, and their implications for
human resources and labor relations.
Interaction Design and
Information Architecture (lOlA)
IDIA 610 Programming for Information
Architecture (3)* Introduces students to
forms oflogical analysis and symbolic
structure that underlie programming languages,
network architectures, and other
information systems. Students learn how
regular, cyclical, and recursive processes can
be adapted ro solve problems of interaction
and communication. Assignments use a
current programming or scripting language,
such as Java or Peri, to teach basic
concepts and procedures. Prerequisite:
PBDS 660 or a passing score on the
Hypermedia Proficiency Exam.' Lab fee
required.
IDIA 612 Interaction and Interface
Design (3) Explores electronic publication
environments as fluid spaces where interactions
among people, machines, and media
(words, images, sounds, video, animations,
simulations) must be structured for the
unforeseen. The course focuses on planning,
analyzing, prototyping, and integrating
interaction design with interface
design. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing
score on the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam.
Lab fee required.
IDIA 614 Sequential Visualization and
Analysis (3) Teaches students to use
sequential visual narratives-story boards,
flowcharts, prototypes, and simulations-as
analysis tools for the development of information
systems. The course draws on theoretical
approaches to film as well as other
forms of visual storytelling including animation,
illustration, and comics. Through
a series of practical analytical and creative
projects, students learn to apply story
boards and limited multimedia prototypes
both to interface design and to content
development. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a
passing score on the Hypermedia Proficiency
Exam. Lab fee required.
IDIA 616 Hypermedia Production (3)
Hands-on investigation of strategies and
problem solving techniques involved in the
production of practical interactive publications.
Students work intensively on a major
electronic publishing project. Prerequisite:
PBDS 660 or a passing score on the Hypermedia
Proficiency Exam. Lab fee required.
IDIA 618 Dynamic Web Sites (3)
Familiarizes students with the basic concepts
and vocabulary ofWeb site programming,
including application scripting,
database management, object-oriented programming,
and full-lifecycle software development.
lr provides students with the
fundamental skills required to develop and
153

maintain a dynamic data-driven Web site.
Each student will develop a complete Web
site using a simple text editor to create and
manipulate relational data, learn a middleware
markup language to store and retrieve
data and control the rules of interaction,
and write HTML to format data and control
display. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a
passing score on the Hypermedia Proficiency
Exam. Lab fee required.
lOlA 619 Multimedia for the Internet
(3) A practical and theoretical introduction
to genres, strategies, and techniques for
producing multimedia content for the
Internet. Students examine existing multimedia
content while developing creative
skills in one or more standard authoring
systems. Background readings provide theoretical
context for development of individual
projects. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a
passing score on the Hypermedia Proficiency
Exam. Lab fee required.
lOlA 620 Information Culture (3)*
Surveys important developments, implications,
and problems in the development of
modern information technologies, emphasizing
their relevance to the Internet and
other current contexts. Students are
expected to become conversant with the
technical and intellectual roots of technological
development and at the same time
to understand important social issues in
which that development is implicated.
Beginning with the transition from orality
to literacy and moving through the emergence
of print, the course situates innovation
in larger narratives of cultural change
and historical process, continuing into the'
post-Cold-War expansion. Instructors will
focus on various relevant themes that may
include electronic democracy, the digital
divide, globalization and post-nationalism,
identity and security issues, and the social
implications of "mass" versus "hyper"
media. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing
score on the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam.
Lab fee required.
154
lOlA 624 Virtual Worlds: Simulation
and Invention (3) Explores dynamic 2.5
dimensional representations as virtual
worlds or surfaces for exploration and
adventure. The course teaches students
practical, hands-on skills with a range of
applications for creating virtual worlds
while at the same time it explores these
spaces conceptually and culturally. Prerequisite:
PBDS 660 or a passing score on the
Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee
required.
lOlA 630 Information Architecture (3)
Teaches students to gather requirements
data, model information structures, develop
a variety of documents to communicate
the information architecture to other participants,
including technical expertS,
usability experts, clients, and users. Students
learn to determine a target audience,
develop personas or user profiles, refine and
validate requirements, create site maps and
other "specs" and wire frames. Prerequisite:
PBDS 660 or a passing score on the
Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee
required.
lOlA 640 Humans, Computers, and
Cognition (3)* Introduces students to
concepts, theories, and methods that su pport
the study of human-computer interaction
and user-centered system design.
Major approaches to machine-mediated
learning and understanding are surveyed,
with an emphasis on problem solving,
knowledge representation, structure of
knowledge systems, and problems of interface
design. This course prepares students
to understand and analyze research based
on empirical study of human behavior and
on models oflearning and understanding.
Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing score on
the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee
required.

IDlA 642 Research Methods for
Interaction Design (3) Introduces the
chief methods for studying users' interactions
with sof[Ware and information
resources. h encompasses both quantitative
and qualitative methods, including analysis
of logs, indirect observation, uaditional
usabiliry studies, and ethnographic techniques.
Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing
score on the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam.
Lab fee required.
IDlA 644 Ethnography of DigitaI
Culture (3)* Contemporary information
technologies are often said w be immersive,
creating distinnive, and highly detailed
vinuaJ experiences. Thus the discipline of
ethnography, which teaches researchers w
undemand sociaJ aniviry through
immersive exposure, seems panicularly
appropriate w the study of digitaJ cuhures.
Emnographic anaJysis provides powerful
wols for experienced designers and usabiliry
researchers who seek w understand how
communication systems deeply affect individuaJs
and societies. This course introduces
the foundations and basic methods
of ethnography and looks at severaJ applications
of this discipline w current communications
pranices. Assignments center
on field work and other applied activities.
IDlA 730 Thesis/Project (6)* Preparation
of a work of original research or a substantiaJ
interanive or interface project
displaying pranicaJ knowledge of relevant
research. In this 6-credit course, each student
develops a substantial projen or produces
a master's level thesis. Projens and
research are presented w program faculry
for critique. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a
passing score on the Hypermedia Proficiency
Exam. Lab fee required. Permission ofprogram
director required.
IDlA 750 Special Topics (3) Intensive
exploration of wpies in hypermedia, information
architecture, or interanion design
of mutuaJ interest w students and faculry.
Course may be repeated for credit when
wpic changes. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a
passing score on the Hypermedia Proficiency
Exam. Lab fee required.
Information Systems (lNSS)
Information Systems (INSS) courses are
offered by the Merrick School ofBusiness.
INSS 610 Information Systems
Techniques (3) Explores the fundamentaJ
meories, concepts and principles of information
systems in organizations. Emphasizes
undemanding how information
syscems are used in organizations and the
need for managing information resources.
Examines the role of meories, concepts and
principles in anaJyzing and solving praccicaJ
problems.
INSS 640 Information Systems and
Technology (3) Applications of information
systems and technology across organizationaJ
rypes and business functions-how
managers can get and use information.
Examines interactions be[Ween informacion
syscems and omer organizationaJ systems.
Topies include: redesigning business processes
mrough new technologies; exchanging
informacion with suppliers, cuscomers
and competiwrs; developing corporate culture
with group support systems; underscanding
and exploiting emerging
technologies; the pocentiaJ of information
systems w promoce competitive advantage;
and the sociaJ and emical impans of growing
informacion systems use. Prerequisite:
Graduate standing.
155

INSS 641 Information Resource
Management (3) Examination of the
responsibilities and strategies of managing
the information resource function in an
organization including discussion of complex
problems of design, development,
operation, control, and evaluation of management
strategies in the context of organizational
objectives. Covers the management
of information resources both within an
organization and between an organization
and its customers, suppliers, and trading
partners. Prerequisites: INSS 610 or INSS
640.
INSS 650 Telecommunications (3)
Covers fundamentals, as well as the stateof-the-art,
of using telecommunications in
business. Emphasizes managing and using
telecommunications to meet organizational
goals. Telecommunication technology and
current practices are included. Topics
include distributed data processing, communications
techniques, network design,
management, and security and ethical
issues. Deregulation, international networks,
and the impact of telecommunications
on the organizational environment are
also discussed. Prerequisite: INSS 610 or
INSS640.
INSS 651 Database Management
Systems (3) Theories and concepts
employed in database management systems
(D BMS) and the efficiencies and
economies of such systems. The function of
various types (hierarchical, network, relational,
etc.) of DBMS are described,
including their purpose, advantages, disadvantages,
and applications in business.
Structured Query Language (SQL), database
design, and database administration
are also covered. Prerequisite: INSS 610 or
INSS640.
INSS 671 Systems Analysis and Design (3)
The systems development life cycle of
application systems emphasizing the use
of structured design techniques. Each phase
of development from information require­
156
ments analysis through post audit is examined.
Other methodologies and current
tools and techniques are reviewed and compared
with traditional approaches.
Prerequisite: INSS 610 or INSS 640.
INSS 701 Internet Development for
Business (3) The objective of this course is
the analysis, design, implementation and
maintenance of World Wide Web (Web)
business sites. Topics covered are uses of the
Internet for business and Electronic
Commerce, Hypertext Markup Language
(HTML) concepts and tools, including
graphical and text-oriented editors, business
graphics, and audio and video content
in Web pages. Advanced HTML concepts
like imagemap, forms, frames, tables and
style sheets as page formatting tools,
dynamic HTML, and client-side scripting
using Java Script are also covered. Students
will develop a Web site for a real-life organization
and analyze an exemplary business
Web site. Prerequisite: INSS 640.
INSS 711 System Simulation (3) Surveys
concepts and techniques of system modeling
and simulation using digital computers
including computer simulation languages
such as SIMSCRIPT U.5 and GPSS, variance
reduction techniques, input/output
analysis, sensitivity and optimization of systems
simulation, and application of computer
simulation to various practical
situations. Prerequisites: OPRE 504, and
INSS 610 or INSS 640.
INSS 737 Management ofInformation
Systems (3) Considers the management
function as it relates to information and
information systems from both an organizational
and individual perspective.
Discusses the evolution ofIS management
in organizations from data processing
through distributed information resources,
and the growing need for all professionals
and managers to oversee their own information
and information systems.
Prerequisite: INSS 610.

INSS 738 Advanced Database
Management Systems (3) Examines the
major issues and advanced developments in
database management systems (DBMS),
including SQL object/relational systems,
distributed databases, and the integration
of knowledge and data management.
Prerequisite: IN55 651.
INSS 739 System Analysis and Design:
Tools and Techniques (3) Covers the current
tools and techniques used by leading
organizations in the design, development
and maintenance of application systems.
Systems development methodologies such
as JAD, Prototyping, PSIIPSA, etc. are
reviewed and compared, as are tools such as
CASE products, Code Analyzers and
Generators, and 4GLs. Students have at
least one assignment requiring the use of
such tools. Prerequisite: IN55 611.
INSS 751 Operating Systems (3) Surveys
general functions of operating systems
including introduction to assembly language.
The capabilities ofseveral commercial
operating systems and an examination
of mechanisms used to implement operating
systems. Prerequisite: IN55 610 or
IN55640.
INSS 752 Web Server Management and
CGI Programming (3) The objective of
this course is to provide students with
intermediate skills in developing interactive,
server-based applications using the
World Wide Web Common Gateway
Interface (CGI) and Active Server Pages
(ASP) . Includes installation and management
ofWeb server software like Apache,
Microsoft Internet Server, etc. (Perl and
CGI programming, Java, C, or C++ may be
used as alternative CGI programming languages);
VBScript and ASP development;
use ofdatabase systems with Web servers.
Prerequisites: IN55 101 and working knowledge
ofVisual Basic.
INSS 753 Internet and Network
Security (3) The objective of this course is
to provide students with intermediate skills
in identifYing basic threats to network securiry
and in implementing countermeasures
to insure the securiry of networks connected
to the Internet. A framework for
hacking, as well as common hacking tools
are studied, and protection procedures are
identified. Common vulnerabilities of
Windows, Linux, and Unix operating systems
are examined and procedures for
securing these systems are studied. Firewalls
and intrusion detection systems are
reviewed. Prerequisites: IN55 650, IN55
101, and IN55 151 or permission ofthe
instructor.
INSS 761 Decision Support
Systems (3) Explores the relationship of
decision support systems, traditional
information systems and organizational
decision-making functions, including a
discussion of strategies for the design and
use of the decision support systems for
various managerial functions . Case studies
illustrate design concepts and techniques.
Prerequisite: IN55 610 or IN55
640 or equivalent.
INSS 765 Global Electronic
Commerce (3) The general objectives of
this course are: 1) to provide the student
with an understanding of what global commerce
is all about, the technologies used in
conducting global commerce, the impact of
electronic commerce on businesses, industry
and world markets and economies, 2)
to understand, chiefly through hands-on
experience, the technologies, standards and
protocols used in global commerce, and 3)
to gain an appreciation for the major and
evolving issues in global commerce, i.e.,
electronic currency, securiry, encryption,
etc. Prerequisite: IN55 610 or IN55 640 or
equivalent.
157

INSS 772 Group Support Systems (3)
Promotes understanding ofstate-of-the-art
computer support for group work.
Emphasizes behavioral aspects (how teams
work) and technical aspects (developing
appropriate systems ro support varied
group activities) . Topics include characteristics
of groups, the nature of teamwork,
group processes and techniques, computer
support for teamwork, design and implementation
issues, human and organizational
issues, and methodological issues.
Prerequisites: All required M.1.5. courses
except INSS 789.
INSS 774 Artificial Intelligence and
Expert Systems (3) An introduction ro
artificial intelligence and expert systems.
Emphasizes business application ofexpert
systems. Topics include concepts of artificial
intelligence, problem-solving methods,
knowledge acquisition, knowledge representations,
inferencing methods, and design
and development of expert systems for
business applications. Prerequisite: INSS
610 or INSS 640.
INSS 775 End-User Computing (3)
Studies the technology and methods for
end-user systems development using
advanced software rools. Management of
end-user computing is examined from
Information Center strategies ro the utilization
of resident information systems consultants
and corporate standards.
Prerequisites: All required M.l.S. courses
except INSS 789.
INSS 777 Human Factors in Information
Systems (3) A study of the non-ergonomic
issues in the human-system interface. Such
technologies include: menu structures and
styles, use ofgraphic systems, icon-based
menus, rouch screens, audio, hypertext, etc.
The impact of these technologies on
human-computer interaction, information
presentations, human-compurer communi­
158
cation, and human performance is examined.
Student projects examine current
empirical studies in this area. Prerequisites:
All required M.l.5. courses except INSS 789.
INSS 778 Software Maintenance and
Retrofitting (3) The use of code analyzers,
code generators and related software products
and maintaining and retrofitting existing
application libraries. The concepts of
software engineering, re-engineering,
reverse engineering, ([averse and forward
engineering are integrated with state-ofthe-art
software engineering rools. One
product is studied in some detail: measurements,
metrics, cost effectiveness, ease-ofuse,
ete. Students examine software rools in
the context of managing the organization's
software resources. Prerequisites: All
required M.l 5. courses except INSS 789.
INSS 784 Information Systems
Planning (3) Integrates research and planning
methodology in the management of
application development and corporate
information systems. Planning methodologies
are emphasized. Prerequisites: INSS
641 and INSS 671.
INSS 789 Information Systems
Applications (3) A field-study project capsrone
course. Student teams undertake an
M.l.S. project in the public or private secror.
Projects focus on one aspect ofIS such
as systems analysis and design, database systems,
telecommunications or IS professionals.
Should be taken in the final semester of
the student's program. Prerequisites: Aff
required M.l.5. core courses andpermission of
the imtructor.
INSS 790 Advanced Topics in
Telecommunications (3) Examines current
and emerging trends, technologies,
and practices in telecommunications.
Topics may include, bur are not limited ro,
pricing structures, wireless communication

standards, transmission protocols, Internet
telephony and nerwork optimization.
Prerequisite: INSS 650 or permission ofthe
instructor.
INSS 791 Advanced Topics in Systems
Analysis and Design (3) Examines current
and emerging trends, technologies and
practices in Systems Analysis and Design.
Topics may include, but are not limited to,
case tools, new development methodologies,
soft systems methodology, rapid
protoryping and the design of interorganizational
and e-commerce systems.
Prerequisite: INSS 739 or permission ofthe
instructor.
INSS 792 Advanced Topics in Database
Management Systems (3) Examines current
and emerging trends, technologies,
and practices in Database Management
Systems. Topics may include, but are not
limited to, data warehousing, data mining,
distributed database systems, knowledge
discovery tools and database design for
Customer Relations Management.
Prerequisite: INSS 738 or permission ofthe
instructor.
INSS 793 Advanced Topics in Internet
and e-Commecce (3) Examines current
and emerging trends, technologies, and
practices in Internet technologies and ecommerce.
Topics may include, but are not
limited to, building securiry, trust and privacy
in the e-economy, electronic payment
systems, e-governance, e-commerce applications
and business models, XML, and
cultural, policy and regulatory issues associated
with global e-commerce. Prerequisite:
INSS 765 or permission ofthe instructor.
INSS 794 Advanced Topics in
Management of MIS (3) Examines current
and emerging trends and practices in MIS
management. Topics may include, but are
not limited to, IS and strategic planning,
outsourcing, information securiry, disaster
recovery planning and the escalation of
software projects. Prerequisite: INSS 737 or
permission ofthe imtructor.
INSS 797 Advanced Topics in Infocmation
Systems (3) Exploration of advanced
topics in information systems
of in terest to faculry and students.
Prerequisites and topics are selected and
printed in the schedule ofclasses.
INSS 799 Individual Reseacch: Infocmation
Systems (1-3) Approval of the
Director of the Division of Management
Information Systems and permission of
instructor required.
Legal and Ethical Studies (LEST)
Legal and Ethical Studies courses (LEST) are
offered by the Division ofLegal, Ethical, and
Historical Studies, Yale Gordon College of
Liberal Arts.
LEST 500 Legal Reseacch (3) An intensive
introduction to the organization of a
law library, sources for legal research, and
basic techniques of legal research. Required
ofall entering students during their first
semester.
LEST 501 Legal and Ethical Foundations
(3) Considers three fundamental themes:
the philosophical basis of law and ethics;
how lawyers and ethicists think, how the
processes of the law work, how the law
relates to other disciplines, and branches of
knowledge; and how to do legal and ethical
research. Grading: Letter grade only.
LEST 506 Histocical Pecspectives (3) The
history of the Western legal tradition from
late antiquiry and medieval times to the
present, with attention to the traditions of
legal scholarship, the distinctive characteristics
ofAnglo-American law, and the shaping
of the modern legal profession in the
United States. Familiarizes students with
contemporary approaches to legal studies
that emphasize the social and intellectual
context oflegal problems and legal change.
Includes selected readings in ethics.
159

LEST 507 Legal and Ethical Arguments
(3) Introduction to contemporary legal
research and legal argument. Students learn
to generate original argumentation about
contemporary legal issues of unusual complexity
such as affirmative action, privacy,
biological engineering, obscenity, first
amendment rights, and other civil liberties.
Students learn contemporary methods of
research and current styles of legal citation,
and how to use case material appropriately
in an academic context.
LEST 508 Law and Morality (3) Law and
morality as the two major sources ofstandards
used to measure and govern human
conduct; the relationship between law and
morality, focusing on traditional and contemporary
philosophical views of the
nature of law and the nature of morality;
the interaction between the two and the
purposes and enforceability ofeach.
LEST 600 Advanced Research (3)
Advanced techniques of legal and scholarly
research in specialized areas of law, philosophy
oflaw, and/or legal history. The strategic
and effective use of law finding and
bibliographical aids is stressed, including
some exposure to electronic databases in
the humanities, social sciences, and legal
field. Students work partly in fields designated
by the instrucror and also individually
on an extensive research project.
LEST 601 Ethics and Advocacy (3) The
responsibilities of lawyers to the judicial
system and to their clients. Students consider
the pattern of relationships between
the attorney and client in order to study
the limits of law, the areas in which preventive
legal consultation may be helpful, and
the way in which a client or administrator
may present his or her position to a lawyer
and to the courts. Also covers the
client/court relationship, and consumer
and user advocacy as it relates to the legal
system.
160
LEST 602 World Legal Systems (3)
Other world legal systems, including
European, Oriental, and various socialist
systems of law. Considers the legal relationship
between the individual and the state in
other systems, and discusses the role of the
judiciary, the role of good faith in contract
law, property law, criminal procedures, and
the principal elements of civil and common
law procedure in other systems.
LEST 603 Law of Contracts (3)
Theoretical and practical bases of the law of
contracts. Topics include: creation of contracts;
capacity to contract; mutual assent;
offer and acceptance; consideration; compliance
with formality; third party beneficiaries;
mutual mistake; parole evidence;
specific performance; conditions; impossibility;
frustration; assignment and discharge
of contract obligations; statute of
frauds and novation; references to Article 2
of the UCC; and restatement of contracts.
LEST 604 Law of Business
Organizations (3) Introduction to the law
of business organizations, from the individual
proprietorship to the corporation,
emphasizing the elements of public policy
common to all; also combines the traditional
subjects of agency, partnerships, and
corporations. Topics include: the major
forms oforganization; the employment
relationship; rights and obligations of partners
and third parties; and the corporation-its
function, importance, and
methods of finance and control.
LEST 605 Topics in Law (3) Periodic
offering on various courses in specialized
topics of law in accordance with student
interest. Examples ofsuch topics are: historic
cases, copyright law, law of education,
legal debate on punishments. Course is
announced under the topic to be studied.
LEST 606 Family Law (3) The legal,
social, and philosophical problems con­

fronting the family, including such topics
as: the legal characteristics of marriage,
financial obligations, conflicts of spousal
rights, tortS, fault and no-fault grounds in
marriage, dissolution, negotiation skills,
separation agreements, tax problems, and
adoption and custody rights of the child.
LEST 607 Property Law (3) The ba.

ure as courageous and effective advocates
of justice. These images are explored by
comparing scholarly (historical and philosophical)
study of the profession with the
"artistic" exploitation of lawyers in different
media. A major paper is required.
LFST 630 Law and History Seminar (3)
Selected topics related to law and history,
including such subjects as: the history of
the common law, American constitutional
history, the western legal tradition, law
reform movements, Maryland's legal history,
and the evolution of our civil rights
and civil liberties. Srudents do some readings
in common to define the themes of
the seminar and also undertake independent
research. A major paper is required.
Prerequisites: LEST500,501, and 506; or
permission ofimtructor.
LFST 698 Internship in Applied Ethics
(3) Provides observation and firsthand
experience of the practice of ethics at designated
profit, nonprofit or government
organizations. Srudents work with a mentor
at an appropriate organization they
have selected and write an ongoing journal
of their involvement as well as a critical
essay on applied ethics related to their
internship experience. Prerequisite: interview
with internship director.
LEST 799 Independent Research (1"3)
Individual research on an academic project
of interest to the srudent in consultation
with a monitoring faculty member. Prerequisite:
approval ofthe program director.
162
Management (MGMT)
Maruzgement courses (MGMT) are offered by
the Merrick School ofBusiness.
MGMT 504 Organizational Behavior
and Human Resource Management (3)
Satisfies the core requirements in organizational
behavior and human resource management.
Beginning with a focus on the
individual, covers interpersonal and teamwork
issues. Explores leadership, selection,
motivation, performance assessment, and
ethical and legal considerations related to
these activities. Emphasis on effective oral
and written communication. Prerequisite:
Graduate standing.
MGMT 506 Production and Operations
Management (3) Management of the
design and creation of products/services that
can be sold at competitive prices. Topics
include: strategic choice of technology;
design of products/service and processes;
location of facilities; project management;
operations planning and control; material
management; total quality management;
benchmarking; and performance measurement.
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
MGMT 640 Strategic Innovation and
Renewal (3) The dynamics of an evolving
organization. Topics include: vision and
competitive strategy; shareholder, stakeholder,
and value chain relationships;
benchmarking; product and process
improvement; performance assessment and
evaluation; statistical tools for diagnosis
and improvement; corporate governance,
and organizational and financial restructuring;
leadership and change; empowerment
of human resources; and valuation of the
firm. Prerequisites: concurrent or prior
enrollment in INSS 640, FIN 640, ACCT
640, ECON 640 and MKTG 640.

MGMT 650 Research for Strategic
Human Resource Management
Decisions (3) Merhods and rools used in
business research. Topics include: locaring
sources of srraregic human resource managemenr
informarion; developing a research
projecr; using rhe compurer ro process dara;
and organizing and presenring srraregic
human resource managemenr reporrs.
Prerequisite: OPRE 504 or equivalent.
MGMT 710 Human Resource
Management (3) Covers procedures and
problems associared wirh employee relarions
in borh privare and public secrors
from a policy perspecrive. Issues wirhin rhe
manager-employee-union relarionship
involving human resource planning,
recruiring, selecrion, and urilizarion are
examined. Discusses legal, inrernarional,
work force diversiry and safery aspens.
Prerequisite: MGMT 504 or equivalent.
MGMT 712 Employment Law and the
Human Resource Manager (3)
Employmenr law as ir applies ro managemenr
decisions in recruiunenr and promotion
as well as in rerms of managemenr's
responsibiliry ro comply wirh federal laws.
Topics include legal issues in employmenr
law and rhe legal consequences of non-compliance;
rhe regularory model ofgovernmenr
conrrol over rhe employmenr relarionship;
equal employmenr opporruniry; safery and
healrh regulations; Americans wirh
Disabiliries Acr; pay and benehrs law;
Employee Retiremenr Income Securiry Acr;
civil righrs ofemployees (privacy and wrongful
discharge); Family Leave Acr; inrernarional
comparisons; and emerging regularory
issues. Prerequisite: MGMT504.
MGMT 715 Compensation, Evaluation
and Motivation (3) Managemenr rechniques
applicable ro mainraining and developing
producriviry and job sarisfacrion
among employees. Examines wage and
salary adminisrrarion decisions and rheir
implicarions in-deprh. Prerequisite:
MGMT504.
MGMT 720 Labor Management
Relations (3) An inrroducrion ro labor
relarions sysrems: organizarional rechniques
and srraregies of unions and managemenr;
legal consrrainrs relarive ro organizarions;
rhe negoriarion process; rhe negoriarion
and scope of conrracrs; rhe major subsranrive
issues in collecrive bargaining; and conflicr
resolurion rhrough grievance and
arbirrarion. Employee-managemenr relarions
in union and nonunion environmenrs
are comrasred. Prerequisite: MGMT 504.
MGMT 725 Conflict Management and
Dispute Resolution in the Workplace (3)
The crirical issues in conflicr, including
workplace violence, culrural diversiry, and
changes in rhe organizarion ofwork.
Crearive approaches ro inrra- and inrerorganizarional
dispure resolurion are
explored. Provides opporruniries ro inrerface
wirh experrs, ro engage in challenging
experienrial exercises, and ro share problem-solving
approaches. Prerequisite:
MGMT504.
MGMT 740 Seminar in Service
Operations (3) The problems associared
wirh rhe managemenr ofservice organizarions.
Analyzes special characrerisrics of
such organizarions and rheir managerial
implicarions. Discusses operarions managemem
rools, rechniques, and conceprs available
ro service organizarions. Topics
include: capaciry managemenr, locarion
choice, service flow analysis, producriviry,
and operarions conrrol. Theorerical discussions
are supplemenred wirh rhe operarions
of banks, hospirals, educarional insrirurions,
and orher service organizarions.
Prerequisite: prior or current enrollment in
MGMT 506 or its equivalent.
MGMT 750 Manufacturing
Management (3) An inregraring and
srraregic srudy ofalrernare managemenr
principles and approaches. Topics include
Zero Invenrory Oapan), Group Technology
(Russia), Flexible Manufacruring (USA),
Synchronous Manufacruring (Israel),
163

Grundlichkeit (Germany) and other
approaches. Presents perspectives related ro
innovation and technology, capacity and
demand, productivity and quality, flexibility
and efficiency, international manufacruring,
and emerging issues. Prerequisite:
prior or current enrollment in MGMT 506
or its equivalent.
MGMT 752 Management of Quality and
Productivity (3) Examines all aspects of
management of quality in the entire value
chain; relationships with all stakeholders
including the suppliers and cusromers;
investment in human resources; continuous
improvement; process re-engineering; statistical
rools; measurement of quality; and
benchmarking. Case studies are included.
Prerequisite: prior or current enrollment in
MGMT 506 or its equivalent.
MGMT 753 Global Management of
Technology and Operations * (3) The
impact of national environments on global
operations, national differences in productivity
and product standards, comparative
management systems, matching competitive
advantages of firms with comparative
advantages of nations, strategies of global
deployment of technology, product and
process developments across national borders,
global sourcing and logistics, and
global information networks. Includes case
studies. Prerequisite: prior or concurrent
enrollment in MGMT506 or its equivalent.
MGMT 760 Organizational Creativity,
Change, and Entrepreneurship (3)
Strategy and techniques for successfully
introducing change ro formal organizations;
role of power, influence, and communication
in the change process;
confrontation and effective intervention;
concepts and techniques of organizational
development; frameworks for creativity;
and acceptance of innovation. Included are
individual and group research and experimental
exercises. Prerequisite: MGMT 504.
164
MGMT 761 Technology Trends (3)
Provides a basic understancling ofcurrent
growth-technology fields and a familiarity
with future technology development and
opportunity. Surveys emerging market opportunities
in a number of technology areas and
cliscusses the potential impact of those technologies
on business opportunity. Discusses
the impacts that labs will have on markets.
MGMT 762 Opportunity Analysis (3)
Introduces the subject of opportunity
analysis and entrepreneurship, and the
practice of its requisite skills. Includes the
analysis of markets, preliminary COSt feasibility
and intellectual property audit. Also
involves the creation and development of
preliminary strategy positioning appropriate
to the market opportunity. Prerequisite:
MGMT504.
MGMT 763 Commercialization
Planning (3) Commercialization planning
and the practice of its necessary skills in all
of its phases. Includes market planning,
operations planning, management planning,
financial planning, and resource planning.
Details the development of business
strategy and the creation of plans for strategy
implementation. Prerequisite: MGMT
504, prior or concurrent enrollment in
MGMT762.
MGMT 764 Commercial Start-up (3)
Expands on MGMT 762 and 763 with
emphasis on the skills and behaviors
engaged in during the starr-up process.
Includes the search for capital, the negotiations
ofcontracts, initial advertising and
marketing, and the development of
alliances. Discusses strategy implementation,
alteration and revision. Prerequisite:
MGMT 504, prior or concurrent enrollment
inMGMT763.
MGMT 765 Management of Health Care
Organizations and Professionals (3) A
two-module course focusing on major
organization and management issues in
health care service organizations; and the

ole of individual health professionals,
interaction among them, and their relationships
with patients and the organization's
administration. Prerequisite: MGMT 504
or equivalent.
MGMT 780 International Management (3)
Management challenges and dilemmas
associated with business activity in multicultural
and global environments within
the U.S. and other countries. Provides the
knowledge and sensitivities to more effectively
identify, understand, and manage the
cultural components of organizational and
business dynamics. Topics include: cultural
value awareness, cross-cultural communication
skills, cross-cultural management skills
(strategic planning, organizational design,
leadership), and creating and managing a
globally competent work force. Prerequisite:
MGMT504.
MGMT 781 International Business
Strategy (3) Draws on the framework of
global strategic management to help Students
integrate the concepts ofeconomics,
finance, marketing, technology, and operations
in a global context. Focuses on market
entry issues, transnational structures,
operational issues, and leadership in crosscultural
settings, and provides the framework
for a real world, international
business project that may be completed by
student teams and that offers the option for
a study/analysis trip to another country.
Prerequisites: all M.B.A. 500-level courses or
equivalent.
MGMT 797 Special Topics in
Management (3) An intensive exploration
of topics in the area of management. Topics
include e-commerce, e-commerce and supply
chain management, e-venturing, leadership,
organizational theory, or best business
practice. Refer to semester class schedule
for tirle of topic offered. May be repeated
for credit when the topic varies. Prerequisite:
to be determined by the instructor.
MGMT 799 Individual Research (1-3)
The purpose of individual research is to
permit investigation into a particular subject
in more depth than accommodated by
an existing course. Students work closely
with an individual faculty member.
Approval ofthe Director ofthe Marketing
and Management Division and graduate
adviser required.
Marketing (MKTG)
Marketing courses are offered by the Merrick
School ofBusiness.
MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3)
The concepts, processes, and institutions
necessary for the effective global marketing
of goods and services including an analysis
of market opportunities, buyer behavior,
product planning, pricing, promotion, distribution
and the role of marketing within
the organization and in society. Prerequisite:
Graduate standing.
MKTG 640 Organization Creation and
Growth (3) Focuses on development of
new goods and services and the technologies,
market needs, operating processes,
financial resources, and organizational
structures and processes necessary to meet
the growth objectives of new and existing
organizations. Prerequisites: MKTG 504 or
area approval.
MKTG 760 Global Marketing
Management (3) The theory and application
of marketing in a global context.
Topics include international trade and
financial markets, market structures of
nations, consumption behavior related to
culrure, social values, and economic conditions.
Also considers the political and legal
control over marketing activities (advertising,
promotion, and distribution); the
growth of regional marketing arrangements
relative to competitive strategies of mulri­
165

national corporations; the dilemma of marketing
ethics in a multicultural world; and
the cost-benefit of technology transfer.
Prerequisite: MKTG 640.
MKTG 770 Product Development and
Management (3) The development and
management of goods and services as a
multi-functional management process.
Includes analysis of market needs, technology,
social and legal factors, and organizational
resources to develop effective product
portfolios to achieve organizational objectives.
Management of both innovative and
mature products is studied. Prerequisite:
MKTG640.
MKTG 780 Market Information and
Research (3) The acquisition, evaluation,
and use of competitor and consumer information
for goods and services. Explores a
variety of methods including the use of
both electronic data such as the Internet,
computer databases, scanner data and
behavioral research including focus groups,
observations, survey research, and experiments
are explored. Emphasis on the timeliness
and validity of information in
making effective marketplace decisions
regarding competitor and consumer behavior.
Prerequisite: MKTG 640.
MKTG 790 Marketing Field Project (3)
Student teams apply concepts from other
courses and their experience to solve marketing
problems offirms. Each team is
assigned a project and faculty member for
the semester. Seminar sessions are scheduled
to encourage exchange of information
between teams and the development of
consulting skills. Projects are normally with
a business firm, although other learning
experiences can be proposed. Prerequisite:
MKTG640.
MKTG 797 Special Topics in Marketing
Management (3) Specialized topics in marketing,
allowing flexibility for both the
changing developments in applied business
practice and the educational needs ofstu­
166
dents. Exact topical coverage and prerequisites
are listed in the schedule of classes.
Prerequisite: MKTG 504 or area approval.
MKTG 799 Independent Study (1-3)
Approval of the Director of the Marketing
and Management Division and graduate
adviser required. Prerequisite: MKTG 640.
Negotiations and Conflict
Management (CNCM)
Negotiations and Conflict Management
(CNCM) courses are administered by the
Division ofLegal, Ethical and Historical
Studies, Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts.
CNCM 500 Research Methods (3)
Introduces various methods of research in
the social sciences, law, and the humanities
that students wiH encounter in the field of
conflict studies. Also enables the student to
utilize a variety of systems of citation and
reference.
CNCM 506 Understanding and
Assessing Conflict (3) Introduces theories
of conflict and different perspectives used
to understand and assess conflict. Various
views of conflict, conflict escalation, and
resolution are studied, utilizing insights
from a range of disciplines, including psychology,
sociology, communications, cultural
studies, and law.
CNCM 508 Approaches to Managing
ConflictlMethods of Dispute Resolution
(3) Introduces various approaches to managing
conflict, and explores the differences
among approaches based upon domination,
compromise, and integration. Covers various
methods of dispute resolution, including
litigation, negotiation, mediation, and
arbitration.
CNCM 513 Negotiations: Theory and
Practice (3) Introduces the theory and
practice of negotiations, and explores vari­

ous models of negotiation and bargaining,
highlighting similarities and differences in
the models and methods of negotiation.
Covers various stages of negotiation from
pre-negotiation, ro negotiation proper, ro
post-setrlemenr negotiation; and emphasizes
rhe developmenr of skills through the
use of role plays enabling rhe studenr ro
apply theory ro cases.
CNCM 515 Mediation: Theory and
Practice (3) Introduces rhe theory and
practice of mediation, and explores various
models of rhe mediation process as well as
diverging views concerning rhe role of the
mediator. Key issues include: neurrality and
bias on rhe parr of the mediator; confidentiality;
codes of erhics for mediarors; and
the current stams of legislation concerning
the qualifications and licensing of mediators.
Studenrs develop and practice mediation
skills by acting as the mediaror in
various scenarios that illustrate the process
of mediation.
CNCM 517 Arbitration: Theory and
Practice (3) Introduces the theory and
practice of arbitration, and explores rhe role
of the arbirraror as an imparrial, third party
whose task is ro "decide" issues berween
parries ro a dispute. Focuses on arbirration
in differenr conrexts, including collective
bargaining and disputes berween managemenr
and labor.
CNCM 620 Special Topics (3) This
course explores topics in rhe rhe field of
Negotiations and Conflict Management.
The ropics vary according to rhe interest of
student and specialization of rhe faculty
member. Prerequisites, ifany, to be determined
by the instructor.
CNCM 798 Capstone Course (3) The
Capsrone Experience consists of rwo componenrs,
a clinical experience and a reflective
paper designed to inregrate theory and
practice and to equip the studenr wirh a
well-thought-our approach to future
involvement and professional practice in
the field.
Operations Research (OPRE)
Operations Research courses are offered by the
Merrick School ofBusiness.
OPRE 504 Business Statistics (3)
Statistical summary measures, probability,
random variables, and their distributions.
Estimation and hypothesis testing, correlation
and regression analysis, ANOVA, and
their applications to business problems are
presenred. The use ofstatistical data analysis
is an integral parr of rhis course.
Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
OPRE 640 Applied Management
Science (3) Management science
approaches in organizations, including
modeling and rational approaches to decision
making and their contriburion ro
organizational effectiveness. Emphasizes
analysis and communication using realworld
application and cases. Topics
include: linear programming and its extensions;
integer programming; nerwork problems;
and decision analysis as applied to
tactical and srrategic business decisions in
functional areas and inrerfaces among these
areas. Prerequisites: prior or concurrent
enrollment in M. B.A. core courses.
OPRE 705 Decision Technologies:
Deterministic Systems* (3) Deterministic
systems and methods to improve rhe effectiveness
of managerial decision making in
both public and private organizations.
Topics include optimization of linear, integer,
nerwork and nonlinear systems,
dynamic programming, and applications.
Case studies and software implementation
of rhe models are emphasized. Data
requirements, issues and problems in
model development and implemenration,
and the implications of model-based decision
supporr systems are also discussed.
Prerequisite: OPRE 640.
167

PUAD 626 Information Resources
Management (3) The role ofcomputers in
developing and managing information necessary
for decision making in public organizations.
Includes consideration of
computer applications, specifically: the
development and management ofdatabases;
and the use ofsoftware applications
to decision making in both individual and
distributed computing contexts. Also considers
implications of computer technology,
such as privacy, control, and security.
Working knowledge ofspreadsheets and
data base software is required. Prerequisite:
Successfulpassage ofthe computer competency
exam or demonstrated computer competency.
PUAD 627 Legal and Ethical Environment
of Public Administration (3) The
legal and ethical dimensions of the democratic
policy process as this process has
evolved in the U.S. Attention on the manner
in which historical antecedents, as well
as contemporary, socio-political patterns of
governance, have shaped the notions of law
and ethics that are to provide public
administrators with the benchmarks of
democratic accountability, responsibility,
and responsiveness.
PUAD 628 Statistical Applications in
Public Administration (3) Quantitative
analysis for public administrators. Topics
include statistical analysis, the computer in
processing data, and the presentation of
findings.
PUAD 629 Public Program Evaluation
(3) The systematic application ofquantitative
and qualitative research methods to the
assessment ofpublic policy interventions.
Covers topics within formative and summative
evaluation contexts, including needs
assessments, impact evaluation, and process
evaluation. Prerequisite: PUAD 628.
PUAD 630 Analytical Techniques in
Public Administration (3) Review ofanalytical
techniques conventionally used in
the planning, formulation and implementation
of public policy. Topics include forecasting
techniques, cost-benefit analysis,
PERT, and other commonly used techniques.
Prerequisite: PUAD 628.
PUAD 701 Public Administration and
Public Finance (3) Analysis of revenue
forecasting, revenue strategy, impact of
inflation, taxation, "back-door" spending,
pension funding, user fees and other
aspects ofgovernmental finance. Emphasis
on the special characteristics of public
finance in communities operating with
fragmented and multi-layered governmental
structures.
PUAD 702 Public Financial
Management (3) Topics include: municipal
expenditure patterns and revenue
sources; taxation at the local level; fiscal
and economic aspects of federalism and
federal-state-local fiscal coordination; the
role of budget in the determination of policy,
in administrative integration, and in
influencing government operations.
Emphasis on the foregoing as they pertain
to the Baltimore metropolitan area.
PUAD 703 Urban Management (3)
Topics include: municipal governmental
and administrative structures, and their
inter-relationship in a regional context; the
interfacing and management of public services;
examination of governmental programs
in municipal areas; municipal
administrative problems and the attendant
role of the public administrator. Emphasis
on the foregoing as they pertain to the
Baltimore metropolitan area.
PUAD 705 Special Topics in Public
Administration (3) Coverage ofselected
topics ofcurrent interest to students or of
interest to a special segment of students.
Registration is by permission only.
169

PUAD 708 Government and Aging
Policy (3) The organizational, functional,
and administrative aspects ofgovernment
and aging policy. Focuses on the impact of
federal, state, and local agencies' behavior
on aging policy development and implementation.
PUAD 709 Individual Research (1-4)
Individual research on an academically
sound project of interest to the student in
consultation with a monitoring faculty
member. Depending on the scope and
depth of research, from one to four credits
may be earned for the successful completion
of this course. Prerequisite: Approval of
the M.RA. program director and the monitoringfoculty
member. Eligible for continuing
studies (eS) grade.
PUAD 720 Urban Politics and Policy
Planning (3) A study of political institutions
in urban areas and the policy
responses, processes, and problems with reference
to issues, including land use, community
growth and development,
environment, local and state services, and
regional and national urban policies, with
particular focus on the Baltimore SMSA.
PUAD 730 State and Local Personnel
Management (3) The development and
application of personnel systems and procedures
in state and local jurisdictions and the
impacts ofstate and local politics, and federallaws
and regulations on them.
PUAD 731 Public Employee Union
Labor Relations and Collective
Bargaining (3) A study of the background,
extent, and nature of the unionization of
government employees. Coverage ofcurrent
regulations involving collective
bargaining and adjudication of labor
grievances, and bargaining tactics.
PUAD 732 Leadership and
Organizational Change (3) The nature of
technological and environmental change as
it affects the management decisions of the
170
agency. Techniques for organizational
change including diversified but integrative
decision-making structures and techniques,
implementation techniques, enforcement
techniques, and evaluation tools. The
impact of a changing environment on the
leadership skills needed in a modern
environment.
PUAD 740 Administrative Law and
Regulation (3) The role of administrative
law and regulation in the governmental
process. An examination of the function of
the public administrator in implementing
legislation through the formulation of
administrative law and regulation, and the
rules, procedures, and techniques for their
formulation.
PUAD 750 Health Care Systems,
Organization and Management (3) An
analysis of the sttucture of the present
American health care system, and of the
costS, benefits, and political realities of possible
reforms. The current and future role
of public administration, planning, and
evaluation in American health care.
PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care
(3) A study of a few current policy issues in
the American health care system. Particular
attention to the roles and powers of nonmedical
participants, including consumers,
planners, administrators, and policy
makers.
PUAD 752 Special Topics in Public
Health Administration (3) Current policy
issues in health care administration, delivery,
planning, and evaluation. Particular
attention is paid to the evolving roles and
powers of non-medical participants in the
health care system, including consumers,
planners, administrators, and federal , state,
and local decision makers.
PUAD 755 Health Administration (3)
Problems and issues with performing such
basic managerial functions as direction,
control, and staffing in health care institu­

tions. Emphasis on analyzing tools and
techniques which are important in fulfilling
these managerial functions.
PUAD 756 Managed Care
Administration (3) Basic theoretical concepts
concerning managed care, practical
management issues, and areas of controversyas
they pertain to managed care.
Topics include benefit design in managed
care, structure and management of managed
care delivery systems, financing of
managed care, and future trends in managed
care.
PUAD 757 Strategic Management for
Health Care (3) An examination ofstrategic
management in health care organizations.
Included are discussions of the narure of
strategic management; environment of
health organizations and methods of environmental
analysis; and methods of formulating,
implementing, and controlling
strategic management of health care delivery.
PUAD 760 Regulatory Policy and
Administration (3) The political, legal,
and economic dimensions of regulation.
Includes a delineation of the conceptual
framework for government intervention
into the marketplace and a determination
of the effects of this intervention. Topics
include the rise ofgovernment regulations,
structure and procedures of regulatory
agencies, the politics of regulation, and the
future of regulation.
PUAD 761 Environmental Policy and
Administration (3) An overview ofenvironmentallaw,
institutions, and regulation,
and the factors that have shaped environmental
policy at the federal, state, and local
levels. Assesses the impact ofenvironmental
policy at these levels, and the impact of
environmencallegislation on the behavior
of administrators responsible for its implementation
and administration. Examines
the major policy processes in controlling
pollution-standard-setting and compliance.
PUAD 763 Public Policy Making (3) An
overview of the process of public policymaking,
including the formulation of public
issues, the consideration of issues, and
the adaptation of solutions to public problems.
Emphasis on actors in the policy
process, and the environment within which
they function.
PUAD 764 Public Policy
Implementation (3) A review of the
diverse conceptualization frameworks of
analyzing the implementation of public
programs. Emphasis is on the analysis and
integration of the subsequent political, economic,
social, cultural, and managerial factors
that impact on the implementation of
public policies.
PUAD 770 Government-Business
Cooperation in Community
Development (3) A review of the relations
of institutions in the private and public sectors-the
relations of private sector decisions
to public sector decisions, and the impact of
public sector decisions on private sector
instirutions. Introduces research topics
related to government and business cooperation
in community development. Provides a
forum for the exchange of ideas between
spokespersons of public and private sector
institutions. Students write and present analytical
research papers on pertinent topics.
PUAD 775 Intergovernmental
Administration (3) Evaluation, growth,
present statuS, and characteristics of United
States federal system of government. Topics
include federal-state relations, state-local
relations, regionalism, councils ofgovernment,
interstate cooperation, grants-in-aid,
and revenue sharing.
PUAD 777 Political Economy of
Nonprofit Organizations (3) A study of
the role of nonprofit activity in the development
and administration of public policy.
Topics include the political economy of
nonprofit organizations and (he nonprofit
sector. Nonprofit management and the
171

elationships among government, business,
and nonprofit activity are examined within
the current context of issues and future
trends.
PUAD 780 Public Information
Management: Organizational and Policy
Issues (3) Policy and organizational issues
regarding information resource management.
IRM Strategic Planning at the government-wide
and agency levels, and the
problems facing public organizations in
terms ofgovernance (oversight), financing,
and politics of technology planning.
Considered are: privacy and confidentiality
challenges related to government information;
standards setting at the governmentwide
and agency levels; workplace use
policies; and personnel problems. Also
explores planning and implementation
problems related to the re-design of public
organizations.
PUAD 781 Information Technology:
Public Sector Applications (3) The design
and implementation ofpublic sector IS
and IT projecrs, including ament developments
and issues in the application ofavailable
technology to public sector management. The
role oftechnology in enhancing intergovernmental
coordination, improving service,
increasing efficiency, and reducing government
spending. Technologies examined include:
distribu ted transaction -oriented databases;
data warehousing, management information
systems, and executive and group decision
suppOrt systems; geographic
information systems; office automation,
voice response systems, and document
imaging; electronic data interchange and
kiosks; and electronic commerce over public
nerworks.
PUAD 785 Public Sector Performance
Measurement (3) Structuring data collection
and analyses techniques to determine
precisely what an agency is attempting to
do, and what it accomplishes through its
outputs. The emphasis is on the reJation­
172
ship berween outputs and outcomes, and
how to shape the outputs to have a measurable
positive impact on customers and
other stakeholders.
PUAD 786 Activity-Based Costing for
Public Administrators (3) Activity-Based
Costing is a decision support tool that provides
organizations with accurate and relevant
cost information they need to guide
decision making. The course focuses on
developing performance information to
monitor daily operations, searching out
non-value added activities, and controlling
inventory. Emphasis is also placed on
whether public sector services should be
outsourced.
PUAD 789 Business Process Re-engineering
in the Public Sector (3) This
course focuses on how public administrators
can use business process re-engineering
to improve organizational effectiveness and
efficiency. Course examines various tools,
techniques, methodologies, and technologies
for bringing about change in organizational
structures, policies, procedures,
processes, and management systems.
PUAD 790 Internship (3) Designed ro
broaden the educational experience ofStUdents
through work assignments with
appropriate governmental agencies.
Required of all pre-service students.
Prerequisite: Approval o/the program director
and the monitoringfoculty member. Eligible
for continuing studies (CS) grade.
PUAD 795 Advanced Quantitative
Techniques in Public Administration (3)
Application of sophisticated quantitative
techniques to decision-making aspects of
public agency operations and programs.
Emphasis is on techniques such as linear
programming, PERTICPM, queuing theory,
and simulation as well as cost-benefit
analysis and mathematical modeling.

PUAD 797 Nonprofit Management:
Applied Skills Seminar (1) Exploration of
[Opies in nonprofit managemem of murual
imerest [0 faculry and srudems such as program
evaluation, risk managemem, communications,
board managemem, etc.
Comem varies according ro demand, [Opies
appear under that name in the course booklee
May be repeated for credit as topics
change. Lab fee may be required.
PUAD 798 Problem Solving Seminar in
Public Administration (3) Capsrone
course requires srudems [0 imegrate and
apply analyrical slcills, knowledge bases,
managerial principles, and normative
frameworks learned in M.P.A. core courses
[0 concrete managemem siruations. Must
be passed with a B or bener [0 graduate.
Prerequisite: Permission ofthe M.PA .
director.
PUAD 80S D.PA. Special Topics (3)
Coverage of selected ropies of current interest
to D .P.A. srudents or [0 a special segmem
of D .P.A. students. Registration is by
permission of instruc[Or only.
PUAD 809 D.P.A. Individual Research
(1-3) Individual research on an academically
sound project of imerest [0 the D .P.A.
studem in consultation with a moniroring
faculry member. Depending on the scope
and depth of research, from 1 [0 3 credits
may be earned for the successful completion
of this course. Prerequisite: Approval of
the D.PA. director and the monitoringfaculty
member.
PUAD 810 Foundations of Public
Administration (3) The major questions,
answers, and concerns that have framed the
developmem of a self-aware study of public
administration. The political, social, and
cultural comexts in which administrative
solutions have been soughc The role of preceding
theories or sometimes the rejection
of them in helping [0 shape modern
answers [0 administrative questions.
PUAD 811 Strategic Management in the
Public Sector (3) On the rise of a cusromer-based,
results-oriemed approach ro
solving public sec[Or problems. The his[Orical
foundations of such an approach, and
the public sec[Or initiatives by which it has
been introduced. Modern techniques and
[Ools for using Strategic Management [0
handling current governmemal issues.
PUAD 812 Advanced Information
Resource Management (3) The objective
of this course is [0 prepare public and third
sec[Or managers ro effectively deal with
issues related [0 the design and implementation
of information systems in their
agencies. The course examines [Ools and
techniques for: 1) identifying and structuring
information requiremems and needs
(e.g., process mapping); and, 2) for managing
IT implememation projects, including
both in-house development and external
procurements. The course also explores the
planning and implementation problems
related [0 the re-design of public organizations
and the way they provide services in
the information age. Prerequisite: PUAD
626 or permission ofimtructor.
PUAD 813 Advanced Quantitative
Techniques in Public Administration (3)
Application ofsophisticated quantitative
techniques ro decision-making aspects of
public agency operations and programs.
Emphasis on techniques such as linear programming,
PERTICPM, queuing theory,
and simulation as well as cost-benefit analysis
and mathematical modeling.
PUAD 814 Program Implementation (3)
A review of the diverse conceptual frameworks
ofanalyzing the implementation of
public programs. Emphasis on the analysis
and integration of the subsequent political,
economic, social, cultural, and managerial
fac[Ors that impact the implementation of
public program.
173

PUAD 815 Public Sector Financial
Analysis (3) This course is intended to
introduce students to advanced techniques
employed by financial analysts in the
public sector. Among the topics to be
covered are forecasting techniques, performance
measurement construction,
Activity Based Costing and expenditure
analysis techniques.
PUAD 816 Advanced Public Sector
Management and Decision Techniques
(3) The objective of this course is to familiarize
students with various analytical tools to
aid in the executive decision making and
managing public agency operations, including,
bur not limited to, staffing, facility location,
funIre planning, and the wise allocation
ofscarce resources. Although such techniques
are commonly used in the private sector,
they are less common in the public
sector, largely because public sector objective
functions are more difficult to quantifY.
Thus, an important component of the course
will focus on the application ofsuch techniques
to public sector problems and the
construction ofobjective functions that capnIre
the trade-ofE among quantitative and
qualitative (subjective) "public goods. "
PUAD 817 Public Management Skills
Seminar (3) Course focuses on the development
of interpersonal and social skills
necessary for effective management in a
changing work environment. Topics to be
covered include: conflict management,
team building productivity improvement
techniques, as well as bargaining and negotiation.
The topics can be completed in
one-credit hour modules. Each student is
required to complete three modules (3 credits).
PUAD 824 Doctoral Seminar in
Organizational Theory (3) A seminar that
deals with public sector organization systems
as they relate to democratic forms of
governance.
174
PUAD 875 Doctoral Seminar in
Federalism and Intergovernmental
Relations (3) A doctoral seminar that
examines the ways in which various aspects
of intergovernmental relations and federalism
affect the adoption and implementation
of public policy.
PUAD 899 Final Project/Organizational
Analysis (3) A written descriptive and prescriptive
evaluation of the management
practices of an existing agency to determine
the efficacy of its structure and/or procedures.
The project is directed by a faculty
adviser and results in a written product for
which there is an oral defense before a committee
of three faculty members.
Publications Design (PBDS)
Publications Design courses (PBDS) are
offered by the Division ofEnglish and
Communications Design in the School of
Communications Design, Yale Gordon
College ofLiberal Arts.
PBDS 502 Workshop in Graphic
Communication (3) Hands-on course for
students with a limited background in
graphic design. Emphasis on basic strategies
for visual problem solving and techniques
for preparing comprehensive
layours. Lab fie required. Grading: Letter
grade only.
PBDS 503 Workshop in Written
Communication (3) Practicum in the
skills ofwriting and research. Instruction
focuses on projects in the student's subject
field. Emphasis on revising, proofreading,
editing, adapting, and translating for different
media and audiences. Recommended for
students in all graduate programs who wish
additional work in writing, with permission
of the graduate program director. Grading:
Credit/No Credit (CRJNC) or letter grade.

PBOS 504-6 Short Course in Writing (1)
Intensive course meeting three hours per
week for five weeks and focusing on a specialized
aspect of professional writing.
Content varies according to [he concurrent
interests of faculty and students. May be
repeated for credit when the topic changes.
Lab fee may be required. Grading:
Credit/No Credit (CRlNC) or letter grade.
PBOS 507-9 Short Course in Graphics
(1) Intensive course meeting three hours
per week for five weeks and focusing on a
specialized aspect ofgraphic design or
graphic production. Content varies according
to the concurrent interests of faculty
and students. May be repeatedfor credit
when the topic changes. Lab fee may be
required. Grading: Credit/No Credit
(CRlNC) or letter grade.
PBOS 510 Workshop in Digital Video
(3) Shooting, lighting, and miking. Adding
graphics, sounds, and special effects in the
editing process. Using digital production
and post-production equipment, students
learn basic video and audio production and
editing rechniques and also gain experience
in producing for rape, CD-ROM, DVD, the
Web, and other delivery sysrems. Lab fee
required.
PBOS 511 Paper and Printing (3) All
aspects of the paper and printing industries,
including the history of paper making,
paper characteristics, and the effecr of
ink on various types of paper; also, reproducrion
techniques rhrough the pressroom
and bindery.
PBOS 540 Creative Concepts (3)
Explorarion of crearive processes and strategies
for genera ring effective visual and verbal
ideas. Analysis of creative solutions in
various publications supplements pracrice
in applying problem-solving techniques.
PBOS 600 Media Design (3) An examination
oflight, space, motion, and sound:
their manipulation and use in designing
intentional communications and their
interrelationships with words and graphics.
Also examines the production process,
from needs assessment and proposal wriring
to storyboards and finished program.
PBOS 601 Writing and Graphics:
Integration of Forms (6) Theoretical and
practical approaches to the interrelationship
of writing and graphics. Analysis of
rhe role ofsubjecr, voice, and audience in
determining appropriate visual and verbal
forms. Each student works through a number
ofdesign problems in prepararion for a
culminating individual project. Lab fee
required.
PBOS 602 Language and Form (3) The
relationship of form and meaning in a variety
of rhetorical modes. Analysis ofdiction
and syntax appropriate to various language
situarions and genres. Close arrention to
the shapes ofsentences and rhe language of
meraphor. Lab fee may be required.
PBOS 603 Editorial Style (3) Editorial
style as a toral concept, including rhe historical
contexr of rhe written word; styles
and methods ofediting; and special skills
such as proofreading, line-by-line ediring,
reorganizing, rewriring, working with wrirers
and artisrs, and ediring as management.
Each student becomes rhe editor of his/her
own special project. Lab fee may be
required.
PBOS 604 Writing for the Marketplace
(3) Wriring for various free-lance markers:
fearures and reviews, poerry, fiction, public
relarions, and advertising. Analysis of rhe
audiences to which various publications
appeal, development of a proposed publicarion
aimed at a specific audience. Each student
conducts a thorough investigarion of a
self-selecred marker and prepares whar is
intended to be a publishable manuscript
for that readership.
175

PROS 605 Public and Private Languages
(3) An examination of me "private" or specialized
languages ofvarious professions
(e.g., science, medicine, education, government,
and politics) and the means by which
these languages may be translated for the
public. Each student investigates through
intensive reading, study, and imitation of at
least one specialized language and attempts
to become expert in adapting and/or
decoding that language for public consumption.
PROS 606 Creating Technical
Documents (3) Writing and design of
manuscripts directed to professional and lay
audiences, including technical proposals,
manuals, and software documentation.
Emphasis on integration of text with graphics
such as charts, graphs, drawings, and
photographs.
PROS 611 The Craft of Popularization
(3) Writing for a lay audience about subjects
that are technically or scientifically
challenging, or normally fall within the
province of the scholar and specialist, or
otherwise resist instant understanding.
Emphasis on clarity, precision, and grace
of expression.
PROS 620 Creativity: Integration of
Forms (6) Exploration of the creative
process, relationships between written and
visual expression, sources of inspiration,
and forms of publishing. Through a series
of weekly projects, design experiments, and
innovative models, students will develop
new ways ofseeing and deepen their understanding
of creative expression. Team
taught by a creative writer and a book artist
or graphic designer, the course offers a collaborative
setting that acknowledges important
connections between form and
function, materials and subject, tradition
and innovation. Lab fee required.
176
PROS 622 The Art of Narrative (3) An
exploration of the uses and values of narrative.
Combines practice in writing narratives
wim analysis of me nature and
methods of narrative art.
PROS 623 The Lyric Spirit (3) How
poetic language achieves its powerful
effects. Students read and analyze various
examples of me lyric, from the traditional
poetic forms to images in advertising and
media, and experiment with a range of lyrical
forms and styles.
PROS 624 Workshop in Novel Writing
(3) The composition of the novel. Each
student has an opportunity to make significant
progress on a novel already begun or
on one that originates in class. Emphasis on
the distinctive features of me novel as a
prose form and the special aesthetic problems
confronting the novelist.
PBOS 625 Script Writing (3) Extensive
practice in writing media scripts: dramatic,
informational, and persuasive. Emphasizes
differences between writing for print and
writing for aural and visual media.
PBOS 626 Literary Nonfiction (3)
Experimentation in writing various kinds
of nonfiction, such as personal essays, travel
essays, profiles, culrure criticism, memoirs,
and essay reviews. Focus is on me use of
literary techniques wimin me context of
me form's traditions and contemporary
innovations.
PBOS 627 The Art of Memoir (3) An
opportunity to write memoir. Students read
and study memoirs by contemporary
authors to become more familiar with the
many possibiJities available to writers working
in this form . They focus on issues relevant
to me writing of memoir, including
craft and techniques, memory and truth
telling, interior and exterior significance.

PBDS 628 Screenwriting (3) Students
analyze and write entertainment-oriented
scripts for television and film. The course
emphasizes plot and character development,
dialogue, writing for the eye and the
ear, and following industry script and program
conventions.
PBDS 629 Advanced Creative Writing
Workshop (3) An opportunity to focus
intensively on creative writing in a particular
genre. Students may revise and edit previously
written work, as well as create new
work, aimed at publication. In addition to
expanding and refining their own work,
students develop an individualized reading
list and write a substantial essay focusing on
another writer's work or on a topic related
to their interests and concerns as writers.
PBDS 635 Communication Theory and
Ethics (3) An examination of the historical
development and application of major
theories ofcommunication and of ethical
issues raised within the communication
context.
PBDS 639 Video Aesthetics and
Technique (3) Analysis of the aesthetic
variables affecting video programs.
Advanced production projects culminating
in a thesis-quality production. Students also
gain additional experience in working with
clients. Lab fee required.
PBDS 640 Design Principles and
Strategies (3) Exploration through handson
design projects of the roles of typography,
photography, and illustrarion in
graphic communication. Analysis of audience,
context, goals, market, competition,
and technical constrainrs. Brainstorming
and problem solving in groups and individually.
Projecrs are suitable for inclusion in
the student's portfolio. Lab fee required.
PBDS 641 Magazine Design (3) Intensive
focus on the creative writer's forum-the literary
magazine-or on consumer and trade
publications. Purpose, philosophy, cover
and content design, typography, production,
and other aspects ofsmall press and
consumer publications are covered. A final
project, chosen by the individual student, is
completed during the semester. Lab fee
required.
PBDS 642 Book Design (3) An exploration
of books and book jackets as objects
to be planned and produced, with emphasis
on appropriate design choices and creative
solutions. Lab fee required.
PBDS 645 Typographic Form and
Function (3) The fundamentals of typographic
form and function, beginning
with the physical characteristics of typeincluding
form/counterform, color (grey
value), texture and contrast-and progressing
to the application of the basic formal
principles to more complex problems of
typographic function, such as information
hierarchies and creative expression. Lab fee
required.
PBDS 646 Typography Across Media (3)
The application of basic principles of typographic
design within a range of media
contexts, from traditional print to CO­
ROM and the Internet. Students explore
how the media affect their options as
designers. Topics include screen resolution
and legibility, typographic hierarchy, mulripage
and multi-path sequencing, animation,
style, and appropriateness. Lab fee
required.
PBDS 650 Advanced Graphic Design (3)
Through a series of progressively more
sophisticated assignments, students develop
design solutions that resolve a range of
problems normally faced by clients. Projects
include institutional and corporate
brochures, identity programs, posters, and a
variety of other communications materials.
Lab fee required.
PBDS 660 Hypermedia: An Introduction
(3) An introduction to technologies and
concepts that underlie document and infor­
177

mation design for the World Wide Web.
Students become familiar with client/server
computing and acquire proficiency in
Hypertext Markup Language by developing
code directly, without the use of simplified
editing tools. Historical and critical readings
explore the social context of the Web
and other hypermedia systems. Projects
introduce students to current development
and production practices. Laboratory fee
required.
PBOS 662 The Oesign of Interactive
Environments (3) Because interactive
environments require designers to create
structures for what does not yet exist, they
must build for dynamic and flexible uses.
This course explores electronic publication
environments as fluid spaces where interactions
among people, machines, and media
(words, images, sounds, video, animations,
simulations) must be structured for the
unforeseen. Focus is on planning, analyzing,
prototyping, and integrating information
design with interface design.
Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing score on
the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee
required.
PBOS 664 Hypermedia Production (3)
Advanced production and implementation
of interactive publications using digital
multimedia, stressing practical application
of theoretical and design concepts. Students
work on a common class project as
well as individual projects, all ofwhich will
be ready for electronic publication by the
end of the course. Some discussion of readings
with main focus on production, presentation,
and critique ofstudent work.
Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a passing score on
the Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee
required.
PBOS 665 Dynamic Web Sites (3)
Familiarizes students with the basic concepts
and vocabulary ofWeb site programming,
including application scripting,
database management, object-oriented pro­
178
gramming, and Full-Lifecycle software
development. Provides students with the
fundamental skills required to develop and
maintain a dynamic data-driven Web site.
Each student develops a complete Web site
using a simple text editor to create and
manipulate relational data, learns a middleware
markup language to store and retrieve
data and control the rules of interaction,
and writes HTML to format data and control
display. Prerequisite: PBDS 660 or a
passing score on the Hypermedia Proficiency
Exam. Lab fee required.
PBOS 668 Multimedia for the Internet
(3) A practical and theoretical introduction
to genres, strategies, and techniques
for producing multimedia content for the
Internet. Students examine existing
multimedia content while developing
creative skills in one or more standard
authoring systems. Background readings
provide theoretical context for development
of individual projects. Prerequisite:
PBDS 660 or a passing score on the
Hypermedia Proficiency Exam. Lab fee
required.
PBOS 680 Image Making (3) An
overview of how to create and implement
appropriate marketing and communications
plans for nonprofit organizations.
Emphasis on research techniques, concept
development, and copywriting for
brochures, films, and reports. Other areas
covered include writing proposals, making
oral presentations, and working with
designers, artists, and clients. Lab fee may
be required.
PBOS 690 Research: A Writing Tool (3)
Students learn to brainstorm research
strategies, conduct interviews, use libraries
and archives, exploit computer databases,
plan field trips, and place their own eyes,
ears, and emotions in the service of their
writing.

PBOS 700 Publications Management (3)
A consideration of the skills and concepts
necessary for the competent management
of a publications enterprise: cost analysis
procedures, contract and copyright law,
organization of publication staffs. Experts
in these areas serve as guest lecturers. Lab
fee required.
PBOS 701 Media Management (3) An
examination of the skills and concepts necessary
for the com petent management of a
communication entetprise: cost analysis
procedures, contract and copyright law,
personnel and management principles, and
proposal writing and bidding.
PBOS 702 Literary Publications (3)
The development ofsmall magazines and
presses in the modern literary scene. Special
attention to problems of management of
such publications and organizations. Students
work on case study projects. Lab fee
required.
PBOS 704 Copyright and Publishing (3)
An introduction to media law, particularly as
it relates to the field ofpublications. Provides
a btoad historical and theoretical overview,
and requires students to apply legal theory
through the use of case studies and examples
drawn &om the business of media. Explores
the impact of technology on the evolution of
media law and considers ethical issues currently
faced by professionals in publications
and communications.
PBOS 706 The Business of Graphic
Oesign (3) Subtitled "Mind Your Own
Business," this course ranges from cold call
to final billing, through the daily triumphs
and travails of running a graphic design
business. Topics include getting started,
considering partners, finding and managing
clients, writing proposals, making presentations,
account management, crisis
management, print and production management,
cash management, legal issues,
and how to say no.
PBOS 708 Promotional Strategies (3)
The creation and implementation of successful
advertising and promotion campaigns.
Emphasis on researching markets,
defining target audiences, and determining
the appropriate media for reaching those
audiences. Working individually and in
teams, students develop written and oral
presentations.
PBOS 710 History of Print (3) A survey
of the evolution of newspapers, periodicals,
and the publishing industry, focusing on
technological developments, major innovations,
legal and ethical issues, and societal
impact. Students analyze and discuss material
drawn from a broad range ofsources
and consider the ways print creates a
unique culture and both establishes and
reflects a nerwork of values critical to a
technological sociery.
PBOS 711 History ofCommunication
(3) Technological developments that
moved human communication from the
primitive to the sophisticated process it is
today. Focus on the impact ofeach new
technology on institutions and sociery.
PBOS 712 History of Graphic Oesign
(3) The history ofgraphic design in Eutope
and America, centering on the modern
period but also dealing with design influences
from earlier periods and from other
cultures. Provides a background of visual
solutions on which students may draw to
solve their own design problems in the
publications profession.
PBOS 713 Language Theory: Syntax,
Semantics, and Style (3) An exploration
of the structural and aesthetic principles
underlying written discourse. Special attention
to contemporary theories of language
behavior such as structural linguistics and
transformational/generative grammar.
179

PBOS 714 Myth, Symbol, Sign (3)
Myths, symbols, and signs as forms ofsymbolic
and semiotic expression in communication.
The uses of language, its figures and
format, of art and illusion, of archetype and
mythmaking, in professional creativity.
Special attention ro application in current
projects in writing and graphic design.
PBOS 715 Modern and Postmodern:
Aesthetic Backgrounds (3) An exploration
of major 20th-century aesthetic movements
through an in-depth consideration of particular
texts (drawn from writing, arc, and film)
and the critical theory related to them. Provides
a background ofcontemporary verbal
and visual apptoaches on which students
may draw in developing their own solutions
to problems ofwriting and design.
PBOS 716 Propaganda and Persuasion
(3) Exploration of the distinction between
propaganda and various forms of persuasion
in the private sector (advertising, public
relations, corporate relations, etc.). Case
studies of the styles and symbols, both
visual and verbal, used in successful campaigns.
Hands-on practice in developing
and executing persuasive strategies. Lab fie
may be required.
PBOS 717 Perception and Meaning (3)
A study, both theoretical and practical, of
the angle of vision in selected literary and
visual texts: how point of view and perspective
work as structuring devices in writing
and design. Students analyze a variety of
models and develop a project demonstrating
a particular, self-selected point of view.
PBOS 718 Imitation and Creativity (3)
The distinction between imitation and
invention, between the "individual talent"
of the writer, artist, or designer and the
"tradition" out of which he/she comes.
Individual projects move from specific
received traditions to innovative forms.
180
PBOS 719 Imaging Information and
Ideas (3) An examination ofsome of the
hidden assumptions in our understanding
of the relationship between images and
words. Through readings in the psychology
and physiology of perception, as well as
analyses of the semiotics of the graphic system,
students explore the world of informational
and illustrative graphics. In addition
to writing a traditional analytic essay, students
design informational and explanatory
graphic displays.
PBOS 720 The Digital Economy (3) The
impact of the digital revolution in a number
of areas-how we make a living, how we
govern ourselves, and how we create values
for ourselves. The course has two goals: to
provide students with an understanding of
the way the digital economy creates a
unique business culture and establishes
(and reflects) a network of new economic
values; and to prepare students to effectively
invest their time, talent, and imagination
in the new culture and economy of
digital technology.
PBOS 721 Gifts of the Goddess (3)
Holding mythic and symbolic meaning, the
concept of the goddess is re-emerging today
in writing, design, films, and advertising.
Considers history, symbolism, and contemporary
significance, as well as the overall
importance of mythic theory.
PBOS 730 Seminar in Publications
Oesign (6) A laboratory/seminar in which
students, working both individually and in
groups, conceptualize and develop a publications
project. At the end of the semester,
all group projects are presented in a public
forum. Lab fie required.
PBOS 731 Seminar in Creative Writing
and Publishing (6) The capstone course
for the specialization in Creative Writing
and Publishing. Entering the course with a

completed or nearly completed manuscript
wriuen while in the program, students
revise, design, and produce a publication
consisting of their own original work. In a
seminar sening, they act as peer advisers to
one another and are responsible for providing
in-depth critiques of each other's work.
Team taught by a creative writer and a
book artist or graphic designer, (he course
revisits and re-examines concep(s introduced
in earlier courses. Lab fie required.
PBDS 750 Writing: Special Topics (3)
Intensive exploration of topics in writing of
mutual interest to students and faculty.
Content varies according to the concurrent
interests of faculty and students. Topic
appears under that name in the schedule of
classes booklet. Course may be repeatedfor
credit when topic changes. Lab fie may be
required.
PBDS 751 Graphic Design: Special
Topics (3) Intensive exploration of topics
in graphic design of mutual interest to students
and faculty. Content varies according
to the concurrent interests of faculty and
students. Topic appears under that name in
the schedule of classes booklet. Course may
be repeatedfor credit when topic changes. Lab
fie may be required.
PBDS 752 Creative Writing: Special
Topics (3) Intensive exploration of topics
in creative writing of special interest to faculty
and students. Content will vary
according to specific interests and trends in
creative writing. Some possible topics ate
narrative poetry, gothic or romance novels
and stories, detective and mystery fiction,
marketing small press books, etc. Topic
appears under that name in the schedule of
classes booklet. Course may be repeatedfor
credit when topic changes. Lab fee may be
required.
PBDS 753 Media: Special Topics (3)
Intensive exploration of topics in communication
and media of mutual interest to
student and faculty. Content varies according
to specific interests and trends in communication.
Topic appears under that
name in the course schedule booklet.
Course may be repeatedfor credit when topic
changes. Lab fie may be required.
PBDS 754 Business Practices: Special
Topics (3) Intensive exploration of topics
in the business of a publications enterprise
that are of special interest to current faculty
and students. Possible topics include the
management of a publications department,
a design studio, or a magazine; market
research; marketing; and legal issues in
publications. Topic appears under that
name in the course schedule booklet.
Course may be repeatedfor credit when topic
changes. Lab fie may be required.
PBDS 755 Backgrounds and Ideas:
Special Topics (3) Intensive exploration of
cultural trends, historical developments,
ideas, or systems of communications that
have influenced or informed creative work
in a variety of visual and verbal media.
Content varies according to the concurrent
interests of faculty and students. Topic
appears under that name in the schedule of
classes booklet. Coun'e may be repeatedfor
credit when topic changes. Lab fee may be
required.
PBDS 756 Hypermedia: Special Topics
(3) Intensive exploration of topics in
hypermedia of mutual interest to students
and faculty. Course may be repeatedfor
credit when topic chances. Lab fie required.
PBDS 775 Internship (3-6) Direct experience
working with a publications staff.
Internship opportunities include working
with ptivate advertising and public relations
firms, nonprofit agencies at the
federal and state levels, or private business
and professional agencies thar maintain
181

publications staffs. Permission of the program
director is required. Lab fee may be
required. Eligible for continuing studies
(CS) grade.
PBDS 789 Creative Thesis (3-6) An independent
project, closely supervised by a faculty
adviser. The thesis consists ofa
substantial body of creative writing (a volume
of poems, a collection ofstories or
other prose, a novel), as well as the design
for the cover, title page, and one inside
spread. Finished work will be reviewed by a
faculty committee. Permission ofthe program
director is required. Lab fee may be
required. Grading: Pass/Fail. Eligible for continuing
studies (CS) grade.
PBDS 799 Independent Study (1-3)
Research or problem-solving project in
some aspect of publications design. Topics
and number ofcredits vary with individual
student interests. Permission ofprogram
director required. Lab fee may be required.
Eligible for continuing studies (CS) grade.
PBDS 810 Pro Seminar (3) This course is
an integrating experience designed to provide
OeD studenrs with the opportunity
to discuss and probe the broader aspects of
communication. During the course, studenrs
will develop and sharpen their OeD
project ideas and do supporting research.
Required ofall DCD students prior to taking
the Qualifjing Examination.
PBDS 850 Advanced Workshop: Writing
(3) Organized around projecrs initiated by
students in the doctoral program. Work is
independently developed but critiqued by
the class, the instructor, and outside professionals.
Course may be repeatedfor credit
only with the approval ofthe imtructor and
the director ofthe doctoral program.
182
PBDS 851 Advanced Workshop: Design
(3) Organized around projecrs initiated by
students in the doctoral program. Work is
independently developed but critiqued by
the class, the instructor, and outside professionals.
Course may be repeatedfor credit
only with the approval ofthe imtructor and
the director ofthe doctoral program. Lab fee
required.
PBDS 853 Advanced Workshop:
Videography (3) Organized around projecrs
initiated by studenrs in the doctoral
program. Work is independently developed
but critiqued by the class, the instructor,
and outside professionals. Course may be
repeatedfor credit only with the approval of
the imtructor and the director ofthe doctoral
program. Lab fee required.
PBDS 854 Advanced Workshop:
Publishing (3) Organized around projects
initiated by students in the doctoral program.
Work is independently developed
but critiqued by the class, the instructor,
and outside professionals. Course may be
repeatedfor credit only with the approval of
the imtructor and the director ofthe doctoral
program. Lab fee required.
PBDS 856 Advanced Workshop:
Hypermedia (3) Organized around projecrs
initiated by studenrs in the doctoral
program. Work is independently developed
but critiqued by the class, the instructor,
and outside professionals. Course may be
repeatedfor credit only with the approval of
the imtructor and the director ofthe doctoral
program. Lab fee required.
PBDS 899 DCD Project (1-6) Research
and work connected to the doctoral project
under the direction of a faculty adviser. A
minimum ofsix semester hours is required
for the oeD degree.

Social Policy (SOCI)
Social Policy courses (SOCI) are offered by the
Division ofApplied Psychology and Quantitative
Methods, Yale Gordon College of
Liberal Arts.
SOCI 600 Special Topics (3) Course
description varies with topic offered.
SOCI 607 Sociology of Health Services
(3) A review of sociological theory and
research on health care services. Historical
and cross-cultural comparisons are made.
Social-epidemiological factors contributing
to health and iHness are considered. Case
examples ofcontemporary health services
are presented and critiqued. Strategies for
improving these services are considered.
SOCI 655 Seminar on Race and Ethnic
Relations (3) A study of the contemporary
theoretical and empirical explanations
regarding racial and ethnic groups. Emphasis
on the social, economic, political, and
cultural problems of majority-minority
relations in the United States.
SOCI 656 Seminar on Gender Roles and
Society (3) The variables that influence
male-female roles, values, attitudes, and
behavior are studied. Emphasis on the relationship
between gender sex roles and the
structure and function of institutions and
social change. Formerly Seminar on Sex
Roles.
SOCI 659 The Aged and Society (3)
The relationship of the aged to modern
bureaucratic society is considered. Emphasis
on the influence of bureaucratic
structures on the aged, the impact of an
expanding aged population on society,
and the possible roles for the aged in
future societal development.
SOCI 682 Sociology ofWork and
Organizations (3) The meanings and
functions of work examined from a sociological
perspective. Historical review
focuses on the evolution of divisions of
labor, industrialization, the development of
technologies, and worker movements, as
well as on the impact of these factors on
work satisfaction, distribution of power and
wealth, and the character of work organizations
and management.
SOCI 688, 689 Supervised Research
Seminar (3-6) Students participate in
advanced supervised research apart from
thesis research. Each student is required to
present his/her research findings orally in a
seminar or colloquium, and must also submit
a written report to the faculty member{s)
involved. Eligible for continuing
studies (CS) grade.
Taxation (TAXA)
Taxation courses (TAXA) are o./firedjointly
by the Merrick School ofBusiness and the
University ofBaltimore School ofLaw. Please
note: TAXA 651 Fundamentals ofFederal
Income Tax I is a prerequisite for aff other tax
courses (except TAXA 650 Tax Research and
Writing). 7Jpicalfy, it is offeredfaff semester
only. In the faff semester only, TAXA 651 is a
prerequisite or corequisite for TAXA 650.
With the approval ofthe program director,
students who do not begin their course work
duringfaff semester may take courses during
spring and summer terms without meeting
this prerequisite requirement; such students
must take TAXA 651 at the earliest opportunity.
Also, see the M.S. in Taxation program
for additional information regarding course
sequencing.
TAXA 650 Tax Research and Writing (3)
Research and writing projects on federal tax
subjects with analysis and instruction in tax
183

esearch techniques, materials, and methodology.
Students are required to prepare
legal memoranda.
TAXA 651 Fundamentals of Federal
Income Tax I (3) Basic concepts in federal
income taxation, including gross income,
exclusions, adjusted gross income, deductions,
exemptions, credits, assignment of
income, identification of the taxpayer, tax
rates, capital gains and losses, 1231 transactions,
depreciation, recapture, and the
alternative minimum tax. Prerequisite course
for all other tax courses except TAXA 650.
TAXA 652 Corporate Taxation (3)
Federal income taxation ofcorporations
and their shareholders with emphasis on
the formation of the corporation, capital
structure, operational alternatives, distributions,
partial and complete liquidations,
personal holding companies, and the
accumulated earnings tax. Formation,
operation, and liquidation of S-corporations
discussed briefly.
TAXA 653 Partnership Taxation (3)
Problems encountered in the formation,
operation, and liquidation ofa partnership
including the acquisition of partnership
interests, compensation of the service partner,
the treatment of partnership distributions,
and problems associated with the
disposition of partnership interests or property
by sale.
TAXA 654 Tax Practice and
Procedure (3) Aspects of practice before
the Internal Revenue Service, including
ruling requests, handling ofaudits, assessment
of deficiencies and penalties, closing
agreements, tax liens, statutes of limitations,
claims for refunds, appeals conferences
and practice before the u.S. Tax
Court, U.S. District Courts, Claims Court,
and appellate courts. Also includes analysis
of the problems encountered in parallel
184
civil and criminal proceedings, problems
involving government investigatory powers
and taxpayer rights and privileges.
TAXA 655 Tax Policy (3) Study of the
evolution and structure of the federal
income tax system from a public policy
perspective with a focus on legal, economic,
social, and practical considerations.
Alternatives, including current legislative
proposals, ate considered. Students prepare
a paper on a tax policy issue approved by
the professor.
TAXA 660 Estate and Gift Taxation (3)
Basic principles of federal estate and gift
taxation, including computation of the taxable
estate, inter vivos transfers, transfers in
contemplation of death, transfers with
retained interests or powers, joint interests,
life insurance proceeds, property subject to
powers ofappointment, the marital deduction,
and the unified credit.
TAXA 662 Foreign Taxation (3) Analysis
of the federal income tax provisions applying
to U.S. inbound and outbound transactions
and investments. Course covers U.S.
resident status, source-of-income rules,
graduated tax on effectively connected
income, withholding tax on FDAP income,
branch profits tax, FlRPTA, tax treaties,
foreign tax credit, foreign earned income
exclusion, Subpart F, and transfer pricing.
TAXA 663 Qualified Pension and Profit­
Sharing Plans (3) An introduction to pension
and profit-sharing law with particular
emphasis on Tide 2 (IRS) of ERISA.
Course is geared toward understanding all
of the pension and profit-sharing rules that
must be met for plan qualification, with
emphasis on qualified plan planning for
both incorporated and unincorporated
forms of business.

TAXA 664 Executive Compensation (2)
Methods of providing tax-free and taxdeferred
compensation to employees,
including section 83 tax planning, stock
option tax planning, incentive compensation
arrangements, and methods of funding
nonqualified plans.
TAXA 665 Tax Exempt Organizations (2)
Analysis of provisions relating to the qualification
for exemption from federal income
tax, with emphasis on section 501 (c)(3)
organizations, private foundations, and the
treatment of unrelated business income.
TAXA 667 Estate Planning (3) Methods
ofdisposing of estates by will, life insurance,
inter vivos arrangements, and consideration
of resulting tax and administrative
problems. Course also focuses on gathering
and analyzing facts in the planning and
draning of trusts, wills, and related documents.
Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 660.
TAXA 668 Business Planning (3) An
integrated study of the impact of tax, securities,
corporate law, and partnership law
on business transactions. Topics include
selection of the form of business enterprise,
acquisitions and dispositions of business
interests, and professional responsibility
issues. Students prepare writing projects
relating to the course material. Additional
prerequisites: TAXA 652 and TAXA 653.
TAXA 670 Income Taxation ofEstates
and Trusts (2) Federal income taxation of
decedents' estates and simple and complex
testamentary and inter vivos trusts. Course
covers taxation of income in respect of a
decedent, tax consequences ro trust beneficiaries,
and tax problems of fiduciaries.
Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 660.
TAXA 671 Corporate Reorganizations
(3) Analysis of the tax treatment of
corporations and shareholders in corporate
acquisitions, divisions, reincorporations,
and recapitalizations, including a discussion
ofsection 338. Review of the net operating
loss carryover and collapsible
corporation rules. Additionalprerequisite:
TAXA 652.
TAXA 672 State and Local Taxation (3)
This course will explore federal constitutional
and statutory limitations on state
authority to tax a mulristate business.
Specific topics will include the Commerce
Clause, sales and use tax nexus, and PL 86­
272 limitations on state income taxation.
In addition, the course will cover apportionment
of income derived from a multistate
business and combined versus separate
entity reporting. Maryland state and local
taxation also will be examined briefly.
TAXA 674 Consolidated Corporations
(2) Analysis of the techniques used by multiple,
related corporations to report income
and losses. Detailed examination of the
consolidated income tax regulations and
consideration of other problems encountered
by affiliated groups ofcorporations.
Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 652.
TAXA 675 Advanced Real Estate
Taxation (2) Analysis of the effect of
income taxes on real estate transactions; a
comparison of the various entities used for
the ownership and development of real
estate; real estate syndications, basis and
basis adjustments; alternative financing
techniques such as the sale-leaseback;
depreciation, amortization and obsolescence;
passive activity and at-risk rules; and
REITS. Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 678.
185

TAXA 678 Fundamentals of Federal
Income Taxation II (3) Continuation of
basic tax concepts including cash and
accrual methods, original issue discount
and imputed interests, below-market loans,
installment sales, like kind exchanges,
involuntary conversions, the at-risk rules,
and the passive loss rules.
TAXA 679 Welfare Benefit Plans (2)
Welfare benefit plans are employee-sponsored
plans that provide employees with
benefits other than pension and retirement
plans and deferred compensation. Welfare
benefit plans include life insurance, health
insurance, disability insurance, vacation
pay, severance pay, educational reimbursement,
group legal services, and dependent
assistance care plans. Course focuses on federal
income tax requirements for various welfare
benefit plans, including fringe benefits
and health care continuation coverage under
COBRA. Examination of the income tax
consequences to employers who sponsor, and
employees who participate in, welfare plan
benefits. Discussion of the various mechanisms
for offering welfare benefit plans, such
as cafeteria plans under section 125 and
VEBAs under section 501(c)(9).
TAXA 680 Advanced Qualified Pension
and Profit-Sharing Plans (3) Building on
the foundation provided by Qualified
Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans, this indepth
examination ofdefined contribution
and defined benefit plans includes current
IRS positions; final, proposed and temporary
regulations; and developing case law.
Tax sheltered annuities are considered.
Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 663.
186
TAXA 682 Bankruptcy Taxation (2) An
introduction to the basics of bankruptcy
law and creditors' rights and analysis of tax
issues that arise.
TAXA 683 Basics in Financial
Planning (3) The tax practitioner's perspective
on financial planning with a focus
on teaching students what a tax practitioner
needs to know about financial planning-not
training to become a financial
planner. Additionalprerequisite: TAXA 660.
TAXA 684 S-Corporations (1) Federal
income taxation of S-Corporations and
their shareholders with emphasis on the
creation of the S-Corporation, capital
structure, operational alternatives, distributions,
and liquidations.
TAXA 799 Independent Study (1-2)
Students may study an area of particular
interest to them, not covered in a significant
way elsewhere in the program, via an
independent study. To qualify, students
must submit a written proposal and obtain
the consent of a faculty member who
supervises the project. The proposal must
be approved by the supervising faculty
member and the program director.

Directories
Senior Administration
Robert L. Bogomolny
President
A.B., Harvard College
LL.B. 0.0.), Harvard Law School
Ronald P. Legon
Provost
B.A., City College of New York
M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University
William O. Lynerd
Vice President, Imtitutional Advancement
B.S., The King's College
M.S., Western Connecticut State University
Donald R. Paddy
Vice President, Administration and Finance
B.S., M.S., University of Baltimore
Dennis M. Pelletier
Vice President, Student Affairs and
Enrollment Atanagement
B.A., M.S., State University of New York
Ph.D., University of Maryland
Peter Toran
Vice Presidentfor Planning
B.A.,Tufts University
M.F.A., Wayne State University
Academic Administration
Susan Baker
Assistant Dean, Administration,
Aterrick School ofBusiness
B.A., Clark University
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
Suzanne Behr
Director, Academic Advising,
Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts
B.S., Rowan University
M.A., Towson University
Irvin Brown
Associate Dean,
Yale Gordon College
ofLiberal Arts
B.A., Howard University
M.P.A., American University
Ph.D., Howard University
Wendy Burgess
Director, International Services
B.S, Georgetown University
M.A., American University
Lorna Busch
Graduate Academic Adviser,
Aterrick School ofBusiness
B.A., SUNY Buffalo
M.S., University of Baltimore
Ann Cotten
Associate Director, Schaeftr Center
B.S., M.S., University of Baltimore
Ray Frederick
Academic Programs Coordinator,
Aterrick School ofBusiness
B.S., University of Baltimore
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
Daniel A. Gerlowski
Associate Dean, Aterrick School ofBusiness
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Gena Glickman
Associate Provost
B.F.A., Maryland Institute
College ofArt
M.S., The Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., University of Maryland
Kathryn Kauffman
International Student Adviser
B.A., Dickinson College
M.A., University of Maryland,
Baltimore County
Yoosef Khadem
Coordinator, Atath Services,
Academic Resource Center
B.S., Pars University
M.S., Texas A&M University
187

Jacqueline Lewis
Coordinator ofUndergraduate
Programs, Merrick SchooL ofBu5inm
B.S., Morgan State University
M.A., Coppin State College
Michad Maher
Director. Spomored Research
B.A., Loyola University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Anne M. McCarthy
Dean, Merrick SchooL ofBusiness
B.A., Georgetown University
M.B.A., University of Connecticut
Ph.D., Purdue University
Elizabeth Mizell
Director, Academic Re50urce Center
B.A., University ofSouth Florida
M.A., University of Florida
JodN. Morse
Associllte Dean, Merrick School ofBusiness
A.B., Williams College
B.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Claire Petrides
Manager, PerronaL Computing Services
B.A., University of Maryland
M.P.A., University of Baltimore
Margaret Potthast
A55i5tant Dean, Yale Gordon CoLlege
ofLiberaL Arts
B.A., Marywood College
B.A., St. John's University
Ph.D., University ofMaryland
Merrill R. Pritchett
Director, ImtitutionaL Research and Planning
B.A., McMurry College
M.A., East Texas University
188
Jeanne Robertson
Coordinator, Tutoring and Mentoring
Programs, Academic Resource Center
B.A., North Adams State College
M.S., University of Pinsburgh
Judy Sabalauskas
Undergraduate Academic Adviser,
Merrick SchooL ofBusiness
B.A., Hood College
M.B.A., C.A.G.S., University of New
Hampshire
Carl Stenberg III
Dean, Yale Gordon College ofLiberal Arts
B.A., Allegheny College
M.P.A., Ph.D., State University ofNew York
Carolyn Tyson
Coordinator ofWriting Services,
Academic Resource Center
B.A., M.A., Texas Women's University
George Weitzel
Network Operatiom Manager, CIS
General Administration
James Airey
A55iJtant Budget Officer
B.S ., University of Baltimore
Kathleen Anderson
A550ciate Vice President for
Student Affairs
B.A., St. Mary's College of Maryland
M .A. , Bowling Green State University
Barbara Aughenbaugh
Associate Vice President, AuxiLiIlry Service5
B.S. , University of Maryland
April Baer
Director, ALumni Relatiom
B.S., Penn State University
M.S., University of Florida

Gabrielle Boam
Manager ofRecruitment Publications
B.F.A., Maryland Instirute College ofArt
Ronald Bond
Associate Vice President, Administrative Services
B.A., Universiry of Baltimore
Angela Colter
Web Manager, Student Affairs and
Enrollment Management
B.F.A., Norrh Carolina School of (he Arrs
MA, Universiry of Baltimore
Alison Wainwright Davitt
Director, Annual Giving
B.A., College of Notre Dame, Maryland
Vajara Donavanik
Manager, Student Computer Accounts
LL.B, Ramkhamhaeng Universiry
M .S., Universiry of Baltimore
Karen Skivers Drake
Director, Human Resources
B.A., Muskingum College
M.S., Universiry of Baltimore
Barry Dunkin
Assistant Director, The Career Center
B.S., Springfield College
M.S., Morgan Srare Universiry
M .S., The Johns Hopkins Universiry
Donald L. Eyring
Internal Auditor
B.S., Loyola College
Debra Grey
Associate Registrar
B.A., M.P.A., Universiry of Baltimore
Pamela Harris
Coordinator, Alumni Relations
B.A., Universiry of Baltimore
Deborah Harry-Walker
Director, Financial Aid
B.S., City Universiry of New York
Laura Hassler
Business Manager, Auxiliary Services
B.S., M.A., Universiry of Baltimore
June Hindle
Assistant Director, Human Resources
B.A., Universiry of Baltimore
M.S., Towson Universiry
Crissa Holder Smith
Media Technologist
B.A., College of Notre Dame
Detra Hooper
Financial Aid Counselor
B.A., Universiry of Maryland
Erika Jones
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Kean Universiry
Nicole Jones
A;sistant Director, Alumni Relations
B.A., Universiry of Baltimore
Nathan Kale
Associate Registrar
B.A., Susquehanna Universiry
M.Div., S.T.M., Lurheran Theological Seminary
Peter Kerzel
Manager ofPublic Information
B.A., Universiry of Maryland,
Baltimore Counry
Caprice Lantz
Career Counselor
B.S., Universiry of Maryland
M.A., Towson Universiry
Luanne Lawrence
Executive Director, University Relations
B.S., Millersville Universiry
M .Ed., Pennsylvania State Universiry
189

Catherine Leidemer
Senior Communications Associate
B.A. , The College of New Jersey
Starrla Levine
Assistant to the Provost
Benjamin Lowenthal, CPA
Comptroller
B.S., Universi[), of Maryland
B.A., M.A., Ner Israel College
M .B.A., Universi[), of Baltimore
Susan Luchey
Director, Center for Student Involvement
B.A., Western Maryland College
M.A., Loyola College
Magdalen Martin
Financial Aid Counselor
B.S., Towson Universi[),
Elizabeth Massanopoli
Senior Graphic Designer
B.F.A., Universi[), of Missouri
Wendy Michel
Annual Giving Specialist
B.S., Cedar Crest College
Richard Morrell
Associate Vice President, Enrollment Management
Registrar
B.A., Universi[), ofSouth Carolina
M .S., Morgan State Universi[),
Colleen Murphy
Assistant Director, The Career Center
B.A., Indiana Universi[),
M.S., Miami Universi[),
Philip G. Ostrander, Jr.
Human Resources Specialist
B.S. , Universi[), of Maryland
190
David Patschke
Director, Graphics Lab
B.A., B.S., Peabody Conservatory,
The Johns Hopkins Universi[),
Julia Pitman
Director, Admissions
B.S., M .A., Universi[), of Baltimore
B. Douglas Prevosto, CPA
Business Systems Coordinator
B.S., M.S., Universi[), of Baltimore
Beverly Randall
Assistant to the President
B.S., Morgan State Vniversi[),
Megan Render
Web Content Developer and Marketing Manager
B.A., B.S., Universi[), of Maryland
Gina Richardson
Assistant Director, Annual Giving
B.A., Universi[), of Baltimore
Susan Schubert
Conference Services Manager
B.S., Towson Universi[),
M.B.A., Loyola College of Maryland
Kimberly Sennett
Director, Alumni Services
B.S., Universi[), of Baltimore
Karla Shepherd
Director ofDiversity Education Programs
B.S., M.Ed., Universi[)' ofPittsburgh
Jennifer Smith
Admissions Counselor
B.A., Quinnipiac Universi[),
Rebecca Spence
Associate Director, Human Resources
B.S., Atlantic Union College
M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Therese Stumpf
Facilities Manager

Robin C. Sullivan
Associate Director, Student FinancialAid
B.A., M.A., The Johns Hopkins University
Frank Szymanski
Director, Athletic Club
B.S., M.S., University of Maryland
M.A., University of Baltimore
Reginald C. Thomas
Associate Director, Admissions
B.A.• Morgan State University
M.S., Coppin State University
Barbara Thompson
Executive Administrative Assistant
Jacqueline Truelove-Desimone
Director, Disability Support Services
B.A., University of Baltimore
M.A., Morgan State University
M.S., University of Baltimore
Adalberto Valdez
Loan Coordinator, Financial Aid
B.A. , University of Massachusetts
Maika Weintraub
Career Counselor
B.A., Vassar College
M.E

Jean Lauber
Reference Librarian
B.S., Bowling Green State University
M .S., University of Massachusetts
M.L.S., University of North Carolina
Myrna McCallister
Director, Library
B.A., University of California
M.A., Michigan State University
M .L.S., University of Michigan
Susan Wheeler
Reference Librarian
B.S., Towson University
M.S., Morgan State University
M .L.S., University of Maryland
Centers and Institutes
Jose Anderson
Director, Stephen L. Synder Centerfor
Litigation Services
B.A., J.D., University of Maryland
Barbara A. Babb
Director, Centerfor Families,
Children and the Courts
B.S., Pennsylvania State University
M.S., J.D., Cornell University
Jessica I. Elfenbein
Director, Center for Baltimore Studies
A.B., Columbia University
M.A., George Washington University
M .A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Edwin Gold
Director, Imtitute for Language, Technology,
and Publicatiom Design
B.A., Maryland Institure College ofAn
Alfred H. Guy, Jr.
Director, Hof/berger Center for
Professional Ethics
B.A., Auburn University
M.A. , Ph.D., University of Georgia
192
Lanny Herron
Director, Center for Technology
Commercialization
B.A., M.S., Massachusetts Institute
ofTechnology
Ph.D., University ofSourh Carolina
A. Milton Jenkins
Director, Information Systems Research Center
Co-Director, MBNA Information Imtitute
B.S.E., University ofAlbuquerque
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Ronald P. Legon
Director, e-Learning Center
Co-Director, MBNA Information Imtitute
B.A., City College of New York
M.A.• Ph.D.• Cornell University
Donald Mulcahey
Director, Centerfor Negotiatiom
and Conflict Management
B.A., Loras College
M.A., Ph.D., The Catholic University
ofAmerica
J.D., University of Baltimore School of Law
Christine Nielsen
Fellow, Jacob France Imtitute for Global Business
B.S., University of Rochester
D.B.A., George Washington University
M. N. S. Sellers
Director. Center for International and
Comparative Law
A.B., Harvard College
D.Phil., B.C.L., Oxford University
J.D., Harvard Law School
David Stevens
Director, Jacob France Imtitute for Global Business
B.S., California State University
M.S.• Ph.D., University of Colorodo
Larry W. Thomas
Director, Schaefer Center for Public Policy
B.A., Fairmont State University
M.P.A., West Virginia University
Ph.D., University ofTennessee

Faculty Emeriti
D. Randall Beirne
Profissor Emeritus
Criminology. Criminal Justice and Social Policy
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs
Nelson M. Blake
Profissor Emeritus
Legal. Erhical. and Historical Studies
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs
Samuel Cooper
Profissor Emeritus
School of Law
Harold D. Cunningham, Jr.
Profissor Emeritus
School of Law
Eugene J. Davidson
Profmor Emeritus
School of Law
David Dianich
Profissor Emeritus
Informarion and Quantirarive Sciences
Roben G. Merrick School of Business
W. Theodore Dun
ProfiJSor Emeritus
Criminology. Criminal Jusrice and Social Policy
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs
Robert M. Fisher
Associate Profissor Emeritus
Legal. Erhical. and Hisrorical Studies
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs
Franklin B. Gerber Jr.
Adjunct Profissor Emeritus
School of Law
Robin Goodenough
Professor Emerirus
School of Law
Joan Asher Henley
Profissor Emeritus
Language, Lirerarure and
Communicarions Design
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs
Fred Hopkins
Ombudsman Emeritus
Legal. Ethical. and Historical Srudies
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs
Arthur B. Kahn
Proftssor Emeritus
Robert G. Merrick School of Business
Noor Mohammad
Profissor Emeritus
School of Law
William R. O'Brien
Associate Profissor Emeritus
Management
Robert G. Merrick School of Business
Doris Powell
PrOfiSS01' Emeritus
Applied Psychology and Quanrirarive Merhods
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts
Walter Rafalko
Profissor Emeritus
School of Law
Ezra Sift"
Profissor Emeritus
School of Law
H. Mebane Turner
President Emeritw
University of Balrimore
William D. Wagman
Profissor Emeritus
Applied Psychology and Quantitarive Merhods
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arrs
193

Barry Brownstein
Professor, Economics
B.S., Ciry College of New York
M.A., Ph.D., Rurgers, The Srare
Universiry of New Jersey
Thomas E. Carney
Director, B.A. in Jurisprudence
Assistant Professor, Legal,
Ethical, and Historical Studies
BA., M .A., Youngsrown State Universiry
J.D., Universiry ofToledo
Ph.D ., West Virginia Universiry
Vuginia Kirby-Smith Carruthers
Director, M.A. in Publicatiom Design
Associate Professor, English and
Communicatiom Design
B.A. , Goucher College
M.A., Ph .D., Duke Universiry
Honghui Chen
Assistant Professor, Finance
M.A., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute and State Universiry
Yusuf Ahmed Choudhry
Associate Professor, Marketing
B.E., East Pakistan Universiry of Engineering
and Technology
M.B.A., Ph.D., Syracuse Universiry
William D. Clewell
Director, B.S. in Applied Information Technology
Associau Professor, School o/Information Am and
Technologies
B.A., Getrysburg College
M.A., Universiry of Pittsburgh
Ph.D., Universiry of Maryland
Margaret L. Cohen
Clinical Assistant Professor, Legal, Ethical, and
HistoricaL Studies
B.A., Brooklyn College
Ph.D ., Universiry of PittSburgh
J.D ., Brooklyn Law School
Thomas A. Darling
Associau Professor, Government and
Public Administration
B.S., Cornell Universiry
Ph .D ., State Universiry of New York
J. David Dechant
ClinicaL Assistant Professor, Marketing
Deputy Director, Chinese Executive M.B.A.
B.A., George Washington Universiry
M. B.A., Universiry of Baltimore
Lawrence L. Downey
Director, B.A. in Government and
Public Administration
Associate Professor, Government and
Public Administration
B.A., M.A., Wichita State Universiry
Ph.D., Universiry ofAriwna
Robert Durant
Professor, Government and PubLic Administration
M.S., Ph.D., Universiry ofTennessee
James Dutt
Division Director, Management Information
Systems
Professor, Management Information Systems
B.S., M.S., Ph.D. Penn State Universiry
Morad Eghbal
Assistant Pro/mor, Law SchooL
J.D., Howard Universiry
LL.M., Universiry of the Pacific
Jessica Elfenbein
Director, Centerfor Baltimore Studies and
Specialization in Public History
Associate Professor, Legal, Ethical, and
HistoricaL Studies
A.B., Barnard College, Columbia Universiry
M.A., George Washington Universiry
Ph.D., Universiry of Delaware
Mark Fisher
ClinicaL Assistant Professor, AppLied Psychology
and Quantitative Methods
B.A., California State Universiry
M.A., Ph.D., CSPp, Universiry of California,
San Diego
Peter M. Fin
Assistant Professor, EngLish and
Communicatiom Design
B.S., Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology
M.A., The Johns Hopkins Universiry
195

A. Milton Jenkins
Director, Information SystmlS Research Center
Co-Director, MBNA Information Imtitute
Profroor, Information SystmlS
B.s.E., University ofAlbuquerque
M.BA., University of New Mexico
Ph.D ., University of Minnesora
Nancy Kaplan
Director, M.S. in Interaction Design and
Information Architecture
Director, School ofInformation Arts and
Technology
Profroor, English and Communicatiom Design
B.A., University of Michigan
M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University
Jane Keller
Director, B.A. in Profroional Writing
and Publicatiom
Writer-in-Residmce, English
and Communicatiom Design
B.A. , Hollins College
Edward R. Kemery II
Adviser, M.B.A.lHuman Resource Management
Associate Professor, Management
B.A., Cheney Srare College
M .S., Ph.D., Auburn University
Deborah Kohl
Division Chair and Associate Professor, Applied
Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A. , University ofBalrimore
M.A. , Ph .D ., The Johns Hopkins University
Kendra Kopelke
Director, Certificate in Literary Publishing
Writer-in-Residmce, English and
Communicatiom Design
B.A., Ohio University
M.A., The Johns Hopkins University
Phillip J. Korb, CPA
Director, Division ofAccounting
Associate Professor, Accounting
B.S., M.B.A., University of Maryland
M .S., University of Baltimore
Michael V. Laric
Director, Division ofManagement and
Marketing, Organizational Behavior, Production,
Strategy and Policy
Professor, Marketing
BA., M.A., The Hebrew University
ofJerusalem
Ph.D., City University of New York
Robert Lamey
Visiting Assistant Professor, Applied Information
Technology
AA.S., Cincinnati Technical College
B.S., University of Cincinnati
M.S., Rochester Institute ofTechnology
Elsa M. Lankford
VISiting Assistant Proftssor, Applied Information
Technology
B.A., American University
M.A., Towson University
Ronald P. Legon
Provost
Acting Director, e-Leaming Center
Co-Director, MBNA Information Imtitute
B.A., City College of New York
M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University
David T. Levy
Professor, Economics
B.A., Michigan State University
M.A., Ph .D ., University of California
Ronald C. Lippincott
Director, M.S. in Health SystmlS Management
Associate Professor, Government and
Public Administration
B.A. , Rutgers, The State University
of New Jersey
M .A. , Ph.D., University of North Carolina
Elaine S. Loebner
Director, B.A. and M.S. in Human Services
Administration
Associate Professor, Human Services
Administration
BA., MA., Ph.D., University
of Massach userrs
197

Vmcent P. Luchsinger
Professor, Management
B.A., Loras College
M.A., Ph.D., Texas Tech University
C. AJan Lyles
Associate Professor, Government and
Public Adminstration
B.A., Loyola College
B.S., Towson Srare University
B.S., University of Maryland
M.P.H., Sc.D., The Johns Hopkins University
Peter M. Lynagh
Professor, Marketing
B.S., University of Maryland
M.B.A., University ofOkJahoma
Ph.D., Michigan Stare University
Susan Lynn, CPA
Associate Professor, Accounting
B.A. , Towson University
M.B.A., D.B.A., University of Maryland
Arthur Magida
Writer-in-Residence, English and
Communications Design
B.A., Marlboro College
M.A., Georgerown University
M.A., California School of Professional
Psychology
Daniel W. Martin
Director, M.P.A. and D.P.A. Programs
Professor, Government and
Public Administration
B.A., University of Housron
M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University
Steven H. Matanle
Director, B.A. in English
Associate Professor, English and
Communications Design
B.A., M.A., The Johns Hopkins University
Ph.D., American University
Tigineh Mersha
Professor, Management
B.B.A., Haile Selassie University
M.B.A., Ph.D., University ofCincinnari
198
Eugene F. Milbourn Jr.
Professor, Management
B.B.A., University of Housron
M.B.A., Lamar University
Ph.D., North Texas Stare University
Rajesh Mirani
Associate Professor, Information Systems
B.Tech., Indian Insrirure ofTechnology
Posr-Graduare Diploma, Indian Insrirure
of Management
Ph.D., University of Pinsburgh
Thomas E. Mitchell Jr.
Director, M.5. in Applied Psychology
Assistant Professor, Applied Psychology
and Quantitative Methods
B.S., Richmond Professional Insriture
M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Commonwealth
University
Jaya P. Molly
Associate Professor, Management
B.S., Mysore University
D.I .I.Sc., Indian Insrirure of Science
M.B.A., Ph.D ., University ofWisconsin
Joel N. Morse
Director, Division ofEconomics, Finance,
and Management Science
Professor, Finance
A.B ., Williams College
B.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusens
Stuart Moulthrop
Director, Doctor ofCommunications Design
Professor, English and Communications Design
B.A., George Washingron University
M.A., Ph.D., Yale University
Donald C. Mulcahey
Director, M.5. in Negotiations and Conflict
Management
Director, Center for Negotiations and Conflict
Management
Division Chair and Professor, Legal, Ethical, and
Historical Studies
B.A., Sr. Paul Seminary
M.A., Ph.D., The Carholic University
ofAmerica
J.D., University of Balrimore School of Law

John C. Weiss, III
Clinical Assistant Professor, Entrepreneurship
Merrick School ofBusiness
B.S., Towson University
M.B.A. , Loyola College
Lourdes White
Associate Professor, Accounting
B.S., Getulio Vargas Fdm.
M.S., Federal University of Rio De Janeiro
D.B.A., Harvard University
Laura Wtlson-Gentry
Associate Professor, Government
and Public Administration
B.A., University of Rhode Island
M.A., State University of New York
D.P.A., University of Oklahoma
Benjamin Wright
Chair, Criminology, Criminal justice and
Social Policy
Associate Professor, Criminology,
Criminaljustice, and Social Policy
B.S., M.C.]., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., Florida State University
Betsy GreenJeafYarrison
Assistant Professor, English and
Communications Design
B.A., University of North Carolina
M.A., Ph.D., University ofWisconsin
Susan Rawson Zacur
Professor, Management
B.A., Simmons College
M.B.A., D.B.A., University of Maryland
202
Adjunct Faculty
The foLlowing List ofadjunct undergraduate
andgraduate facuLty was compiled in May
2002.
A. Rahman Alfalaij
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A., Texas Tech University
M.A., Washington University
Ph.D ., University of Pittsburgh
Kathleen Anderson
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A., St. Mary's College of Maryland
M.A., Bowling Green State University
DavidApaw
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.S., University of Science and Technology,
Ghana
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
Christine M. Arcari
Government and Public Administration
B.A., Case Western Reserve University
M .P.H., University of South Florida
Ph.D., The Johns Hoplcins University
Keisha C. D. Ashton
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A., M.S., Howard University
George A. Asseng, CPA
Accounting
B.S., U. S. Coast Guard Academy
M .S., Harvard University
James Astrachan
English and Communications Design
B.S., Bryant College
J.D., University of Baltimore School of Law
M.L., Georgetown University
Carmine R. Baratta, Jr.
Criminology, Criminaljustice,
and Social Policy
B.S., Southern University of New York
M .S., University of Baltimore

Randy D. Beardsley
Finance
B.S., M .B.A., University of Baltimore
MaxwellBoam
English and Communications Design
B.A.,Westminster University, London, England
Sue Briggs
Applied Psychology and Q;utntitative Methods
B.A., Washington College
M .A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
and State University
Ph.D., University of Maryland
Irvin Brown
Government and Public Administration
B.A., Howard University
M.P.A., American University
Ph.D., Howard University
Michela Caudill
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
Ph.D ., The University of Cambridge
Lorig Cbarkoudian
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., Pomona College
M.A., Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University
Rebecca Childers
English and Communications Design
B.A., Cornell College
M.F.A., University ofIowa
Harry Cole
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., University of Baltimore
M.Div., D.Min ., Vanderbilt University
Catherine Connor
English and Communications Design
B.A., Loyola College
MA., University of Baltimore
Josepb R. Coppola
Criminology, CriminalJustice, and Social Policy
B.S., Seton Hall University
M.S., University of Baltimore
Sara Costello
Management
B.A., University of Kentucky
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
Talib Damij
Management Information Systems
B.Sc., M.Sc. , Ph.D., University of Ljubljana
Cynthia M. D' Annunzio
Accounting
B.A., Towson University
M .B.A., University of Baltimore
Barbara V. Day-Bartgis
Criminology, CriminalJustice,
and Social Policy
A.A., Catonsville Community College
B.S. , M.P.A., University of Baltimore
Patricia M. Dearing
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., Maryland Institute College ofArt
M.A., Temple University
Jacqueline Truelove Desimone
Emglish and Communications Design
B.A. , University of Baltimore
M.A., Morgan State University
Richard Duoan
Criminology, CriminalJustice,
and Social Policy
B.A., University of Baltimore
M .Div., Wesley Theological Seminary
Jennifer R. D'Urso
Lega/, Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., The Johns Hopkins University
M.A., Ph.D ., University of Chicago
Brenda Foster
English and Communications Design
B.A., Loyola College
Barry Friedman
Business Administration
B.A. , Western Maryland College
M .D ., University of Maryland
M .BA., University of Baltimore
J.D., University of Baltimore School of Law
203

Donald Fry Thomas S. Goldwasser
Legal, Ethica4 and Historical Studies Government and Public Administration
B.A., Frostburg State University A.B., Washington University
J.D. , University of Baltimore School of Law M.A., University of Illinois
Matthew D. Gallagher
Government and Public Administration
B.A., laSalle University
M .G.A., University of Pennsylvania
Domenica Genovese
English and Communicatiom Design
B.F.A., Academia di Bell Ani
Howard B. Gersh
Criminokigy, Criminaljustice,
and Social Policy
B.S., ).0., University of Baltimore
Michael Gibbons
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A., University of Maryland
M.L.A., The Johns Hopkins University
Steven D. Giffin
Management Information Systems
B.C.E., Georgia Institure ofTechnology
M.S., University of Maryland
Margaret Gillingham
Government and Public Administration
B.S., M .S., Carnegie Mellon University
Robert M. Gilwee, Jr.
Accounting
B.S., University of Maryland
M.S., University of Baltimore
Woliam Giuffre
Lega4 Ethica4 and Historical Studies
B.S., ).0., Boston College
M.A.S., The Johns Hopkins University
Michael Giuliano
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A., M.A., The Johns Hopkins University
Joel Glasser
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A., M.L.A., The Johns Hopkins University
204
MicheUe GrunweU
Lega4 Ethica4 and Historical Studies
B.A., University of Maryland, College Park
J.D., University of Maryland School of Law
Joseph A. Gunter III
Criminokigy, Criminaljustice, and Social Policy
A.A., Hagerstown Community College
B.S., University of Baltimore
M.A., Hood College
Ali C. Hantal
Operatiom Research
B.A., Istanbul, Turkey
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
T. Warren Hardy
Applied Psychokigy and Quantitative Methods
B.A., University of Maryland, College Park
M.A., M.S.-M.I.S., University of Baltimore
Paul Harper
Management
B.A., Brown University
M.B.A., Wharton School, University of
Pennsylvania
Rosemary Harty
English and Communicatiom Design
B.S., University of Colorado
M.A., Wright State University
RazaHasan
VISiting Professor, Management
B.S., Western Illinois University
M.S., University of Baltimore
Laura E. Hassler
English and Communicatiom Design
B.S., M.A., University of Baltimore
Michael Heimall
Government and Public Administration
B.A., Norwich University
M.H.A., Baylor University

Karen E. Heisse
English and Communications Design
B.A, Indiana University
M.A., University of Baltimore
Robert Helsley
English and Communications Design
B.F.A., Maryland Institute College ofAn
MarkL. Hess
Management Information Systems
B.S., University of Pennsylvania
Crissa M. Holder Smith
English and Communications Design
B.A. , College of Notre Dame of Maryland
Fred Hopkins
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., Gertysburg College
M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Maryland
Jeff Huddleston
Management Information Systems
B.A., M.A., University of Balrimore
David Johnson
Criminology. Criminaljustice,
and Social Policy
B.A., St. John's College
M.S., University of Baltimore
Ibrahim Kargbo
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., St. Augusrine's College
M.A, Ph.D., Howard University
Yoosef Khadem-Djabagb.i
Applied Psychology and
Quantitative Methods
B.S., Pars University
M.S., Texas A&M University
Alireza Khorsand
Economics
B.A., University ofGrenoble
M.A., Ph.D., University of Paris
Timothy Kin10ck
Visiting Assistant Professor. Criminology,
Criminal justice, and Social Policy
B.A., Towson University
Ph.D., University of Maryland
Patricia Lee Kirby
Criminology, Criminal justice, and Social Policy
B.A., University of Maryland
M.S., Northeastern University
Cecilia Kohl-Collier
English and Communications Design
B.S., Towson University
M.A., University of Balrimore
Nikiforos T. Laopodis, CPA
Economics
B.S ., The Graduare Commercial
School ofThessaloniki
M.A., Morgan Stare University
Ph.D., The Catholic University ofAmerica
Patricia Larrimore
G()!Jemment and Public Administration
B.S., M.S., Villanova University
J.D., Widener University
Elliot Lasson
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A., University of Maryland
M.A. Ph .D., Wayne State University
Brian Lazarus, CPA
Accounting
B.A., Towson University
M .B.A., University of Baltimore
Catherine Lips
English and Communications Design
BA.. Loyola College
M.A., University of Baltimore
Thomas Lucadamo
Criminology. Criminal justice, and Social Policy
B.S., York College
M.S., University of Balrimore
205

Matthew S. McCabe
Lega4 Ethica4 and Historical Studies
A.A. , Fullerton College
B.A., University of California
M.A. , California State University
Edward McDermitt
Legal, Ethica4 and Historical Studies
A.B., M.A., Georgetown University
J.D., University ofSama Clara
Mark McDonald
English and Communications Design
A.A., Essex Community College
Dennis McGrath
Government and Public Administration
B.S., University of Maryland
M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
John P. McLaughlin
English and Communications Design
B.A., Colgate University
Getachew Metaferia
Government and Public Administration
B.A., University of Nebraska
M.A., University of New Orleans
Ph.D., Howard University
Leslie Miller
English and Communications Design
B.S., Towson University
M.A., University of Baltimore
Sharon Miller
English and Communications Design
B.S., M.A., University of Baltimore
Mario Missakian
Management Information Systems
B.S., Towson University
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
Sabatini Monatesti
Management Information Systems
M.S., Polytechnic University
206
Anthony J. Montcalmo
Management
B.A., University of Delaware
M.B.A., University of Maryland
Nicholas A. Montfort
English and Communications Design
B.A., B.S., University ofTexas, Austin
M.S., Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology
M.A., Boston University
Jeffrey A. Morgan
Criminology, Criminal justice,
and Social Policy
B.S., University of Baltimore
M.B.A., Frostburg State University
M.S., Shippensburg University
Bridget E. Muller
English and Communications Design
B.A., University of Virginia
M.A., Syracuse University
Jill J. Myers
Criminology, Cn·minal justice, and Social Policy
B.A. , Millersville State University
].D., University of Baltimore School of Law
Ronald Newcomer
Management Information Systt:ms
B.S., The Johns Hopkins University
M .S., Purdue University
Elizabeth Nix
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., Yale University
Ph.D., Boston University
Kimberly Nolan
English and Communications Design
B.A., University of Miami
M.A., University of Baltimore
Ph.D., University of Maryland
Richard M. Olkowski
Marketing
B.S., Towson University
M .B.A., University of Baltimore

Lisa M. Ohrin
Legal Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.S., University of Matyland
J.D., University of Matyland School of Law
Tammi L. Palmer
Marketing
B.S., Alabama State University
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
David Patschke
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A., B.S., The Johns Hopkins University
Dennis M. Pelletier
Applied Psychoklgy and Quantitative Methods
B.A., M .S., State University of
New York
Ph.D., University of Maryland
Claire Petrides
Applied Psychoklgy and
Quantitative Methods
B.A., University of Maryland
M.P.A. , University of Baltimore
Timothy Pilachowski
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A., Loyola College
M .A., Boswn College
Sharma Pillutla
Management Information Systems
B.Tech., Banaras Hindu University
M .M .S. , University of Bombay
Ph.D ., Syracuse University
Edward G. Piper
Criminoklgy. CriminalJustice, and Social Policy
A.A., Essex Community College
B.A., University of Baltimore
M .A., The Johns Hopkins University
Amy Pointer
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A., Middle Tennessee University
M.A., University of Baltimore
B. Douglas Prevosto
Accounting
B.S., M.S., University of Baltimore
Merrill R. Pritchett
Government and Public Administration,
Operatiom Research
B.A., McMurry College
M .A., East Texas University
Mark S. Profili
Criminoklgy. CriminalJustice, and Social Policy
B.S., Towson State University
M.S., George Washingwn University
James Qualls
Applied Psychoklgy and Quantitative Methods
B.A., M.A., Baylor University
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University
Charles Rapp, Jr.
Criminoklgy. CriminalJustice, and Social Policy
B.A., University of Maryland
M.A.S., The Johns Hopkins University
Natalie H. Rees
Legal Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., University of Maryland, College Park
J.D ., University of Baltimore School of Law
Darlington C. Richards
Legal Ethical, and Historical Studies
LL.B ., University ofJos
B.L. , Nigerian Law School
LL.M ., University of Baltimore
Bruce Robertson
Legal Ethical, and Historical Studies
B.A., Elmhurst College
B.D., Princewn Seminary
Ph.D ., University of Pennsylvania
Terrence E. Ross
Management Information Systems
B.S., Illinois Central College
M .A., The Johns Hopkins University
M .S., University of Baltimore
Diane Rowland
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A. , M .A., University of Arkansas
Ph.D., University of Miami
207

Judy Sabalauskas
Marketing
B.A., Hood College
M.B.A., C.A.G.S., University of New
Hampshire
MeredythJ. Santangelo
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A .• Kent State University
M .A .• Youngstown State University
Jonathan R. Seeman
Government and Public Administration
B.S .• University of Maryland. College Park
M.P.A., American University
Helene P. Schaefer
Management
B.S .• University of Baltimore
Robert Scott
Management
B.S.• M.A., J.D., Southern University
M.A., College of Notre Dame of Maryland
Theresa Segreti
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A.. Pennsylvania State University
M.A., The Johns Hopkins University
M.A., University of Baltimore
Ajay K. Sethi
Government and Public Administration
B.S., University of Maryland
M .H .S .• The Johns Hopkins University
Fereidoon Shahrokh
Economics
M.S., State University of New York
Ph .D ., West Virginia University
George L. Shepard
Management
B.S .• University of Maryland
M.B.A., University of Baltimore
M.S., American University
Arnold K. Sherman
Criminology, Criminal Justice, and Social Policy
B.A., M .A .• Ph .D ., New York University
208
Regina Marie Shock
Management Information Systems
B.A. , University of Maryland
M.S.• University of Baltimore
Susan Shorr
English and Communicatiom Design
A.B.• M.A., Miami University
Lawrence J. Simpson
Management
B.A., Rutgers. The State University
of New Jersey
M .S., University of Baltimore
Stephen M. Smith
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A., University of Virginia
Richard C. Strittmater
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A. , Cleveland Institute of An
Tracey Smyser
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A .• Purdue University
M .A .• University of Baltimore
Carl Stenberg III
Dean, College o/LiberalArts
, B.A., Allegheny College
M .P.A., Ph.D., State University
of New York
Frank Szymanski
Government and Public Administration
B,S., M .S" University of Maryland
MA" University of Baltimore
Melvin E. TansillJr.
English and Communicatiom Design
B.A.. M.A., University of Baltimore
Michael Tebeleff
Applied Psychology and Quantitative Methods
B.A., University ofVirginia
Ph .D .• University ofTexas
Donna M. D. Thomas
English and Communicatiom Design
B.S., University of Richmond
M.A.. University of Baltimore

R. Thomas Crawford, II, M.B.A. '91
Vice President
Chevy Chase Bank
William J. Crowley, Jr.
Managing Partner
Arthur Andersen LLP
Brenda Ann Dandy
Owner and Vice President
Marine Enterprises Intetnational, Inc.
Joseph DiCara
President
DiCara & Associates
Anthony J. Esposito, B.S. '77
Senior Accountant
Northrop Grumman Corporation
Bill Fanshawe
General Manager
Fox 45fWB54
Robert A. Frank, M.B.A. '75
Managing Director
InCap Intellectual Capital Markets, Inc.
N. Mark Freedman, B.S. '71
Partner
Katz, Abosch, Windesheim, Gershman
& Freedman, P.A.
Anthony Fugett, B.S. '77
President and CEO
ASF Systems, Inc.
Bruno A. Galetovic
President/CEO
Single Source, Inc.-USA
Morton Goldman, B.S. '67
Managing Partner
Grant Thornton
Robert C. Goodwin, Jr.
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Chindex International, Inc.
2ID
Robert Greene, B.S. '74
Director of Business Development
Snelling Personnel Services
Marion L. Harris, B.S. '83
Immediate Past District 18 Governor
Toastmasters International
Jonathan Hazman
President/CEO
Virtual Physical, Inc.
Bonnie K. Heneson
President
Bonnie Heneson Communications
John C. Hilgenberg
President
The Eager Street Group, Inc.
William A. Hopp
Controller
The Ward Machinery Company
James L. Hughes
Vice President
Research and Development
University of Maryland, Baltimore
Anana Kambon
Mayor's Special Assistant for
Fine Arts and Education
Mayor's Office, City of Balrimore
Edward J. Kelly, B.S. '73, M.S. '80
CEO
Total Image Care, Inc.
Wanda Lessner, M.B.A. '97
Director of Quality Assurance
CareFirst BlueCross BlueShieid
Deborah Lindrud
Vice President, Human Resources
United Way of Central Maryland
Fred Lissauer
Vice President, Global Export
Business Development
McCormick and Company, Inc.

Howard Maleson, B.S. '63
Partner
The Breakthrough Group
James S, Matheny, B.S. '77
Managing Director
American Express Tax and
Business Services, Inc.
MicheUe McBride, M.B.A. '82
Executive Director of Managed Care and
Business Development
Bon Secours Baltimore Health System
R. Donald McDaniel, Jr., M.BA '93
Vice President
VIPS, Inc.
Steven J. Meyer
President/CEO
SmartOffice Services, LLC
James G. Morgan, B.S. '61
Managing Partner
Heritage Financial Consultants, LLC
Jennifer C. Munch, B.S. 73
Senior Vice President and Treasurer (retired)
The Town & Country Management Company
Peter C. O'Neill
Director, Office of International Trade
Maryland Department of Business and
Economic Development
Mark F. Ostrowski
Vice President
Right Management Consultants
Helene Penn
Vice President/Corporate Secretary
Penn PontiaclGMC Truck
Norman N. Polonsky, CPA, B.S. '58
Partner
Grabush, Newman & Co., P.A.
Richard N. Pridgeon, Cert. '58
Principal
Nardone, Pridgeon & Co., P.A.
F. Brian Richter
Presiden tlCEO
Island Consulting Services
Mark E. Rosenberg, B.S. '60
President
Mid-Atlantic Hospice Care
Larry Rychlak
Chief Financial Officer
Environmental Elements Corporation
Leonard Sacks
Managing Partner
Sacks, McGibney, Trotta
Leo Schaeffier
Owner
S&G Accounting & Tax Services
Marc B. Sherman, B.S. '76
National Partner: Litigation/Forensic Services
KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP
Charles W. Shivery, M.S. '75
Co-President (retired)
Constellation Energy Group
Charles E. Siegmann, B.S. '69
Executive Vice President-Operations
Mercantile Safe Deposit & Trust Company
James L Smith, B.S. '65
Management Consultant
Richard Snellinger, B.S. '78
Managing Director
H. Chambers Company
James Traylor
President
Federal and Institutional Services Group
Jean Van Buskirk
Director, Sisters Program
Office of International Business
State of Maryland (retired)
Maury Weinstein
President
System Source
211

Thomas Peace, B.S. '69
Entrepreneur
Melanie Cecelia Pereira, B.S. '77, J.D. '87
Director
Howard County Detention Center
R. Coleman Plecker, B.S. '76
Owner
Coleman Plecker's World of Golf
Richard Rowe, M.P.A. '80
Chief Operating Officer
Baltimore Mentoring Partnership
Susan Schurman
President
The George Meany Center for Labor Studies
Narional Labor College
James C. Shay, M.S. '77
Community Building Fellow
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development
Sidney Sherr
Director/Trustee
Peggy and Yale Gordon Trusr
Terence Smith
Senior Associare Vice President
Operarions and Planning
University of Maryland, Balrimore
Donna M. D. Thomas
Principal
Astrachan, Gunst, Goldman & Thomas
EdwardJ. Vogel
Chief of Inspecrions and Evaluations
Inspector General's Office
Amtrak
Alan Weisman, B.S. 71, M.A. '91
Director, Ambulatory Care Pracrices
Maryland General Hospital
Board of Governors
President
Robert E. Greene, B.S. '74
ExeC1ltive \!lce President
Jeannine C. Morganthall, B.S. '76
Vice President School ofLaw
Neil J. Bixler, J.D. '92
Vice President College ofLiberal Arts
Anne M. [rby, B.A. '84
Vice President School ofBusiness
David W. Richardson, B.S. '64
Vice President at Large
Amy B. Glaser, ].D. '95
Treasurer
Callie B. Johnson, B.S. '78
Secretary
Robyn T. Costello, M.A. '96
Past President
John H. Hennessey, Jr., B.A. '74
213

Alumni Board Members:
Dorine Andrews, DCD '01
John C. M. Angelos, J.D. '90
Gregory A. Bayor, B.A. '71
Douglas A. Beigel, M.B.A. '90
Frederick L. Bierer, J.D. '73
R. Jerel Booker, M.S. '98
The Hon. Emanuel Brown, B.A. '80, M.P.A. '81
Jerome W Collier, M.S. '89
Isabel M. Cumming, M.BA. '89, J.D. '93
Joan Davenport, BA. '80, J.D. '95
Anrhony C. DePastina, J.D. '97
Kevin Dunbar, M.B.A. '95
Andrew S. Fraser, M.B.A. '92
Damon Gasque, B.S. '78
R. Scott Graham, M.B.A. '90
Yasmin N. Harris, M.S. '83
Keith E. Haynes, J.D. '91
Diana K. Hester, M.S. '95
Helen L. Holton, B.S. '81
Catherine C. Lips, MA. '87
Michael H. Mannes,J.D. '70
Darren M. Margolis, J.D. '95
Frank J. Mastro, J.D. '96
Bruce C. McEntee, B.S. '69
Wilson P. McManus, B.A. '83, J.D. '86
Erik Moran, M.B.A. '92
Renee Nacrelli, J.D. '93
Paul S. Novak, M.BA. '79
Melanie C. Pereira, B.S. '77, J.D. '87
Peta N. Richkus, M.B.A. '81
Richard C. Rise, B.S. '88
Richard A. Snellinger, B.S. '78
Gabriel L. Terrasa, J.D. '97
Valerie Verrecchio, BA. '95
Edward J. Vogel, B.A. '71, M.S. 88
Alan S. Weisman, B.S. '71, M.A. ' 91
Joan M. Worthington, B.S. '84, M.B.A. '91
Studmt Members: Hilary Davis, Marlena Reed,
Alper Yildirim
214
USM Board of Regents
The University ofBaltimore is part ofthe
University System ofMaryland (USM).
Member ofthe USM Board ofRegents, as of
May 1, 2002, are as follows:
Nathan A. Chapman Jr.
Chairperson
Admiral Charles R. Larson (USN Ret.)
Viet' Chairperson
Thomas B. Finan, Jr.
Treasurer
The Honorable Steny H. Hoyer
Secretary
Louise Michaux Gonzales
ksistant Treasurer
William T Wood
ksistant Secretary
Saleem A. Rasheed
Studmt Regent
Lance W. Billingsley
Patricia S. Florestano
Nina Rodale Houghton
Leronia A. Josey
Clifford M. Kendall
Bruce L. Marcus
The Honorable Hagner R. Mister, ex officio
David H. Nevins
The Hon. James C. Rosapepe
The Hon. Joseph D. Tydings

Board of Visitors
Sayra Wells Meyerhoff, J.D. '78
Damon Gasque, B.S. '78, Chair
Frank Adams B.S. '67, J.D. '72
Perer G. Angelos, LL.B. '61
Joseph E. Blair, Jr.
Donald E. Bowman
Jane C. Brown
Linda J. Brown, M.P.A. '80, Cert. '81
Jana Howard Carey, J.D. '76, Vice Chair
Michael Curry, B.S. '77
Richard Davison
Roberr A. Frank, M.S. '75
N. Mark Freedman, B.S. '71
Anrhony S. Fuggerr, B.S. '77
Morton D. Goldman, B.S.'67
John H. Hennessey, Jr., B.S. '74
Michael F. Klein, B.A. '77
Paul C. Larchford, J.D. '73
William McCartin
Srewart P. McEntee, B.S. '69
Carol Murray McGowan, J.D. '87
Jennifer C. Munch, B.S. '73
Melanie C. Pereira, B.S. '77, J.D.. '87
Perer Pinkard
Robert W Schaefer, B.S. '55
Sidney S. Sherr, B.S. '49
Charles W Shivery, M.S. '75
The Hon. Melvin A. Sreinberg, J.D.'55
James P. Sullivan, J .D.'72
The Hon. Basil A. Thomas, LL.B. '35
H. Mebane Turner
Marie Van Deusen, J.D.'89
Christopher Vorra, B.S. '74
Vernon H.C. Wrighr, B.S. '69
POLICIES
USM POLICY ON STUDENT RESIDENCY
Ir is rhe policy of rhe Board of Regents of
rhe University Sysrem of Maryland (USM)
to recognize rhe caregories of in-srare and
our-of-srare srudents for purposes of admission,
ruirion, and charge differentials ar
rhose consriruent insrirurions where such
differentiarion has been esrablished. The
srudent is responsible for providing rhe
informarion necessary to establish eligibility
for in-srare resident srarus.
This policy is subject to change without
notice. Changedpolicies are recorded in the
Office ofAdmission and Student Affairs.
Students who are financially independent
or financially dependent, as defined
herein, shall have rheir residency c1assificarion
derermined on rhe basis of permanent
residency, which for purposes of rhis policy
shall be derermined by rhe crireria ser forth
in A. rhrough E. (as below).
A student will be assigned in-stare srarus
for admission, ruirion, and charge differenrial
purposes only if rhe student, or in rhe
case ofa financially dependent srudent, rhe
srudent's parent, guardian, or spouse, fulfills
all of rhe following:
A. For ar leasr 12 consecutive months
immediarely prior to and including rhe lasr
dare available to regisrer for courses in rhe
semesrer/rerm for which rhe peririon
applies, rhe student, or if rhe srudent is
financially dependent, rhe parent,
guardian, or spouse MUST:
1) own and continuously occupy, or rent
and continuously occupy, living quarters in
Maryland. There musr exisr a genuine deed
or lease in rhe individual's name reflecring
paymentslrents and rerms typical of rhose
in rhe community ar rhe rime execured.
Persons nor having such a lease may submir
an affidavir reflecring paymentslrents and
rerms as well as rhe name and address of
rhe person to whom payments are made
215

which may be considered as meeting this
condition. As an alternative to ownership
or rental of living quarters in Maryland, a
student may share living quarters in
Maryland which are owned or rented and
occupied by a parent, legal guardian, or
spouse;
2) maintain within Maryland substantially
all personal property;
3) pay Maryland income taxes on all
earned taxable income, including all taxable
income earned outside the state;
4) receive no public assistance from a
state other than the State of Maryland or
from a city, county, or muni.cipal agency
other than one in Maryland;
5) have a legal ability under federal and
Maryland law to reside permanently in
Maryland without interruption.
B. For at least 11 consecutive months
immediately prior to and including the last
date available to register for courses in the
semester for which the application applies,
the student - or, if the student is financially
dependent - the parent, guardian, or
spouse must:
1) register all owned motor vehicles in
Maryland; and,
2) obtain a valid driver's license issued by
the State of Maryland, if licensed to drive
in any other jurisdiction.
c. If registered to vote, is registered in
Maryland.
D. A financially independent student classified
as in-state loses that status at such time
as the student no longer meets one or more
of the criteria set forth in A-C, above. A
financially dependent student classified as
in-state loses that status at such time as the
parent, guardian, or spouse on whom the
status was based no longer meets one or
more of those criteria.
216
E. In addition, persons in the following categories
shall be accorded the benefits of instate
status for the period in which any of
the following conditions apply:
1) a full-time or part-time (at least 50
percent time) regular employee of the
University System of Maryland;
2) the spouse or dependent child ofa
full-time or part-time (at least 50 percent
time) regular employee of the University
System of Maryland;
3) a full-time active member of the
Armed Forces of the United States whose
home residence is Maryland or one who
resides or is stationed in Maryland, or the
spouse, or a financially dependent child of
such a person;
4) for UMUC, a full-time active member
of the Armed Forces of the United
States on active duty, or the spouse of a
member of the Armed Forces of the United
States on active duty;
5) a graduate assistant appointed
through the University System of Maryland
for the semester/term of the appointment.
Except through prior arrangement, status is
applicable only for enrollment at the institution
awarding the assistantship.
F. Students not entitled to in-state status
under the preceding paragraphs shall be
assigned out-of-state status for admission,
tuition, and charge-differential purposes.
PROCEDURES
A. An initial determination of in-state status
will be made by the University at the
time a student's application for admission is
under consideration. The determination
made at that time, and any determination
made thereafter, shall prevail for each
semester/term until the determination is
successfully challenged in a timely manner.

B. A change in residency status must be
requested by submitting a University
System of Maryland "Petition for Change
in Residency Classification for Admission,
Tuition and Charge Differential." A student
applying for a change to in-state status
must furnish all required documentation
with the petition by the last published date
to register for the forthcoming semesterlterm
for which a residency classification
is sought.
C. The student shall noti£Y the institution
in writing within 15 days of any change of
circumstances which may alter in-state
status.
D. In the event incomplete, false, or misleading
information is present, the institution
may, at its discretion, revoke in-state
status and take other disciplinary actions
provided for by the institution's policy. If
in-state status is gained due to false or misleading
information, the University reserves
the right to retroactively assess all out-ofstate
charges for each semester/term
affected.
DEFINITIONS
A. Financially Dependent: For purposes of
this policy, a financially dependent student
is one who is claimed as a dependent for
tax purposes, or who receives more than
one-half of his or her support from another
person during the 12-month period immediately
prior to the last published date
for registration for the semester or session.
Ifa student receives more than one-half of
his or her support in the aggregate from
one person, the student shall be considered
financially dependant on the person providing
the greater amount ofsupport.
B. Financially Independent: A financially
independent student is one who:
1) declares himself or herself to be financially
independent as defined herein;
2) does not appear as a dependent on
the Federal or State income tax return of
any other person;
3) receives less than one-half of his or
her support from any other person or persons;
and,
4) demonstrates that he or she provides
through self-generated support one-half or
more of his or her total expenses.
C. Parent: A parent may be a natural parent,
or if established by a court order recognized
under the laws of the State of
Maryland, an adoptive parent.
D. Guardian: A guardian is a person so
appointed by a court order recognized
under the laws of the State of Maryland.
E. Spouse: A spouse is a partner in a legally
contracted marriage as recognized under
the laws of the State of Maryland.
F. Self-Generated: Describes income
which is derived solely from compensation
for an individua's own efforts as evidenced,
for example, by federal or state W-2 forms
or IRS Form 1099 where interest income is
based upon finances created from one's
own efforts. For the purposes of this policy
grants, stipends, awards, benefits, loans,
and gifts (including federal and state aid,
grants, and loans) may not be used as selfgenerated
income.
s. Regular Employee: A regular employee
is a person employed by the University
System of Maryland who is assigned to a
state budget line. Examples ofcategories
NOT considered regular employees are
graduate assistants, contingent employees,
if-and-when-needed, and temporaries.
217

PRIVACY
The University complies with the requirements
of both the Federal Educational
Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), 34 CFR
Parr 99, and the Maryland Public Information
Act. State Government Article
10-162.
In compliance with these acts, the university
will only release without your signature
that information that is so designated
as directory information. Directory information
is defined as the student's name,
home town, major field ofstudy, participation
in officially recognized activities and
sports, dates ofattendance, degrees and
awards received, the most recent previous
educational agency or institution attended
by this student, and other similar information.
The Maryland Public Information Act
requires the university to provide directories
of its students upon request. Consequently,
directories may be released to
commercial enterprises, such as credit card
companies. If you do not wish to have
directory information released, you are
required to submit that request by filing a
"Request to Withhold Directory Information"
form in the Office of Records and
Transcripts, prior to the start of each semester.
The form is also available on the university
web site.
FERPA provides students with the
opportunity ro review information contained
in their "educational records."
Offices where students' educational records
are kept are: Records and Transcripts,
Veteran's Affairs, Undergraduate and
Graduate Admissions, Law Admissions,
and the academic deans. Students who wish
to review their records may do so by making
an appointment with the appropriate
head of the office which houses the record.
218
NONDISCRIMINA'I'ION POLICY
The University of Baltimore does not discriminate
on the basis of race, color,
national origin, age, religion, sex, disability
or sexual orientation in its programs, activities,
or employment practices.
Inquiries regarding discrimination
related to educational programs and activities
should be directed to Ms. Kathleen
Anderson, Associate Vice President for
Student Affairs, University of Baltimore,
Charles Hall 121, 1420 North Charles
Street, Balrimore, MD 21201-5779; tel.,
410.837.5429.
ACCESSIBILITY TO STUDENTS WITH
DISABILITIES POLICY
The University of Baltimore is committed
to providing barrier-free education to the
physically disabled and is actively working
to bring its facilities into full compliance
with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973 as amended (P.L. 93-112.P.L.93­
516) and the Americans with Disabilities
Act of 1990.
At present, the University is more than
95 percent barrier-free. It is the policy of
the University to reassign classes to accessible
buildings whenever a conflict arises for
a handicapped student. The Office of
Disability Support Services is responsible
for coordinating services for disabled students.
DISABILITIES DOCUMENTATION POLICY
It is the policy of the University of
Baltimore to provide reasonable accommodations
for students with disabilities. In
order to provide academic adjustment,
proper documentation is required and must
be presented to the Director of Disability
Support Services (for Liberal Arts and
Business students) or to the Assistant Dean

ofStudent Affairs (Law School). This doc­ The rights and responsibilities of the
umentation is not part of the student's col­ University ofBaltimore and the Office of
lege record. Documentation will remain in Disability Support Services are:
the DSS Office for seven years; then it will
be destroyed, unless the student requests
that it be returned to him/her.
Documentation guidelines have been
provided to assist students in obtaining
appropriate documentation from qualified
professionals. Appropriate documentation
of a disability helps the student in educating
appropriate disability staff about the
impact of his/her disability, his/her needs,
and potential accommodations.
The University of Baltimore may request
documentation for the following reasons:
• to verify the existence ofa disability
• to assist in the determination ofeligibility
for auxiliary aids and services, and
individual needs to minimize the impact
of the disability
The rights ofstudents with disabilities
are:
• equal access to all programs
• integrated settings
• academic adjustments
• protection against discrimination and
harassment
The responsibilities ofstudents with disabilities
are:
• advance request for accommodations/
academic adjustments
• advance notice for facilities access
• advance submission of proper medical
documentation
• to meet with a DSS staff member for an
intake appointment and discussion of
potential accommodation{s}
• to be a self-advocate
• to determine the appropriateness of submitted
documentation and requests for
accommodation(s} on a case by case
basis, based on the judgement of the
DSS Director
• to request additional information to
determine eligibility for services
• to keep all information regarding the
student's disability confidential
Disabilities to which this policy applies
are:
• specific learning disabilities
• psychiatric/psychological disabilities
• rehabilitated drug addiction/alcoholism
• deafness/hard of hearing
• blindness/low vision
• attention deficit disorder/hyperactivity.
Please note: Detailed documentation
guidelines for each ofthese types ofdisability
are available from the Office ofDisability
Support Services.
SEXUAl HARASSMENT POLICY
The University of Baltimore reaffirms the
principle that its students, faculty, and staff
have a right to be free from sex discrimination
in the form ofsexual harassment by
any member of the University community.
Sexual harassment is reprehensible and will
not be tolerated. It subverts the mission of
the University and threatens the careers,
educational experience, and well-being of
students, faculty and staff. Sexual harassment
is particularly damaging when it
exploits the educational dependence and
trust between students and faculty.
For a complete statement of the UB policy
on sexual harassment, see the UB
Policies and Procedures Guide.
219

DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY
As a member of the University System of
Maryland, the University of BaJrimore
complies fulJy with the Maryland Drug and
Alcohol Abuse Control Plan.
1) Except where permitted by law, the use,
possession, sale, distribution, and being
under the influence of controlled or illegal
substances while on University premises is
strictly prohibited.
2) The use of alcoholic beverages is permitted
only in designated areas on campus,
and provided that such use is in conformity
with all applicable alcoholic beverage laws
and the specific University regulations, as
set forth in the UB Policies and Procedures
Guide.
3) Violations of laws and University regulations
regarding the use of controlled/illegal
substances and alcohol will be subject to
prosecution through both civil authorities
and the campus judicial system. The range
of University penalties shall include, but
not be limited to, disciplinary reprimand,
loss of privilege, probation, suspension and
expulsion.
NO SMOKING POLICY
Smoking can be hazardous to health - for
smokers and non-smokers alike. It can contribute
to heart attack, stroke, high blood
pressure, emphysema, and several forms of
cancer. The University of Baltimore has
taken positive steps toward providing a
smoke-free environment for all employees
and students in which smoking is prohibited
within all University buildings.
This no-smoking policy stresses compliance
on the part ofemployees and students.
While it is best to rely on common courtesy
for colleagues and classmates to ensure the
success of this policy, the University is prepared
to enforce it with formal sanctions.
Visitors who refuse to comply with this
policy will be required to leave University
premises.
220
GOLDEN 1.0.
It is the policy of the University System of
Maryland (USM) to extend special privileges,
where practicable, to senior citizens
who are residents of the State of Maryland
and are enrolled in one of its institutions.
The term "senior citizen" includes any individual
who is 60 years of age or older, who
is retired, whose chief income is derived
from retirement benefits, and who is not
employed full-time.
Senior citizens enrolled at the University
of Baltimore are issued Golden J.D. cards
by the Registrar. They receive, on a spaceavailable
basis, waivers of tuition for not
more than three undergraduate or graduate
(not law) courses per semester or term.
These students are afforded all services
available to regularly enrolled students, as
they pay all other fees. Subject to certain
conditions, privileges extended to
University Golden J.D. card holders from
other USM institutions include: waiver of
tuition for undergraduate and graduate
courses, use of the libraries, and other privileges
as determined by individual institutions.
Holders of Golden I.D. cards at other
USM institutions are afforded the following
privileges at the University of
Baltimore:
1) use of the libraries (subject to restrictions
during examination periods);
2) admission to all non-ticketed public lectures
and performances;
3) discount tickets (subject to restrictions)
for events sponsored by the Center for
Student Involvement; and
4) eligibility to join, for a fee, the University
of Baltimore Athletic Club.

2003-2005 University of Baltimore Academic Calendar
Summer Session 2003
Classes Begin ................. May 27
Independence Day ..... . . ....... July 4
Classes End ................... July 22
Fall Semester 2003
Classes Begin ............. September 1
Labor Day (No Classes) ..... September 2
Thanksgiving Recess ... November 27-30
Last Day of Classes........ December 12
Last Day of Finals......... December 23
Winterim 2004
Classes Begin ............... January 5
M. L. King Day ............ January 19
Classes End ............... January 23
Spring Semester 2004
Classes Begin .............. January 26
Spring Break ............. March 21-28
Last Day ofClasses ............ May 11
Last Day of Finals ............. May 21
Summer Session 2004
Classes Begin ................. May 24
Independence Day Holiday ....... July 5
Classes End ................... July 20
Fall Semester 2004
Classes Begin ............... August 30
Labor Day (No Classes) ..... September 6
Thanksgiving Recess ... November 25-28
Last Day of Classes........ December 10
Reading Days/Finals .... December 11-18
Winterim 2005
Classes Begin ............... January 3
M. L. King Day ............ January 17
Classes End ................ January 21
Spring Semester 2005
Classes Begin .............. January 26
Spring Break ............. March 21-27
Last Day of Classes ............ May 12
Reading Days/Finals ........ May 13-20
Summer Session 2005
Classes Begin ................. May 30
Independence Day .............. July 4
Classes End................... July 26
221

Index
AACSB Accreditation .......... 3
About the Universiry . . . . . . . . . . 2
Academic Administration .. . .... . 187
Academic Advising ...... . .. ... 20
Academic Calendar . .... . .... . 221
Academic Center . .. ... ....... . 6
Academic Computing Center ....... 8
Academic Policies . . . . . . . 22, 46
Academic Resource Center ........ 11
Accelerated Business Programs ... . . . 47
Accessibiliry ... . . ........... 3
Accounting and Business Advisory
Services, M.S. . . . . . ...... 43, 57
Accounting courses .. ..... .. .. 135
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Acceptance Pending Bachelor's Degree . . .16
ACcr ..... .. .. . .. . ..... 135
AddlDrop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Admissions ... . . ... . 14,45,72, 133
Administration ofJustice . . . ... . . . 128
Advance Registration . .. ....... . 21
Advanced Design, Graduate Cerrificate . 101
Advantage M.B.A. 43. 53
Advising, Academic 20
Business . . . . . . 20
Liberal Am . . 20
Alumni Association ............. 3
Advisory Board, Business .. . ... .. .209
Advisory Board. Liberal Arts ... ....212
Angelos Law Center . .. ........ . 7
Appeals . . .... . ...... .. . 26. 35
APPL .. .. .. . ..... . .. .. . 137
Application Process . . . . . . . .. 14.33
Appl.ied Assessment and Consulting,
Psy.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Applied Psychology and Quantitative
Methods . . . . . . . . 73
Applied Psychology . . . . . . . .. 67,73
Applied Psychology courses . .... .. 137
Applied Statistics courses . .... .. . 146
Applying for Graduation ..... .. .. 28
APST . .. ........... . . . . 146
Assistantships 39
Athletic Club .. 14
Attendance . . . 26
Audit .... 22, 24
Auxiliary Services . .... . ...... . 9
Award Process . .. ........... .34
Baltimore Studies, Center ... .... 4,71
Board ofGovernors, Alumni Assn. . ...213
Board of Regents. USM ..........214
Board ofVisitors . . . . . . . . . . 215
Budgeting and Fiscal Administration .. 122
222
Buildings and Facilities ........ .. .6
Business Administration, M.B.A. ... 43, 48
Business. M.S. . . . ..... . . . . 43, 54
Business Center, Thumel . . . . . . . . . . 7
Business. Merrick School ...... . . 41
Calendar, Academic . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Cancellation of Registration . . . . . . . . 22
Career Center, The .. .. . ....... 11
Catalog Under Which Students Graduate . . 28
Centers and Institutes ... . ..... 4, 192
Center for Student Involvement .... 6, 13
Cerrificate Programs
Advanced Design . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Business, Graduate .... . ..... 64
Communications and Design
Theory . .... . .. . ..... . 102
Correctional Administration . . . . . . 90
Information Design .... .... 103
Literary Publishing .. ...... . . 103
New Medja Publishing ..... 104, III
Police Administration . .. .... . 92
Professional Counselor Pre-Licensure 77
Technology Commercialization . ., 65
Charges . ... . . . ... . . .... , 30
Charles Hall .. . .. .... ... .. .. 8
Charles Royal Building . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Closing. Inclement Weather . . . . . . . . 10
Clubs and Organizations . .... .. . . 13
CNCM . ....... . ... . .. .. 166
College of Liberal Arts, Yale
Gordon .. . .... 15, 20, 38, 66, 212
Combined Degree Programs
J.D.lM.B.A. . ..... . . . .... . 63
J.D.lM.P.A. in Public Administration 124
J.D.lM.S. in Criminal Justice . 87
J.D.lM.S. in Negotiations and
Conflict Management .118
M.B.A.lM.S. in Nursing 60
M.B.A.lPh.D. in Nursing 61
M.B.A.lPharm.D. . . .. 62
Communications and Design Theory,
Graduate Certificate ... .. . . .. 102
Communications Design .. . .. . . 68, 95
Communications Design, D.C.D. . 105, 112
Commuter Services . . .. ...... . .. 8
Comprehensive Options .... . .... 29
Computing Center . .. ....... .. . 7
Computer Science courses .... . ... 146
Contacts. Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Continuous Enrollment . . . . . 27
Cooperative Education .. . 11,40
Correctional Ad ministration,
Graduate Certificate . . . . . 90
COSC .... . ............ . 146
Counseling, Academic .... . . 20
Counseling, Pre-Licensure Program .... 77

International and Comparative Law, Center 6
International Business, M.B.A. 52
International Services 12
International Students 17
Internships 12,40
Jacob France Institute for
Global Business ...........5,42
Job Bank ................. 11
Job Referral ............... 11
Judicial Issues ............... 14
Juris Doctor O.D.lM.B.A.) ........ 63
Langsdale Library ............. 7
Language, Technology, and Publications
Design, Institute .......... 4, 70
Late Registration ............. 21
Law Center, John and Frances Angelos . . . 7
Law School ............... 133
Leave ofAbsence ............. 27
Legal and Ethical Studies courses . . 159
Legal and Ethical Studies, M.A. ..... 113
Legal, Ethical, and Historical Studies 68, 113
LEST .................. 159
Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Library, Langsdale ............. 7
Library Professional Staff ........ 191
Literary Publishing, Graduate Certificate . 103
Loans ................... 36
Mailing Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Make-up Policy .............. 25
Management courses .......... 162
Management Information
Systems, M.B.A ............. 52
Management Information Systems,
Doctorate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Map, Campus ........... 226, 227
Marketing courses .... . . .. .... 165
Marketing, M.BA ... 52
Marketing and Venturing,
M.S. in Business . . . 56
Maryland Institute Program 29
Master ofArrs degree
Legal and Ethical Studies ....... 113
Publications Design .......... 95
Master of Business Administration .... 43
Master of Public Administration . . . . . 119
Master ofScience degree
Accounting and Business
Advisory Services 43, 57
Applied Psychology ... .. 73
Business/Finance 43,54
Business/Marketing and Venturing · 56
Criminal Justice ....... . · 84
Health Systems Management .130
Hwnan Services Administration · 79
224
Interaction Design and
Information Architecture ......108
Management Information Systems .. 55
Negotiations and Conflict ...... 115
Taxation . . . . ... 59
M.BA ptograms ......... 43, 48, 53
M.B.A.lJ.D. . .............. 63
MBNA Information Institute ..5, 42
Media Design, M.A. . . . . . . 100
Merrick School of Business 41, 209
MGMT . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
MKTG .......... . . 165
Mount Washington Campus ........ 8
M.P.A. program ... 119
M.P.A.lJ.D. .............. 124
NASPAA accreditation . . . . .. 119
Negotiations and Conflict Management,
Center ............... 4,71
Negotiations and Conflict Management
courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 166
Negotiations and Conflict Management,
M.S. ................ 115
New Media Publishing,
Graduate Certificate ..... 104, III
Non-Degree Student .. . ....... .46
Non-Discrimination Policy .. 218
Non-Smoking Policy ...... .... 220
Nursing Administration, M.B.A.lM.S. .. 60
Nursing Administration, M.B.A.lPh.D .. 61
Off-Campus Housing ........... 9
On-Campus Recruiting . . . . . . . . . . 11
Operations Research courses . . . . . . . 167
OPRE .................. 167
Parking ................. 9, 30
Part-time Status .............. 29
PBDS .................. 174
Pharm.D, M.BA ............. 62
Poe's Publick House ........ . ... 7
Police Administration, Graduate
Certificate .............. 92
Policies, Academic ............ 22
Policy, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Policy on Student Residency .. 215
Policies ............... 31,215
Policies, USM .............. 215
Post-Graduate Students ........ 16,45
Privacy Policy ......... 218
Probation, Financial Aid ......... .36
Ptogram Administration .......19, 127
Program Advising ............. 22
Program Time Frames ....... . ...35
Psychology, Applied, M.S. . ....... 73
Psychology, Psy.D. . ........... 77
Psychology courses ............ 137

PUAD ............. . 168
Public Administration, D.P.A. . . 126
Public Information Management 122
Public Administration courses 168
Public Administration, M.P.A. . . 119
Public Affairs, School ..... . 69,119
Public and Nonprofit Management .. 122
Public Policy and Administration .. 122
Public Policy, Schaefer Center 70
Public Safety ..... . . 10
Public Sector Information
Resource Management .128
Publications Design courses 174
Publications Design, M.A. 95
Quantitative Methods 67
Readmission ....... 16
Refund Policy . . . . . . . 32
Refunds/Repayments ............35
Registration . . . . . . 21
Repeated Courses . . . 26
Residency Classification 18
R.O.T.e. ....... 40
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory Progress
(academic) . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Satisfactory/U nsatisfactory Progress
(financial aid) ......... 34
Saturday M.B.A. . ........ 43,48, 53
Schaefer Center for Public Policy .... 5,70
Schaefer Center Building . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sched ule of Classes .... . . . . 21
Scholarships ................ 38
School of Business, Merrick . . . . 15, 20,41
School of Law . . . . . . 133
Senior Administration .......... 187
Sexual Harrassment Policy . . . . . . . . 219
SGA ............... 13
Service/Manufacturing Operations,
M.B.A. 52
Shurtle Bus ............ 10
SOCI 183
Social Policy courses ..... 183
Stephen L. Snyder Center for
Litigation Skills ..6
Student Health Insurance . . . 12
Student Affairs, Office of . . . . 12
Student and Academic Services . II
Student Involvement, Center for 13
Student Government ...... 13
Students with Disabilities ...... 13, 218
Study at Institutions/Abroad ........36
Suspension, Financial Aid .........36
TAXA .................. 183
Taxation courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Taxation, M.S. . ............. 59
Technology Commercialization, Center . 6, 42
Technology Commercialization,
Certificate .......... 44, 65
Telephone Numbers ........... 228
Thesis Option ............. 29,74
Thumel Business Center .......... 7
Time Limitation 29
Transcripts .... 22
Transcripts, Foreign . . . . 17
Transfer Credit 19,45,74
Tuition and Fees 30
Tuition Refunds and Credits .... 32
Unconditional Status . . ... 16
USM Board of Regents ......... 214
USM Program . . . . . . . . . . 29
Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Veterans Information ........... 40
Visiting Students ........... 17, 46
Waiver Policy/Transfer Options ..... .45
Walk-In Registration ...... 21
Web Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
WebMBA . . . . . 43,48,53
Withdrawal Policies 25
Work Policies . . . .... 39
225

CONTACT INFORMATION
MAILING ADDRESS:
The University of Baltimore
1420 North C harles Street
Baltimore, MD 21201-5779
WEB ADDRESS:
http://www.ubalt.edu
TELEPHONE NUMBERS:
The University's area code and exchange are 410
and 837, respectively. The main number is
4 10.837.4200. Extensions are as follows:
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES
Academic Computing .................. .............5477
Academic Resource Center ................. .......5383
Admissions .......... ...................... ..... ... .. ...... 4777
Admissions, toll-free ................. 1.877.Apply. UB
Alumni ..................................... ..... ............ 6131
Business Office ..........................................4848
Career Center ........................................... .5449
Center for Student Involvement ............. .. .541 7
Computer Information Systems ................ 6262
Cooperative Education .............................. 5449
Development ............................. .... ... ........ 6133
Disability Support Services ...... .... .............. 4775
Educational Foundation .......... ....... ...........61 48
Enrollment Management .... ...................... 4755
Financial Aid ............................. ............... .4763
Human Resources .......................... .. ......... 5410
Institutional Advancement ........................ 6133
Institutional Research .............................. ..6207
International Services ................................4756
Internships ................................................ 5449
Job Line .......... .......................................... 5449
Langsdale Library ..................................... .4318
President ................................................... 4866
Provost ...................................................... 5243
Public Safety .............................................. 5520
Publishing Center .... ................................. 5224
Records and Regiscmion ........................... 4825
Scholarship Information ........................... .4763
Student Aff.Urs ......................................... 4755
Student Government ................................ .4023
DB Line ..................................... .410.332.4030
University Relations .................................. 6190
Veterans Affairs ......................................... 4763
Weather Closing/Delay ............................. 4201
228
Centers and Insitutes
Baltimore Studies .......... ............... .. ........... 5340
e-Learning Center ...... ............. .. ................ 5078
Families, Children and the Courts ........... .. 5661
Information Systems Research Center ....... 5375
Jacob France Institute for
Global Business .. .............................. ... .4727
Negotiations and Confl ict Management .. .. 5320
Language, Technology and
Publications Design .. .. ......................... 6022
Professional Ethics (Hoflberger Center) .. ... 5324
Public Policy (Schaefer Center) .... .............. 6188
Technology Commercialization ................. 5069
Yale Gordon College of Liberal Arts
Dean's Office ..... .......................... ....... ....... 5359
Academic Advising ................... ................. 5356
Schools and Divisions:
Applied Psychology and
Quantitative Methods .......................... 531 0
Communications Design ........................... 6027
Criminology, Criminal Justice
and Social Policy .................................. 6084
Government and Public Administration .... 6094
Language, Literature and
Communications Design ........ ............. 6038
Legal! Ethical and Historical Studies .. ........5323
Public Affairs ..................... ...... .................. 6094
Robert G. Merrick School of Business
Main Number/Dean's Office ............... .. .. ..4955
Academic Advising ......................... ........... 4945
Graduate Studies ...................................... .4944
School of Law
Dean's Office ............................................. 4458
Admissions ................................................ 4459
UR02.002/8.02:8K
Printed in Canada